Our 2025 spring cover is meant to honor the landrace breeding program at our trial and research farm. Customers may notice our nod to our 2005 cover by Richard Laycock, which seemed fitting to acknowledge on its 20th anniversary. This year’s cover, painted by Dan Knepper, serves as a visual representation of how Territorial Seed Company will continue to evolve but we will always come back to our roots.
Acknowledging our past…
Territorial had yet to develop its first true leaves when Julie and I purchased the company from Steve Solomon in 1985, who started the business six years earlier. He had a small warehouse and test garden on his five-acre homestead in Lorane, Oregon. There was a lot to learn about running a small mail order seed company, but the best part was growing and evaluating all the cool seed varieties. Some of these varieties we still produce today, and we honor their history with Territorial by featuring a few on this year's catalog cover.
Territorial’s first seed growing projects were with fava beans in the early 1980’s. We selected and multiplied a fava variety we named Sweet Lorane with trial seed obtained from the (now called) US Plant Genetics Resource Unit (PGRU) while still in Lorane. It was unique because it was the only small-seeded fava we found that tasted great, making it dual purpose for cover cropping and fresh eating.
In 1985, we started our relationship with Dr. Jim Baggett from Oregon State University. Jim had recently released Oregon Spring, a determinate parthenocarpic (seedless) tomato, but there were no home garden seed companies at that time that could produce it. In fact, major seed producers had no interest in this non-commercial type. We took on this project and, with Jim’s help, we successfully produced the seed. Our rapport and strengthening relationship with Jim led to Territorial being the first seed company to grow and offer other “Baggett releases” such as Oregon Star and Legend tomatoes, Pizza Pepper, and many others.
Our ever-expanding trials and a strong desire to grow our own seed, quickly made a larger and permanent land base necessary, and we were fortunate to purchase farm ground close to our own family homestead. In 1987, we established this undeveloped property as London Spring Farms, which is home to our organic seed and plant production operation and Territorial’s organic trial and research facility. Territorial’s farm staff have also selectively bred, and named, new seed varieties such as Umpqua broccoli and Aunt Molly’s ground cherry, which are still popular to this day.
In the early 1990’s we were given the original stock seed of Sweet Meat and Sugar Hubbard, bred in the 1940’s by the Gill Brothers Seed Company out of Portland, Oregon, from seedsman Sandy Fraizer. After studying Gill’s original catalog descriptions and several years of multiplying the seed we were able to reintroduce these hefty winter squash to our customers. Over the years, we have conducted selection and landrace breeding improvement work on hundreds of open-pollinated and heirloom crops. Our goal has been to revitalize familiar but neglected varieties, restoring them to their true type and selecting for the original breeder traits that make growing them worthwhile. A goal that we don’t see shifting for Territorial any time soon.
My wife Julie and I, and now our kids Jake and Farren, have owned and operated Territorial Seed Company for over 40 years. If it wasn’t for the gray in my beard I wouldn’t believe it.
As we look towards our future…
Clearly, we are no strangers to change at Territorial. As we look back on the history of our company, many of our customers will recall these humble beginnings when our catalog was printed in black and white and product descriptions were accompanied by illustrations, not photographs. Territorial’s first seed catalog, over 45 years ago, provided solid organic growing information and supplies to help gardeners be successful at growing healthy plants in healthy soil. Our catalog today is not only full of colorful photographs, but we’ve continued to fill those pages with updated culture information and build on a foundation of products we know will reliably produce freshfrom-the-garden food for our customers.
Another area that has continued to evolve throughout the life of our company has been the trial and research farm. In 1988, Tom and Julie would share an update with our customers about a trial farm expansion to a new plot of land in London, Oregon.
Tom Johns
Johns Family
Farren & Tom taste-testing in our tomato trials
This change would allow the business to put down roots where we would expand upon our trial and research program as well as increase our own seed production. All of this was for you, our customers. We wanted to be certain we were always able to provide reliable growing information that was firsthand. Alongside this, we were passionate about keeping seed varieties alive that were falling by the wayside because of a lack of interest in them on a commercial scale. Our customers were home gardeners, and the majority continue to be to this day—because of that, we still maintain some of those original seed lines seen in our first catalogs. Our research farm has become this wonderful example of searching for change while maintaining the past, something that will continue to ring true for us as our company officially entered its 2nd generation of ownership in 2022.
Jake and I always do our best to stay true to where we came from and acknowledge those, such as founder Steve Solomon, who brought us to where we are today. Our parents, Tom and Julie, worked tirelessly to grow the company into what many know it to be now and continue to be constant supporters of our ideas and passions as we work to keep Territorial Seed in the minds of gardeners. However, it’s not just our founder and owners that have brought us to where we are now. From the time a seed is planted at our farm, crops harvested and cleaned, seed packaged in an envelope, to orders picked, and shipments sent— a Territorial employee is part of every single step. We’ve been grateful for the many employees we’ve worked with over the years, some of whom we’ve known our whole lives, and the thought of them not being here was a scenario that was hard to imagine. In 2011, Tom and Julie acknowledged our “original crew” from Territorial’s humble beginnings—Matthew, Barb, and Kathy. This year we said a bittersweet congratulations to the last member of that crew as she officially retired. For Jake and myself, as now owners, this was probably one of the most difficult changes we’ve experienced so far. Seeing each of these employees embark on the next journey in their lives was like saying goodbye to family.
There is so much value in our past. We can’t say that other changes will never happen—that seems impossible in the fast-paced landscape of today. However, we can say that we will always do our best to stay true to where we came from and acknowledge those who brought us here. Throughout our lives we get comfortable with the constant presence of certain things or people, but change is inevitable. For us, we choose to use our past and the people who’ve contributed to it as a guiding light.
Territorial will continue to evolve but we will always come back to our roots.
Farren Johns
We’d like to introduce you to the most recent varieties from our selection program at our farm: Fort Umpqua turnip and Umpqua Beauty tomato―proof our past is part of our future! Please take the time to read a more detailed story and description of both varieties at TerritorialSeed.com.
NEW UMPQUA BEAUTY TOMATO (OP) 80–85 days. This beautiful tomato hails from the Umpqua River Valley in southern Oregon. One of the most versatile open-pollinated, determinate varieties we have run across in a long time. The fire-engine red fruit can grow upwards of two pounds each and can be enjoyed much like eating an apple. Its girth and thickness make meaty-thick slices for sandwiches, as it can span from crust to crust. Umpqua Beauty’s dense flesh also makes it one of the best paste and sauce tomatoes you can grow. This dependable crop is a truly great choice for all-around use. If you ever find yourself only able to grow one tomato variety, you should definitely consider growing Umpqua Beauty.
TM817G UMPQUA BEAUTY ORGANIC
⅛ gram ¼ oz 1 gram
$4.95 $11.25 $30.95
NEW FORT UMPQUA TURNIP
TM817T UMPQUA BEAUTY TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Limited Release!
(OP) 55–60 days. We believe it’s plausible that this pioneer turnip has been reproducing itself for over 170 years! Since 2014, we have been multiplying the seed and comparing them with as many heirloom varieties as we could find from around the world. We cannot say for sure that these turnips are truly descendants from when Oregon was just a territory, but we are working to move from plausible to probable. As a limited release—we are very pleased and excited to return this one-of-a-kind turnip, with a one-of-a-kind story back to those who love to garden!
A striking turnip that showcases a vibrant purple on top firm, white, 3–4 inch roots. Experience a delightful sweetness at first bite, followed by a warm spice that lingers just enough to make you want to come back for more. Their rich taste will elevate any meal—perfect for roasting, adding to soups, or enjoying fresh in salads!
As charter signers, we pledge that we do not knowingly buy or sell genetically engineered seeds or plants. We wish to support agricultural progress that leads to healthier soils, genetically diverse agricultural ecosystems, and ultimately people and communities. All of our seed is untreated.
At Territorial our products are backed by our full guarantee. We want you, our customers, to be 100% satisfied with the seed, plants, and supplies that you purchase from us. If anything you buy from Territorial proves to be unsatisfactory, we will either replace the item or refund the purchase price, whichever you prefer.
LIMITATION OF REMEDY: The liability of Territorial Seed Company for any loss or damage arising out of the purchase or use of its seeds or other products including loss or damage resulting from negligence or strict liability in tort, shall be limited to replacement of the item or the return of the purchase price. As is customary in the seed trade, in no case shall Territorial be liable for more than the purchase price of the seed or product. Territorial has based the prices of its seed and products on this limited warranty and liability, and these prices would be much higher if further liability coverage was required. By ordering such seeds and products, the purchaser acknowledges this limited warranty. Our seeds and products are guaranteed for an entire year from the date of purchase.
The Territorial Difference
Dedicated Trial, Research & Seed Production Farm
All the seed varieties that we offer have been grown and tested at our 75-acre farm. Each year we dedicate 5 acres to trialing new varieties and growing out current offerings for quality assurance. We trial hundreds of new varieties each year, and only those that have proven to thrive and perform, yielding the highest quality crops, will receive our stamp of approval. Additionally, we produce seed varieties that are carefully grown and maintained using the best traditional selection and isolation practices. This ensures that our signature crops are of the highest quality, true-to-type, and best germinating seeds available.
40+ Years of Hands-On Growing Expertise
Since its founding, the mission of Territorial Seed Company has been to help growers produce fresh-fromthe-garden food year-round. The Johns family, owners since 1984, continue the tradition of rigorous testing, trialing, and data analysis to help our customers be successful. The family continues to learn and grow each season, alongside the entire Territorial Team.
Culture Basics
Soil Preparation
l Plants prefer deeply worked, composted, and well-drained soil with a slightly acidic pH
l Dig or till in amendments and rake to create a smooth, level seed bed
l Test soil yearly, and amend as needed. Soil analyzers are available on page 150
Direct Sowing
l If you are fertilizing at time of planting, band the fertilizer deeper than the seed will be planted
l Dig a shallow furrow to mark the row
l Plant your seed to the appropriate depth (see specific vegetables for measurements)
l Cover seed with soil, vermiculite, or sifted compost
l Water in and keep the soil evenly moist during germination; avoid soggy soil to prevent rotting
l Thin seedlings when there are 1–2 sets of true leaves (see specific vegetables for final spacing)
Indoor Seeding
l Always start with new and/or sanitized potting supplies and a sterile, soilless, seed starting medium to avoid damping-off, a devastating fungal disease
l Note: To sanitize trays or pots use a mild bleach solution and rinse well
l Start seeds in trays or individual 3‒4 inch pots
l Plant your seed to the appropriate depth (see specific vegetables for measurements)
l For fine seed, lightly press the seed into a prewatered medium so that it has good contact with the soil
l For best results, plant 2–3 seeds per cell/pot
l Water in without washing away the seed
l Keep evenly moist during germination
l Use propagation domes during germination and remove after seedlings have emerged
l To maintain proper soil temperatures for germination use heat mats or soil heating cables
l Adequate light (full sun or direct artificial) is key while seedlings are developing — if seedlings are stretching and spindly looking, they are often reaching for light
Highest Germination Standards
To ensure we sell only top performing seed we have established germination standards that are higher than those prescribed by the Federal Seed Act. Our resident seed analyst tests every lot of seed we sell to ensure your success.
Organic Certified
The majority of our farm is used for organic seed crop production. Our farm is our own largest seed producer, specializing in beans, lettuces, tomatoes, cucumbers, and squash. We are certified USDA organic by CCOF Certification Services LLC.
100% Guarantee on all Products
At Territorial our products are backed by our full guarantee. We want you, our customers, to be 100% satisfied with the seed, plants, and supplies that you purchase from us. If anything you buy from Territorial proves to be unsatisfactory, we will either replace the item or refund the purchase price, whichever you prefer.
l Thin cells/pots to strongest plant
l To prevent damping off, do not over water, but do provide adequate air flow around seedlings
l During development apply a foliar spray of liquid fertilizer like Age Old Grow (page 146) diluted to ¼ strength
Transplanting
l Starts are ready for transplant when they are well developed, but before they are root bound
l Harden-off transplants by gradually exposing them to full sun and outside temperatures (this generally takes several days)
l As a general rule, most warm-weather transplants go out after the threat of frost has passed
l Veggies such as lettuce and brassicas are more cool tolerant than tomatoes, peppers, and eggplants
l See specific vegetables for plant spacing
l Keep the soil level the same on the stem of the plant, so it's not too deep or too shallow (tomatoes are an exception — see page 92 for tomato culture)
l Irrigate well to ensure roots do not dry out
Cultivation
l Use floating row covers to protect young plants from low evening temperatures, especially early in the season
l Note: Be watchful for early hot spells; covers can create too much heat if left unchecked
l Keep watered and weed free
l Note: Irrigate the soil and avoid wetting the leaves to help reduce fungal issues
l For early and mid season fertilizing, we recommend Age Old Grow or TSC's Complete Fertilizer (see page 146–147)
l For fruiting plants we recommend a fertilizer higher in phosphorus, such as Age Old Bloom (see page 146), to encourage flowering/fruiting — excess nitrogen may cause excess foliage and poor fruit set
Insects, Pests and Diseases
l Strong, healthy plants can best withstand pest and disease pressure
Common pest controls:
l Pyrethrin (see page 148) and predatory insects such as Ladybugs (see page 149) are good for adult insect infestations
l Monterey B.t. (see page 148) specifically targets caterpillars and chewing worms
Common pest prevention:
l Predatory nematodes (see page 149) will attack almost any insect that has part of its life cycle underground
Common disease control:
l Fungal diseases such as molds and mildews can be controlled with Zonix or Neem (see page 148)
Common disease prevention:
l Proper crop rotations (see each section for recommendations)
l Practice good garden sanitation by making sure any diseased plant material is either thrown away or burned (not composted)
l At the end of the season, once crops are expired, remove all plants from the garden
l Select disease-resistant varieties if diseases are persistent
l Diseases vary by region, so it is always a good idea to contact your local extension office with questions for your area
Harvest & Storage
l It is important to harvest crops at proper maturity for peak flavor and nutrition
l Avoid damaging or bruising produce
l Use clean, sanitized tools and containers
l Harvest when weather is cool, especially for leafy greens
l Chill promptly to maintain flavor and extend storage life (except for tomatoes)
l Thoroughly wash and rinse immediately prior to use
WONDER®
(F1) 88 days. Enjoy early harvests of 4¾–5 inch, solid, slightly elongated buds. Wonder® is a recent development in artichokes that yields its delicious, uniform crops in the first year from seed. The compact, nearly spineless plants reach 36–48 inch tall and can yield 10–15 buds each. Hardy in zones 7 and above.
AR008G WONDER® ORGANIC 1 gram ½ oz 4 grams
$4.95 $12.45 $32.95
IMPERIAL STAR
(OP) 85 days. This artichoke is for gardeners who can’t overwinter artichokes or just want to grow them as an annual. The 6–8 buds of Imperial Star are nearly spineless, up to 3–4 inches in diameter, globe-shaped, and a rich glossy green. Imperial Star has the same rich flavor as our old favorite Green Globe. Will perennialize in areas above zone 7.
AR002G IMPERIAL STAR ORGANIC
GREEN GLOBE
(OP) 120 days. Green Globe flowers in early summer with buds that are deep green with a light purple tinge. A good harvest of 3–4 heads can be expected throughout the summer. They are 3–5 inches in diameter and have thick, flavorful hearts. Hardy in zone 7 and above and remains productive for at least 5 years.
AR001C GREEN GLOBE
Cardoon
C. cardunculus: Cardoon is a relative of the artichoke. Instead of consuming the flower as with artichokes, the fleshy leaf stems are eaten. Days to maturity are calculated from date of transplant.
CARDOON
(OP) 60 days. Grown for its thick, fleshy stalks, it has a mild flavor reminiscent of artichoke hearts that lends itself to boundless culinary opportunities. Braised and topped with a cheese sauce, slow-cooked in a stew, or cut into sticks and deep-fried, this extraordinary vegetable can integrate into any meal. Typically growing to about 42 inches tall, it will perennialize in zones 7 and warmer, producing for 6–7 years and reaching a final height of 6–8 feet. Approximately 20–25 seeds per gram.
AR004C
ARTICHOKES
Plant
Culture
l Artichokes are a tender perennial that prefer mild winters and cool summers
l Deep, fertile, well-drained soils with a pH of 6.5‒7.5 provide optimum growth
l Before a hard frost, cut plants to 8‒10 inches above ground and mulch with clean straw to keep the crown from freezing; crown death may occur at 25°F or lower
Direct Sowing
l Not recommended
Transplanting
l Start indoors in January, sow 3‒5 seeds per 4 inch pot; thin out weak or thorny seedlings and keep the strongest plant
l Transplant after danger of frost, but when the seedlings can still receive 10–12 days of temperatures under 50°F to induce budding
l Work in 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer around each plant
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Aphids
l Pest control: Pyrethrin or Insecticidal Soap
l Common diseases: Crown rot, powdery mildew, molds
l Disease prevention: Avoid overhead irrigation and water-logged soil
Harvest & Storage
l Cut buds before they start to open
l Smaller artichokes are the most tender
l Cardoon can be harvested green or blanched white by wrapping the young stalks with newspaper or piling straw around the plants for 30 days prior to harvest
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
The Hero Hori
The hori hori is a treasured staple in the garden tool repertoire, and the Hero Hori kicks that classic design into high gear! Made to tackle any down-and-dirty weeding, digging, dividing, cutting, and planting job, our Hero Hori is built of hefty solid steel with a very handsome, inlaid Cocobolo wood handle. The 7 ½ inch blade is double sided—one is serrated for ripping through roots, and the other is just plain sharp. The blade features inch markings for a handy planting depth and spacing gauge and a twine cutter at the base that conveniently doubles as a bottle opener to help quench a hard-working gardener’s thirst. Comes complete with beautifully tooled leather holster and sharpening tool. This is a tool that means business and is destined to become a family heirloom. Overall length: 12 ½ inches.
Imperial Star
ASPARAGUS
Asparagus
Culture
l Asparagus plants are dioecious, meaning there are both male & female plants
l Male plants produce thicker larger spears
l Female plants produce small berries
l Asparagus is a hardy perennial
l The key to good production is well-prepared, deeply dug beds with lots of organic matter
l Fertilize beds early in the spring and after harvest with 1–2 cups of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet
l Keep beds moist
Direct Sowing
l Not recommended
Transplanting
l Start 60–90 days before your last frost
l Transplant seedlings after the danger of frost
Asparagus Root Crowns
l Plant your 1 year old crowns shortly after you receive them
l Crowns can be transplanted 4–6 weeks before last frost
l Dig a 4–6 inch trench; create a hill in the center
l Drape roots over the hill; cover roots with soil
l Fill in trench as asparagus grows
l Complete instructions are included
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Asparagus beetles and slugs
l Pest control: Pyrethrin, slug traps or bait
l Common diseases: Rust, Fusarium wilt, Fusarium stem and crown rot
l Disease prevention: Maintain good plant vigor
Harvest & Storage
l A moderate 2–3 week harvest can be expected from crowns in 2–3 years
l Harvest spears when they're 6–10 inches tall, cutting them off about 1 inch below soil surface
l Store at 36°F and 100% relative humidity
l To maintain perennial bed, leave smaller spears to mature into ferns, which will regenerate the plant
l With each successive year, your plant productivity and harvest window will increase
ATLAS
(F1) Atlas has the best of what makes asparagus a garden and kitchen staple! Early and high yields of deep green spears with tight tips. The vigorous plants are very hardy and show good resistance to Fusarium. Will overwinter to zone 3.
XA110C ATLAS CROWNS
25 crowns ships March 25 crowns ships April
$42.95 $42.95
PURPLE PASSION
(F1) The very mild, sweet tasting spears of Purple Passion have a sugar content 20% higher than green asparagus and are a delight to eat. When cooked, they turn a brilliant green color. Purple Passion is adaptable and well suited for culture in all parts of the US. Averages 50% male and 50% female plants. Will overwinter to zone 3.
XA107C PURPLE PASSION CROWNS
25 crowns ships March 25 crowns ships April
$42.95 $42.95
JERSEY KNIGHT
(F1) This predominately male variety yields the highest quality spears of the Jersey hybrids. Developed on the East Coast, Jersey Knight performs well all across the US. Jersey Knight is highly resistant to rust, Fusarium wilt, root rot, crown rot, and Cercospora. It is also hardy in cold winter climates where the soil freezes solid. Will overwinter to zone 3.
XA104C JERSEY KNIGHT CROWNS
25 crowns ships March 25 crowns ships April
$42.95 $42.95
MILLENNIUM
(F1) Out-yielding some of the most ambitious asparagus, Millennium is quickly becoming a garden and culinary favorite with an outstanding flavor. These hardy, predominately male plants produce succulent, high-quality spears for years. The plants are rust resistant and perform well in medium to heavy soils. Hardy to zone 3.
XA109C MILLENNIUM CROWNS
25 crowns ships March 25 crowns ships April
$42.95 $42.95
AS014C MILLENNIUM
Asparagus crowns are 1 year old and ship in March or April. The crowns are inspected by the New Jersey Department of Agriculture and are free of Fusarium. Please order early for best availability. Available only within the contiguous US.
Garden Sickle
Japanese stainless steel is held in the highest regard, and this hand sickle’s comfortable dimensions make its sharp, serrated blade perfect for tasks from harvesting cereal grains and pruning cane berries to simple hand weeding. We found its gentle curve es pecially useful for select asparagus harvests, cutting stalks an inch below the soil surface without disturbing the surrounding crop. A well-finished wood handle holds the 6 ½ inch blade securely, for a total length of 14 inches. ZTO978 $19.95
Purple Passion
Jersey Knight Atlas
Dry Shellling
Phaseolus vulgaris
Bush Dry Shelling
MISSOURI BILL
(OP) 90 days. Missouri Bill came to us from the San Juan Islands off the Washington coast. Beautiful, cream-colored seeds with crimson streaks are rich and hearty flavored when baked or incorporated into a winter stew. Bushy, 24–32 inch tall plants are productive and the rosy white flowers are quite attractive. Seeds per ounce: 50.
BN074G MISSOURI BILL ORGANIC
BLACK COCO
(OP) 95 days. Black Coco’s 5 inch long, round pods are easy to pick from 22–24 inch tall plants. They make a good snap bean, or wait a couple of weeks longer to harvest that traditional black, dry shelling bean tucked inside. Black Coco soup has an unparalleled, robust flavor. It can be a complete meal in itself. Also good for refritos. Seeds per ounce: 60.
BN046G BLACK COCO ORGANIC
CANNELLINI LINGOT
(OP) 85 days. A favorite staple in Italian cuisine, and a key ingredient in minestrone soup, this rich, meaty, white, kidney bean is delicious and satisfying when cooked. Our variety produces delectable, hearty beans in 6–8 inch pods. Cannellini Lingot is a half-runner, and can throw vines in some climates. Seeds per ounce: 45.
BN071C CANNELLINI LINGOT
CRANBERRY
(OP) 75‒90 days. Cranberry beans arrived from England around 1825 and have firmly established themselves as the pinnacle of quality in a horticultural bean. Self-supporting, bush-type plants produce bountiful harvests of slender green beans that reach 3‒5 inches long with a round cross section. Enjoy them freshly shelled, or allow them to come to full maturity for the hearty, robust flavor of a dry shelling bean. Seeds per ounce: 43.
BN084G CRANBERRY ORGANIC
BEANS
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Beans are shallow rooted and can require up to ¼ inch of water a day during hot weather
l Optimum soil pH is 5.5–6.5, mildly acidic
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
Bean Direct Sowing
l One ounce of seed plants 12–15 row feet, ½ pound for 100 row feet
l Grow Pole, Runner, and Yard Long beans on trellises (see pages 12, 14 and 142 for trellising supplies)
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Mexican bean beetles, bean weevils, cucumber beetles, and spider mites
l Pest control: Pyrethrin
l Common diseases: See chart on page 13
l Disease prevention: Avoid wetting the foliage, remove plants at the end of the year, 3–4 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Ready for harvest about 2 weeks after bloom
l Pick when pods are nearly full size and seeds are still small
l Harvest every 3‒5 days to increase yields
l Store at 40–45°F and 95% relative humidity
l See our website for Dry Shelling harvest & storage
Pole Dry Shelling
BINGO
(OP) 85 days. Bingo is a highly sought after Borlotto-type pole bean. Big, creamy green pods are streaked in bright pinkish red, growing 5 inches long and ½ inch wide. The dried bean flaunts the same cream color with red streaks and a hearty, delicious flavor. Tastes amazing in soups or traditional Italian recipes such as Pasta e Fagioli. Quite productive, plants can reach up to 6 feet tall and are easy to harvest. Seeds per ounce: 40.
BN037C BINGO
YIN YANG
(OP) 75 days. The distinctive black and white pattern emblazoned on the dried bean is a remarkable, three-dimensional depiction of the familiar Chinese symbol. Serenely textured with a mild flavor similar to that of a Black Turtle bean, it adds a fascinating presentation to any dish. Compact bushes produce heavy harvests of young, delightfully tender, 6–7 inch green beans. Allow the pods to mature and dry for the dramatic two-toned bean. Seeds per ounce: 45.
BN065G YIN YANG ORGANIC
Cranberry
Yin Yang
Black Coco
Missouri Bill
Cannellini Lingot
Bush
Bush French Filet
EDISON
(OP) 60–65 days. French filets are a popular fresh bean for their tender texture and sweet flavor. Edison elevates the standard with early harvests, high yields, exceptional quality, and great disease resistance. You’ll be harvesting armloads of 4 ¾–5 inch, medium green, slender pods. White seeds; 165 per ounce. A, BMV, HB.
BN052C EDISON
CELINE
(OP) 55 days. Lovely in lilac, this extra fine filet is an attractive, more gentle shade of purple than other darker-pigmented varieties. With all the refinement of green filets, these slender, tasty pods reach 5 inches long and ¼ inch wide on 20 inch tall plants. Tan seeds; 200 per ounce.
BN028G CELINE
BORSALINO
(OP) 60 days. Not only is this sunny yellow, French/filet bean exquisitely delicious, you’ll be harvesting them by the bushel from these vigorous plants! The tender, straight, stringless beans are at their peak flavor at 4–4 ½ inches and ripen rapidly to a uniform color. Self-supporting, compact plants reach 18–20 inches bearing high concentrations of beans. White seeds; 160 per ounce. HR: A, BMV, HB. IR: BLS.
BN093C BORSALINO
MAXIBEL
(OP) 60 days. Maxibel was the first fullsize, high-quality, bush filet bean on the market. Very straight, dark green, 7 inch pods are borne on 22–26 inch tall sturdy bushes. Best suited for hand picking, the concentrated sets are easy to harvest. This one is a must for flavor-conscious gardeners or market growers who want French/ filet beans without trellising. Mottled purple seeds; 110 per ounce. A, BMV. BN039C MAXIBEL
$5.15
COMPASS
(OP) 65 days. Compact bush plants grow impeccably uniform to about 12 inches tall; yet despite their smaller stature, they relentlessly produce long, straight, thin beans by the fistfuls. At 5–6 inches long and only 3/16 inch wide, the pods pack in loads of hearty, delicious bean flavor. Compass is the perfect choice for small-space gardens, tight plantings, or even cultivation in containers. White seeds; 310 per ounce.
BN082G
Bush Snap
VENTURE
(OP) 55 days. One of the highest yielding, extra early Blue Lake bush beans ever developed. Venture produces sweet, tender, dark green pods that are 5–6 inches long and ¼–⅜ inch thick. Most of the crop is ready for harvest at the same time, making it perfect for gardeners who want to freeze or can their beans. Plants grow 22–34 inches tall. White seeds; 90 per ounce. HR: BMV.
BN020C VENTURE
ANTIGUA
(OP) 56 days. A stellar snap bean regardless of where your garden is, these super straight, 5 ½ inch long, green pods have a delectable, light, sweet flavor. The diseaseresistant plants reach 24 inches tall and 22 inches wide and produce lots of crunchy beans in pairs. White seeds; 180 seeds per ounce. A, BMV, HB.
BN095C ANTIGUA
OREGON 91 G
(OP) 65 days. This reliably heavy producer of smooth, pencil-straight green beans is our choice for a bush-habit Blue Lake-type. At 3–5 inches long, these crunchy, tasty beans are custom-tailored for the canning jar and bear an early deluge of beans that are perfect for processing. Oregon 91 G has proven itself for decades by nearly monopolizing the green bean production in Oregon’s Willamette valley after its release in 1980. White seeds; 105 per ounce. BMV.
BN097G OREGON 91 G ORGANIC
Edison
Celine
Compass
Bush Snap
SPEEDY
(OP) 50 days. Outpacing most other green beans in our trials, Speedy showed incredibly high productivity early in the season with light green, straight pods that load up the bushtype plants. The beans are tasty, well filledout, round, and virtually stringless. Speedy’s super efficient maturity, rich flavor, and high yields make it an exceptional variety. White seeds; 135 seeds per ounce. A, BMV, HB.
ROYAL BURGUNDY
(OP) 60 days. This bean is absolutely gorgeous! Violet-purple outside and bright green inside, it is fun for kids to grow and has great flavor. The 6 inch long pods turn green after cooking, providing a built-in blanching indicator. Upright, 24 inch tall plants hold their slightly-curved pods off the ground. Like its predecessor, Royalty Purple Pod, Royal Burgundy performs exceptionally well under cool conditions. Rich, delicious bean flavor. Buckskin color seeds; 105 per ounce.
BN044G SPEEDY ORGANIC
PROVIDER
(OP) 55 days. An early and productive green bean that’s not picky about its growing environment, Provider offers heavy yields of light green, meaty pods. Tolerant of cooler soils, it’s an excellent candidate for planting before most other beans. Harvest the beans at 5 ½ inches long and ¼ inch wide. Vigorous plants reach 20–24 inches tall. Brownish purple seeds; 80 per ounce. BMV, DM, PM, PMV.
BN075C
DRAGON TONGUE
(OP) 60 days. Dragon Tongue is probably the best multipurpose bean available. It’s suited to use as a fresh snap bean or as a shelled bean when fully mature. As a snap, harvest when the flat beans turn from lime green to buffed yellow with bright purple stripes. If dried beans are desired, let pods fully mature. Expect 24–30 inch tall plants. Light brown seeds with dark mottling; 85 per ounce.
BN043G DRAGON TONGUE ORGANIC
GOLD RUSH
(OP) 58 days. Wax beans have been a favorite at the American dinner table for generations, and Gold Rush is worthy of serving up to your family. A classic, with an appealing, lemonyellow color, these beans reach 5 ½ inches long and are clustered on the bushy plants for easy harvest. Healthy, disease-resistant crops. White seeds; 110 per ounce. BMV, CTM.
BN118C
BN024G
MASCOTTE
(OP) 50 days. An AAS award winner for its super-compact habit and high production of delectable beans. Mascotte provides full-sized harvests from container-friendly plants. Bushy plants grow only 16–18 inches tall with big, white blooms followed by tender, stringless, tasty beans held high for easy spotting. Slender green beans keep coming over a long harvest period. White seeds; 200 per ounce. A, BMV, HB. BN087C MASCOTTE
WYATT
(OP) 54 days. A tour de force in our bean trials, Wyatt took charge with robust, uniform plants in deep, emerald green. Early harvests of 5–6 ½ inch long, tender beans match the intense green of the plant’s foliage and are juicy and crisp with an outstanding, fresh bean flavor. We found its field-holding ability outstanding. The beans remained slender, stringless, and in prime eating condition when other varieties became fibrous and seedy. White seeds; 115 per ounce. HR: BB, BBS, BMV, CTM, HB. BN061C WYATT
CARSON
(OP) 58 days. Carson outshined other yellow wax-type beans in our trials with a wealth of fine, slender, yellow beans. Extremely highproducing, healthy, disease-resistant plants pumped out waves of delicious pods suited for enjoying fresh, frozen, or canned. Best at 6 inches long. White seeds; 110 seeds per ounce. HR: A 1, BMV. IR: A, BBS.
CARSON
Provider
Speedy
Mascotte
Royal Burgundy
Dragon Tongue
Gold Rush
Carson
HICKOK
(OP) 55‒65 days. The pinnacle of quality and flavor! Hickok’s straight, 6 inch long, deep green, stringless beans taste very fresh and sweet with floral overtones and a mellow green bean flavor. Healthy, uniform, 20 inch tall plants provide a strong canopy of foliage to protect the beans, which hang down under the leaves for easy picking by the handfuls. Very productive over a long harvest season. White seeds; 120 per ounce. HR: BMV, R. IR: CTM.
BN023C HICKOK
1
$3.80
JADE
(OP) 60 days. Jade has a vigorous, 18–22 inch, upright bush habit that produces huge yields of wonderful 5–7 inch, pencil-straight pods. Most impressive is Jade's ability to extend the season by producing quality dark green pods later in the season than other beans. You'll appreciate its rich, traditional bean flavor. Pale green seeds; 105 per ounce. HR: BMV. IR: CTM.
BN091C JADE 1
BLUE LAKE BUSH 274
(OP) 66 days. When it comes to favorite, old-fashioned beans, Blue Lake is always at the top of the list. This bush-habited version has everything the pole variety offers but in a compact plant that quickly matures loads of beans in a single flush. The 20 inch tall, self-supporting plants produce ample harvests of 4 ½–5 inch long, green beans with an undeniably classic flavor. White seeds; 75 per ounce. BN030C
Bush Romano
ROMANO PURPIAT
(OP) 60 days. Everything about this bean is noteworthy: healthy, robust plants, deep violet stems, lilac blossoms, and lustrous purple pods. The 5 inch, flat pods are irresistible picked fresh from the plant. Turns brilliant jade-green when cooked with a nearly stringless texture. Plants reach 24 inches tall and tolerate cool, early plantings. Creamy/light purple seeds; 60 per ounce.
BN041G ROMANO PURPIAT ORGANIC
CAPITANO
(OP) 62 days. These glowing yellow Romano beans have a delicious flavor and a smooth, tender, stringless texture. The upright, bushy plants are lavishly covered with 4 ½–5 inch long pods that are ½ inch across. The plants proudly yield heavy crops of robustly flavored beans that exhibit their golden color even when pods are small. White seeds; 60 per ounce.
Runner
Phaseolus coccineus
SCARLET EMPEROR
(OP) 75 days. These fat, slightly fuzzy pods have a richer flavor than snap beans. Though the 6–8 inch, plump, juicy pods are less uniform than some varieties, the taste of Scarlet Emperor is as sweet as a bean gets. Borne on impressive 8–10 foot tall plants, sprays of beautiful scarlet-orange flowers are the showiest of all the varieties we’ve trialed. Mottled black/purple seeds; 20 per ounce.
BN033C SCARLET EMPEROR
LADY DI
Arber Bio Protectant
Wellness in a bottle! This multifunctional supplement provides nutrition, stimulates root growth, and offers protection from and control of fungal disease. Ideal for regular use on all indoor and outdoor plants, edible crops, transplants, cuttings, and hydroponics.
(OP) 84–100 days. Climbing 10 feet tall, Lady Di's plants burst into lipstick-red blooms that attract swarms of hummingbirds. Its textured pods are tender and completely stringless. We enjoyed them at 6–7 inches long although, even at 10–12 inches, they maintain their high quality texture and flavor. Lady Di produces early pods and develops seeds at a leisurely pace, which means a long harvest window. Mottled black/red seeds; 36 per ounce.
BN083G LADY DI ORGANIC
Blue Lake Bush 274
Jade
Hickok
Scarlet Emperor
Capitano
Romano Purpiat
Phaseolus vulgaris
Pole French Filet
EMERITE
(OP) 55 days. An extra refined filet type, Emerite yields stringless, 5 inch long, green beans with a tender texture and delicate, floral, sweet flavor. Vigorous, bushy, climbing plants put on a beautiful show of pink flowers followed by the beans. This crop produces early and heavily with an open habit to make harvest a snap! Black seeds; 125 per ounce.
BN055C EMERITE
MONTE GUSTO
(OP) 55 days. One of the most attractive and earliest yellow pole beans we’ve grown, these golden yellow pods sport a contrasting purplish vein and reach 8 inches long. Very productive plants grow to 6 feet tall with an abundance of creamy white blooms and lots of sweet, delicately floral, crunchy beans. Brown seeds; 70 per ounce. HR: BMV.
BN029C MONTE GUSTO
CARMINAT
(OP) 60‒65 days. Carminat’s magnificent plants reach 8 feet or taller with emerald to purple leaves, purple blooms and lavished with velvety deep purple pods. These slender, refined beans, synonymous with French/ filet types, grow to 8 inches long with a tender texture and delicious, mild bean flavor graced with a touch of sweetness. Beige seeds; 85 per ounce. HR: BMV.
BN079C CARMINAT
Pole Romano
HELDA
(OP) 60 days. The perfect Romano bean for fresh-from-the-garden harvesting over the long season. This flavorful pole bean yields big, flat-sided pods that average 9 inches in length and remain stringless. A great bean for quick and nutritious summer meals. Grows 6–8 feet tall. White seeds; 60 per ounce. BMV.
BN059C HELDA
LIMKA
(OP) 75–80 days. Romano-type beans have an edge on other beans when it comes to flavor, and Limka is a perfect example. This vigorous grower produces meaty, flat pods that are sweet and delicious. Maintaining their crisp texture even at enormous sizes, we enjoyed their snappy crunchiness anywhere from 6–9 inches long. The spacesaving, climbing plants are robust growers, and adaptable to a wide variety of growing conditions. White seeds; 55 per ounce.
BN089C
MUSICA
(OP) 67 days. This magnificent 6 foot tall Romano pole bean produces a massive crop of huge, tender beans over a long season. The bright green pods are flat and about 7–8 inches long. It continues to be the finest Romano we've ever trialed. Musica remains very tender and delicious even when it reaches its largest size. White seeds; 55 per ounce.
BN045G MUSICA ORGANIC
GOLDEN GATE
(OP) 66 days. Usher in the pole bean season with this amazingly productive Romano. Large, flattened, sunny yellow pods are set off nicely by the vigorous, dark green plants, making it easy to see the handfuls of beans. The pods are tasty and stringless even when they’re mature at almost 10 inches long and 1 inch wide. White seeds; 65 per ounce.
BN068C GOLDEN GATE
Trellis Netting
Harvest your vegetables with ease!
Peas, beans, and cucumbers are among many crops that will benefit from this large open mesh. Trellis netting can help improve yields by increasing exposure to air and sunlight, thus reducing ground rot and optimizing garden space. Also ideal for ornamental climbers such as sweet peas. Squares measure 6 inches by 6 inches. ZSU885 6 ½’ x 15’
Musica
Monte Gusto Emerite
Helda
Limka
Carminat
Pole Snap
SUNSHINE
(OP) 65 days. Exquisite, slender, butter-yellow beans will reach 6 ¾–7 inches long with a delicious flavor and stringless texture. Vigorous, vining plants stretch very long and produce outstanding yields of easily harvested clusters of 2–4 beans. White seeds; 110 per ounce.
BN019C
SEYCHELLES
(OP) 55–65 days. One of the earliest, tastiest and most productive pole beans we’ve grown. It yields heavy crops of slender, tender beans. Best enjoyed at about 4 inches long, these light green beans are crunchy and delicious even at 5–6 inches. Continuing to produce through a long harvest season, these powerful, healthy plants reach 7–9 feet tall. Light green seeds; 110 per ounce. BMV.
BN090C
1
KENTUCKY BLUE
(OP) 73 days. Kentucky Blue is the offspring of 2 very popular parents: Kentucky Wonder and Blue Lake. Its characteristic deep-green pods are 6–8 inches long and quite straight. The pods are easily seen on the 6 foot tall vines and can be continuously harvested over a long season. The taste is sweet and tender, even up to the larger lengths. White seeds; 105 per ounce. BMV.
BN034C KENTUCKY BLUE
1
Garden Combo Inoculant
Legumes are a vital component of sustainable gardening. Unlike other crops, legume plants extract nitrogen from the air and fix it into the soil in a form that is readily available to plants. They do this by naturally forming a symbiotic relationship with rhizobia bacteria, which work with the plant to form nodules on the plants’ roots that then accumulate usable nitrogen. Some is used by the legume plant itself, and the excess is released into the soil for other plants to use. This entire process is called nitrogen fixing and occurs only if there are sufficient populations of the proper rhizobial bacteria in the soil. Our inoculant contains live rhizobial bacteria and is easy to use. Simply dampen seed and coat with inoculant immediately prior to planting. Our Garden Combo Inoculant is specially formulated to inoculate a wide range of garden legumes including beans and peas along with our vetch and Sunn hemp cover crops. Use your inoculant the year you purchase it, as it is a live product and expires at the end of the calendar year.
KENTUCKY WONDER
(OP) 70 days. Kentucky Wonder is a wonderful heirloom variety with good old-fashioned taste. Pioneers depended on the harvest from this 6–8 foot tall variety, and generations of children have snapped the flat, straight, 6–8 inch long, silvery green pods. Many remember Grandma serving the freshly steamed tender pods, so full of that rich beany flavor. Brown seeds; 100 per ounce. BMV, R.
BN031C KENTUCKY WONDER
MALIBU
(OP) 75 days. Malibu offers everything we look for in a green bean: strong, healthy plants with tender, tasty pods. Round-bodied and light, minty green pods are delicious and not the least bit stringy even up to 7 inches long. Tall-growing plants put these superb beans within easy reach for picking, and heavy harvests provide plenty for fresh eating and preserving. White seeds; 90 per ounce. BMV, CTM, HB.
BN036C MALIBU
BLUE LAKE POLE
(OP) 75 days. This vigorous, 7 foot tall variety made Oregon’s Willamette Valley famous in the ‘60s and ‘70s for canning beans. The 6–7 inch, dark green pods have a canning-jar-straight, round shape. Harvested at their peak, you’ll find them tender, meaty, and full of hearty, fresh bean flavor. White seeds; 110 per ounce. BMV.
BN032C BLUE LAKE POLE
Key to Bean Disease Resistance/Tolerance
HR indicates high resistance.
IR indicates intermediate resistance.
A* | Anthracnose
BB | Bacterial Blight
BBS | Bacterial Brown Spot
BLS | Bacterial Leaf Spot
BMV | Bean Mosaic Virus
CTM | Curly Top Beet Mosaic Virus
DM | Downy Mildew
HB | Halo Blight
PM | Powdery Mildew
PMV | Pod Mottle Virus
R | Common Rust
* Numbers indicate specific disease race.
Kentucky Wonder Malibu
Blue Lake Pole
Sunshine
Kentucky Blue
Fava
APROVECHO
(OP) 110 days; spring sown. Bursting with flavor, this Oregon-bred fava is sweet and succulent at the young, snap stage, and hearty, rich and satisfying when rehydrated from the shelling stage. At our trial grounds, plants grow 3–4 feet tall and produce enormous pods that typically reach about 9 inches. Breeding work by Ianto Evans of Aprovecho Research Center. Buff colored seeds; 22 per ounce.
BN078G
BROAD WINDSOR
(OP) 80 days; spring sown. Broad Windsor is one of the tastiest of all dried beans and one of the largest! When eaten at the shelling stage, you’ll discover why their mild flavor makes them perfect partners with many spices and herbs. Great for falafels. The sturdy bushes stand 4 feet tall, produce 4–5 inch pods, and are reliably hardy to 12°F. Buff colored seeds; 15 per ounce.
Edamame
SAYAMUSUME
(OP) 85 days. This variety is a consistently high yielder in Washington State University trials. It grows to 2 feet and the 3–3 ½ inch pods were the largest in our trials. Your taste buds will thank you for this nutritious taste adventure! Yields 2–4 seeds per pod. Light green seeds; 70 per ounce. BN053C
Hemp Twine
For all your trellising needs. Our choice for an all-purpose string is this 2 mm thick hemp twine. Strong enough to support a staked tree or an 8 foot tall tomato plant, this beefy cord is made of renewable, allnatural hemp. At a 48 pound capacity and aesthetically pleasing shade, the generous, 327 foot roll comes in handy for more than just gardening. We’ve been using it for macramé crafts such as plant hangers and woven pet toys.
ZSU875
Compostable Trellis Clips
Zero plastic!
FAVA BEANS
$12.95
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Fava beans prefer cool weather; sow as soon as soil can be worked in the spring
l Can be fall sown in zones 6 and above
l Refer to Bean culture on page 8
Fava Bean Direct Sowing
l One ounce of seed plants 4–10 row feet
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Aphids
l Common control: Pyrethrin
Harvest & Storage
l Shelling beans: Pick when fully formed but still soft and green
l Dry beans: See our website
EDAMAME BEANS
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Edamame Bean Culture
l Refer to Bean culture on page 8
Harvest & Storage
l Harvesting period is short, check often for mature pods
l Harvest when pods are plump and beans are almost touching each other in pod
l Once pods turn yellow, beans become starchy and lose their sweet, nutty flavor
We’re always looking for ways to reduce plastic use, and we’ve found this truly compostable trellis clip made of plant-based material. Big enough to handle the heftiest tomato, yet delicate enough for flowers. The hinged, 1 inch clips have a handy snap-to-lock closure that can be opened and closed for repositioning on stems and supports. Comes in compostable packaging. ZSU874
Aprovecho
BEETS
AZUMA
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Beets perform best in fertile, evenly moist soils with a pH of 6.0‒7.0
l Uniform soil moisture is essential
l Sudden changes in temperature or soil moisture will increase zoning (ring formation in the root) and lead to premature bolting
l Transplanting not recommended as it can damage the tap root
Direct Sowing
l At the bottom of the furrow band 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet
l Cover seeds with sifted compost, loose soil, or vermiculite, and water evenly
l Use row cover when soil temperatures are cool and to protect from pests
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Leaf miners, flea beetles, and leaf hoppers
l Pest control: Pick off affected leaves and check for eggs—if found, spray with Pyrethrin
l Common diseases: Scab
l Disease prevention: Neutral pH (7.0), 3–4 year crop rotation, keep adequately watered
l Common pests: Mice, voles, and gophers
l Pest control: Traps or underground screens
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest when roots reach desired size; small roots are tender, large roots may become woody if left in the ground too long
l Leaves can be used as pot greens or in salads
l Trim tops and store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
Spring Color Beet Blend
SPRING COLOR BEET BLEND
(OP/F1) 51–65 days. Beets have enormous health benefits, including folic acid, vitamin C, fiber, and more. Now you can experiment in the colorful and nutritious world of beets from just this one packet. Includes Red Ace, a deep red; Boldor, a stunning golden; Albino, a crisp white; and Chioggia, the ‘candy striped’ beet.
BT147C SPRING COLOR BEET BLEND
5 grams 14 grams
(F1) 80–85 days. Some like it hot, and Azuma is one beet that the heat won’t beat! This outstanding variety produces flawless, smooth, dark red, globe-shaped roots with little to no zoning even in the dog days of summer. It’s a great all-around beet for baby to full size roots and greens. We’ve seen it perform in trial gardens around the country, and it always comes out the winner!
BT157C AZUMA
BOLDOR (OP) 51 days. These luminous golden beets are strides ahead of other yellow varieties. Featuring improved uniformity and vigor, Boldor offers a higher success rate in the garden with consistently attractive, round-shaped roots and yellow-stemmed, light green tops.
BT132C BOLDOR
BRESKO
(F1) 55 days. Smooth tasting for the refined palate, with deep, round, 2 ½ inch red roots. Our trials have shown Bresko is very vigorous and resistant to leaf miners.
BT156C BRESKO
ZEPPO
(F1) 50 days. Among the most consistently round, uniform beets we’ve grown, Zeppo’s roots are beautiful, deep red, smooth and nearly hairless, with a minimally zoned interior and mild flavor. A prime candidate for baby beets, or wait until they’ve reached 2 inches across for full size. Widely adapted plants have compact, strong tops for effortless harvest.
MERLIN (F1) 55 days. A wonderfully uniform beet with dark green glossy leaves and round 3–4 inch red roots. Merlin really stands out in the flavor department due to its high sugar content. Serve roasted on their own or with other root crops for a dish that will surely warm the body and soul. Leaves make a tasty, nutritious addition to your fall salads. IR: C.
BT144C
BT153C ZEPPO
CHIOGGIA
(OP) 65 days. An Italian home garden variety with light red, slightly flattened roots and striking interior rings of alternating bright pink and white. A feast for the eyes, the 2 inch round globes are also a sweet treat. With green tops and red stems, they are a colorful addition to dinner plates.
BT135C CHIOGGIA
BT135G CHIOGGIA ORGANIC
Boldor
Azuma
Merlin
Chioggia
Bresko
Zeppo
EARLY WONDER TALL TOP
Wonder Tall Top
(OP) 45 days. Early Wonder Tall Top is our most popular beet. Adaptable to all seasons, it forms 3–4 inch, deep red globes with tall, glossy leaves that make choice, tasty greens. A good all-around beet that also pickles well. Perfect for early spring planting, exhibiting vigorous growth in cool soils. Its staggered maturity allows an extended harvest from a single sowing.
LUTZ GREEN LEAF
(OP) 65 days. This variety can grow 6 inches wide without becoming pithy. Lutz Green Leaf has unsurpassed storage capacity, earning the name Winterkeeper. These crimson roots have a scrumptious flavor that becomes sweeter with time. Enjoy them boiled, pickled, roasted, or fresh in salad. The glossy, fuchsia-veined foliage is a delightful, hearty eating green.
BT131C LUTZ GREEN LEAF
Boro
(F1) 51 days. Boro is an extremely smooth, dark red beet with delectable roots and sumptuous, thick leaves for versatile, multipurpose use. Enjoy the vibrantly flavored roots early as baby beets, or allow them to reach full size. Great for pickling or roasting. Good disease resistance. BLS.
BT143C
5
BOHAN
(F1) 65 days. If your garden soil tends to be a bit waterlogged or low in fertility, Bohan is built for you! Robust plants produce very sweet, 3 inch, globe-shaped roots with smooth skin. Its larger taproot efficiently grabs nutrition, so less-than-ideal soil conditions won’t hinder its development. With strong tops, green leaves and iridescent, plum-colored stems, you’ve got a winning selection, especially in Pacific Northwest gardens!
AVALANCHE
(OP) 55 days. These AAS award-winning, snow white roots have all the sweetness of ordinary beets without any bitterness or strong, beety flavor that some folks find too potent to enjoy. At 2–3 inches in diameter, the roots are sized nicely for slicing and roasting, can be grated raw into salad, or juiced into the most lip-smacking juice. Avalanche is here to convert even the pickiest eater into a beet enthusiast! HR: C.
BT148C
CYLINDRA
(OP) 60 days. If you want higher yields in the same space as a standard beet, then the long, cylindrical roots of Cylindra are a perfect choice. The 6–7 inch long, bulky roots provide plenty of material for canning, roasting, or boiling. Smooth skin is quite easy to clean and peel while the shape of the root makes it easy to slice. The bold, earthy flavor made it a favorite in our trials.
(F1) 55 days. The hybrid vigor of Red Ace results in better germination, faster growth in spring, more uniform red roots, and higher disease resistance. The smooth, round roots are at their highest quality when they reach 3–4 inches but remain sweet and tender even when older and larger. The bright red-veined green tops hold a long time without losing their quality for use as a delicious table green. IR: C.
BULL’S BLOOD
(OP) 64 days. The renaissance of the salad mix has made unique uses for all types of greens, and the leaves of Bull’s Blood are a regal addition. The strong, deep red tops grow to 13 inches tall and have a clean crisp flavor. The 3–4 inch round roots have delightful red and white zoning. Harvest when small for the very best in eating quality.
Avalanche
Bull's Blood
Lutz Green Leaf
Red Ace RED ACE
Bohan
BROCCOLI
Days to maturity are calculated from date of transplanting; add 25–35 days if direct seeding.
Culture
l Broccoli performs best in fertile, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0‒7.0
l Broccoli is a cool-season crop that does not tolerate extreme heat; rough heads or leaves in the head are usually from heat stress
l Keep beds evenly moist and/or use shade cloth to maintain quality during heat waves
l Excess nitrogen or a boron deficiency can cause hollow stem
Direct Sowing
l Direct seed April—June
l At the bottom of the furrow band ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet
l Cover with loose soil or sifted compost
Transplanting
l Not recommended for broccoli raab
l Start broccoli indoors 4‒6 weeks before your anticipated transplant date
l Side dress with ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer at transplant
l Start autumn/overwintering varieties May–July
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest when heads are tight and dense
l Cut side-shoots regularly to encourage production
l Store at 36°F and 100% relative humidity
HYBRID BROCCOLI BLEND (F1) 56–100 days. We mix 4 very flavorful, tender varieties together for a harvest period of about 2 months from a single sowing date. Contains Belstar, Everest, Gemini, and Express. If the broccoli fancier makes one spring sowing and one more in late May/early June, a nearly continuous harvest of big, succulent heads will be enjoyed until fall. Thin carefully, as some varieties grow faster than others.
BR085C HYBRID BROCCOLI BLEND
GYPSY
(F1) 65 days. Gypsy yields smooth, well-domed, 8 inch heads with small to medium beads and excellent flavor. Reliable even in warmer temperatures, this versatile variety produces side shoots throughout the season once the main stem is cut. With a tall main stem, clean upright stature and robust root system, Gypsy is strides ahead of other cultivars with strong, uniform plants even in soils with lower fertility. IR: DM.
BR113C GYPSY
½
BR113T GYPSY TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65
EMERALD CROWN
(F1) 60‒70 days This superior broccoli produces big domes of finely beaded, blue-green heads on compact plants. An adaptable variety, Emerald Crown thrives in most regions of the country and is a good candidate for spring and summer planting. Its stalks are fairly short but very succulent and sweet.
BR117C EMERALD CROWN
MILLENNIUM
(F1) 70‒80 days. If you’re looking for a multiseason, high quality crown broccoli, Millennium is for you. Crops of perfectly domed, light green to blue green heads, 4–5 inches across have a very fine bead and remarkably high quality. The highly adaptable plants develop an upright architecture, are heat tolerant and retain prime flavor and color in a wide range of conditions. In fall and winter, the crops have unsurpassed field holding and excellent performance against waterlogging.
BR119C
NEW IMPERIAL (F1) 70 days. With emerald-green heads perfect for bunching, crown cut, and processing, Imperial is sure to please! This versatile variety is tolerant of long days and heat, making it perfect for spring and summer growing in the north, as well as cold weather and short days for fall and winter cropping in the south. Regardless of your location, Imperial will be a standout in your garden! It offers an excellent shelf life postharvest, too.
BR120C IMPERIAL
(F1) 90–100 days. Touted as the world's first purple-stemmed broccoli, this AAS award winner is magical, indeed! Plants produce sizeable dome-shaped heads that can weigh about 1 pound each. This cool-season crop grows upright to 30 inches and up to 20 inches wide with tight, uniform crowns and bright beads. An excellent easy-to-grow addition to any garden that is known to be sweeter and more tender than traditional green broccoli.
BR083C PURPLE MAGIC
Gypsy
NEW PURPLE MAGIC
Purple Magic
Imperial
GEMINI
(F1) 50 days. A stellar broccoli in our trial fields, Gemini produces tight, light-green beads on deeply domed, 6 inch heads. Compact plants are early, adaptable and offer options for spring and late summer plantings. A great option for small gardens. BLS, BR.
BR089C GEMINI ¼
Belstar
(F1) 66–75 days. Flawlessly uniform, 6 inch heads are beautiful blue-green with densely packed florets. The tightly domed heads are held high off the plants for easy harvest. This variety has excellent field holding capacity and is ideal for both warm and cold weather planting. It performed so well in our trials that it would have been a sin not to offer it. Good disease resistance.
Bunching
ASPABROC
(F1) 56 days. This gourmet quality baby broccoli or broccolini produces tender, delicious, elongated stems topped with small, domed, 2 ½ inch florets. After the initial central stem is cut, the plants continue developing side shoots for repeated cuttings. Aspabroc has a nice, upright habit that lends itself to tight plantings. BR114C ASPABROC
See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
APOLLO
(F1) 60–90 days. A stellar broccoli cross that yields lots of delicious florets. After the main head is harvested, long-stemmed side shoots can be picked over a long period. Sow with extra space between your plants and encourage branching by cutting the main head when it’s small. The resulting stalks and buds are extra sweet and tender due to the lower fiber content.
BR109C APOLLO
See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
UMPQUA
(OP) 60 days. This superior open-pollinated variety was first developed here at Territorial many years ago. We love Umpqua for its robust heads, ability to produce over a long harvest window, and generous side shoot production. Arguably the highest yielding open-pollinated broccoli you can grow.
BR102G
Sprouting
BURGUNDY
(F1) 75 days. Purple Sprouting broccoli is all the rage in gourmet restaurants and specialty markets, and for very good reason. Bite-sized florets on long, very tender, tasty stems mean low-waste harvests and a crowd-pleasing flavor. Burgundy is the latest twist on this exceptional crop with its rich purple florets. Bred for quick sow-to-harvest time, we find that Burgundy performs well from both spring and late summer plantings. We are very impressed with the continuous production and uniformity of these harvests. F.
BURGUNDY
PURPLE SPROUTING
(OP) 220 days. Maturing in March/April when fall planted, tall 24–36 inch plants are covered with petite, very sweet tasting purple crowns that turn green when cooked. Hardy to below 10°F, Purple Sprouting is a delicious mainstay of the family spring food supply.
BR099C PURPLE SPROUTING
Broccoli Raab
(OP) 40 days. This is the quickest broccoli raab to mature. Sorrento has some of the largest, most uniform dark green florets in the early category, averaging 3–4 inches across. It grows upright to 30 inches. A choice pick for the early gardener and specialty market grower. Harvest the tender leaves, stems, and unopened flower buds; they have a hearty yet mild broccoli flavor.
Apollo
Umpqua
Aspabroc
Sorrento
SORRENTO
Purple Sprouting
Burgundy
Brassica rapa, Ruvo Group
BRUSSELS SPROUTS
REDARLING
Days to maturity are calculated from June 15 transplant date.
Culture
l Brussels sprouts perform best in cool weather and in fertile, well-drained soils
l Proper timing is needed in order to grow large mature plants, which then develop buds during cooler fall weather
l Provide plants consistent, even water (1 inch per week)
l Brussels Sprouts benefit from high fertility early in development and less as they mature (use a slow release fertilizer at transplant and later only if symptoms of deficiency occur)
Direct Sowing
l Not recommended
Transplanting
l Start indoors 4–6 weeks before your anticipated transplant date
l At transplant, work in ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer around the base of each plant
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website
l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Brussels sprouts are best after a couple of frosts
l Mature buds should be 1‒1 ½ inch, firm and well formed
l Begin picking sprouts from the bottom; upper sprouts will continue to mature as lower ones are harvested
l Alternatively, you can mature the entire stalk by cutting off the top at the growing point when sprouts are present throughout and bottom sprouts are ½ inch in diameter; sprouts will mature within a couple weeks
l Store at 36°F and 100% relative humidity
FRANKLIN
(F1) 125 days. In our trials, Franklin has been one of the earliest maturing of all the Brussels sprouts. It has the added bonus of high quality, uniform, firm sprouts. The plants are quite tall and have less woody stalks, so whole stem harvests are possible. For a delightful dish, try roasting Franklin with some garlic, olive oil, and finish with just a splash of mirin.
BS117C FRANKLIN
¼
(F1) 145 days. Truly a darling in the Brussels sprout patch, Redarling reliably produces strong, uniform plants with 24 inch towers of purple sprouts. Each elongated button is firm and beautiful, stacking on sturdy stalks for whole-stalk harvests. In our winter trials, we began harvesting in November and continued well into March. These phenomenal plants stood in prime condition in the open field for 4 months! For fans of purple sprouts, plant Rubine and Redarling for a continuous harvest into early spring.
BS128C REDARLING
IGOR
(F1) 200 days. Extend your Brussels sprouts harvest with this high-yielding, winter-hardy variety. Robust plants reach up to 30 inches on well-filled stalks of firm, smooth sprouts. Especially frost-tolerant and sturdy, these delicious buttons are irresistible in a winter meal. Sow late spring to summer.
BS116G IGOR ORGANIC
ROODNERF
(OP) 100 days. One of the last open-pollinated varieties in existence that still retains excellent eating quality and uniformity. Bred in Hurst, England, Roodnerf is quite cold hardy. The medium to tall plants yield plump, green sprouts. If you’ve turned up your nose to Brussels sprouts in the past, Roodnerf will turn you into a fan!
MARTE
(F1) 130 days. A top-quality sprout for early fall harvest. These blue-green, 1–1 ½ inch buttons swell on well-stacked, 30 inch stalks, even in late summer heat. Robust plants are well rooted and resist lodging. HR: YR.
BS129C MARTE
NAUTIC
(F1) 150 days. Nautic’s 1 inch, smooth, tightly wrapped buttons are tender and sweet. Extra space between buds makes harvesting easy and also provides improved air circulation for fewer occurrences of disease. PM, RS, WR.
BS121G NAUTIC ORGANIC
RUBINE
(OP) 155 days. An heirloom variety not often seen in the garden. Rubine offers up a bountiful harvest of gorgeous 1–1 ½ inch purplered sprouts that are full of wonderfully rich old-time flavor. A striking addition to any vegetable patch and a gourmet special for your table. Grows to 24 inches and performs best when planted early.
BS115C RUBINE
Roodnerf
Nautic
Igor
Redarling
Marte
Rubine
GREENBOY
(F1) 80–85 days. Our new garden buddy in the cabbage patch! Greenboy produces pictureperfect, blue-green heads with white interiors that are dense and solid. Its adaptability and disease resistance means great garden performance and yield in warm and cold regions. YR.
CB159C GREENBOY
½
RUBY BALL IMPROVED
(F1) 78 days. Over the years, we have tested hundreds of cabbage varieties at our London Spring research farm, and Ruby Ball Improved remains a great all-season red cabbage. Firm, 6–8 inch round heads have a mild, sweet flavor and weigh a manageable 3–4 pounds. We have seen this variety stand unfazed in the garden for 6 weeks without splitting, which allows the gardener extended fresh harvests. Ruby Ball Improved stores moderately well after harvest.
CB152C RUBY BALL IMPROVED
(F1) 58 days. A mighty mini cabbage! Tiara produces a very high quality, dense head that almost dwarfs the very compact plant. The 6 inch heads weigh in at 3 pounds each with a short core and very solid interior. The flavor is mild, not peppery, with a buttery, tender, juicy crunch. Its long shelf life is an added bonus. A delicious selection for fresh eating and dense plantings or small gardens.
CB177C TIARA
ALCOSA
(F1) 65 days. A fast-to-mature, manageably sized savoy. Measuring approximately 5–6 inches and 2–4 pounds each, these attractive heads are well packed with sweet, heavily puckered, green leaves. Small-framed plants allow for dense plantings in both spring and fall. HR: YR.
CB179C ALCOSA
AUTUMN STAR
CABBAGE
Seed
Days to maturity are calculated from date of transplanting; add 25–35 days if direct seeding.
Culture
l Sudden temperature changes or high applications of fertilizer may result in poor head shape and reduced yields
l Consistent and even watering is necessary
Direct Sowing
l Sow March through June
Transplanting
l Start indoors 4–6 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Work in ¼–½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer around each plant
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website
l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Early types: Mature fast and burst quickly, so they must be harvested promptly
l Later types: Hold in the field longer
l When cutting heads from stems, include 2 or 3 wrapper leaves to protect against bruising
l Over-mature heads can split, especially if they are exposed to moisture fluctuations
l Late storage types will keep for up to 6 months when kept at 36°F and at 100% relative humidity; early types will store 1–2 months
(F1) 110 days. Autumn Star is the earliest maturing variety in our Kalettes® series, kicking off the harvest season. These little beauties are bite-sized, loose heads of frilly kale lined up on Brussels sprout-type stalks. The mini kale florets are a beautiful green and purple bicolor with a mild, nutty flavor. The 3 varieties we’re offering are specifically bred to mature at different times. Plant all 3 (visit TerritorialSeed.com for Mistletoe and Snowdrop) and you’ll have a seamless harvest from autumn through late winter.
Tiara
TIARA
Kalettes®
Kalettes® Brassica oleracea
Ruby Ball Improved
Greenboy
Alcosa
Cauliflower Cabbage
RED GLOBE
(F1) 76 days. An especially exciting twist on red cabbage, Red Globe’s superior quality heads boast a remarkably vibrant, magenta color—a glossy and very attractive distinction from more common, dull, dark purple cabbages. The uniform heads measure about 8 inches or approximately 3 pounds each with small cores and a nicely sweet/spicy flavor. Sturdy, compact plants surround the heads with contrasting green leaves.
CB150C RED GLOBE
KATARINA
(F1) 45 days. Manageably sized, fast to mature, and absolutely delicious. This AAS award-winning cabbage produces impeccably uniform, light green, 4 inch globes on compact plants. An excellent choice for containers or cramped plantings and year-round production of the sweetest cabbage.
CB164C KATARINA
½ gram 1000 seeds 250 seeds $4.95 $7.55 $17.95
CB164T KATARINA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
CHARMANT
(F1) 66 days. Charmant is suited to close plantings, forming solid, 3–4 pound, bluegreen heads that are 6–8 inches across. They will stand for weeks in the garden without splitting. Great for slaw or kraut. We especially like Charmant with a bit of lemon juice and roasted pine nuts tossed in melted butter. HR: YR, tip burn.
CB151C CHARMANT
½
$3.95
CB151T CHARMANT
1 Transplant
$5.65
FARAO
See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
(F1) 65 days. Farao’s deep green heads are nicely nestled in its protective outer leaves. Farao will remain in the garden for a long time without splitting. Once cut, the heavy 3–4 pound heads reveal a dense interior with a crisp, mellow, peppery taste, which is great in stir-fry.
CB163C FARAO
¼
CB163G FARAO ORGANIC
ADONA
CF193G ADONA ORGANIC
(F1) 68 days. A gorgeous, snowy white cauliflower with a delicious, sweet flavor and tight curds. The robust plants produce large leaves that can be used for blanching the 5 inch heads. At our trial grounds we found that Adona performs reliably well in all seasons. Resistant to tipburn and very good heat tolerance. 25
DEPURPLE
(F1) 79 days. DePurple is attracting attention with its alluring lilac florets topping creamy stems. Maintaining its color in cooking, DePurple makes a presentational impact on the table. Big, robust plants have a squat, slightly open habit and produce 7 inch, dense, domed heads. More reliable under various conditions than other purple cauliflowers.
CF177C DEPURPLE
CF177T DEPURPLE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
SNOW CROWN
(F1) 50–60 days. Snow Crown's hybrid vigor and rapid growth make it one of the easiest to grow of all early cauliflower varieties. It forms fully domed curds in heads 7–8 inches across, weighing 1–2 pounds. This variety maintains its prime eating quality for up to 10 days in the garden. May manifest a delicate pink blush when maturing in the hotter parts of summer.
CF171C SNOW CROWN
¼
CF171T SNOW CROWN TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
ODYSSEUS
(OP) 70 days. We are proud to offer this garden hero, an open-pollinated selection with nutty, sweet flavor rivaling the best, old-world, heirloom cauliflowers. Odysseus matures early, but the heads are not self-blanching. Wrap outer leaves around the crown when it's a couple inches across, and tie with rubber band or string to blanch as the crown grows. You’ll end up with the most delicious cauliflower with firm, pure white curds on 8 inch heads—well worth the extra effort!
Snow Crown
CF181G ODYSSEUS ORGANIC
Farao
Katarina
Red Globe
Charmant
Odysseus
DePurple
Adona
CLEMENTINE
(F1) 70–75 days. Electric orange, this vibrant cauliflower is even brighter than its namesake. Clementine’s 6 inch heads shine like spotlights in the garden, and they produce earlier in the season than Flame Star.
CF183C CLEMENTINE CF183T
Transplant
TRANSPLANT
See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
PURPLE OF SICILY
(OP) 90 days. Heirloom quality, exceptional flavor, super nutrition, insect resistance and astounding color all in one cauliflower. It’s no wonder Purple of Sicily has been handed down from generation to generation. Big, 2–3 pound heads are brilliant purple in the garden or on the fresh veggie platter, changing to a striking green when cooked. The curds are loaded with minerals and have a sweet, delicious, refined flavor. Its natural insect resistance means healthier plants and better success in the garden.
CAULIFLOWER
Brassica oleracea, Botrytis Group
GOODMAN (OP) 65‒70 days. Goodman produces perfectly uniform, dense white heads that are well protected with wrapping leaves. Very dependable and vigorous plants yield generous harvests, rivalling the quality and uniformity of its hybrid counterparts.
CF187G GOODMAN ORGANIC
Culture
l Refer to broccoli culture on page 17
l Blanching: To ensure completely white heads, tie the inner leaves around the head when it starts to form, or break over some inside leaves to shade the head
Direct Sowing
l Refer to broccoli culture on page 17
Transplanting
l Refer to broccoli culture on page 17
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website
l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest when heads are tight and dense
l Overmature florets begin to separate and appear ricey
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
TWISTER
(F1) 62 days. If you’re on the hunt for a reliable, picture-perfect, white cauliflower, Twister is what you’re after. Gorgeous, medium to large, snow-white heads with tight curds form with exceptionally well-developed wrapper leaves. These leaves spiral around, enclosing the head in a secure teardropshaped swirl that protects the cauliflower from sun and weather for pristine harvests. Twister is well adapted to a wide range of climates across the country.
Romanesco
VERONICA
(F1) 85 days. A fascinating, attractive and nutritious addition to your cauliflower crop, Veronica is just as beautiful as it is delicious. Seven-inch heads are formed from clusters of swirling chartreuse spires. Its taste is a somewhat nuttier cross between broccoli and cauliflower. A crunchy, sweet addition to a raw vegetable platter or cook as you would any cauliflower for a tasty and irresistible treat.
CF170G VERONICA ORGANIC
CF170T VERONICA TRANSPLANT
Purple of Sicily
Clementine
Twister
Goodman
CARROTS
Specialty
KURODA IMPROVED
(OP) 75 days. If you love the sweet snap of a carrot but struggle to grow straight, longrooted crops, we’ve got just what you need. We’re pleased to offer this easy-to-grow variety that reliably produces strong, stout roots even in shallow, rocky or heavy soil. You’ll love the tasty, bright orange roots that reach 5–7 inches long and 3 inches wide. A prime choice for container gardeners too!
CR256C KURODA IMPROVED
YELLOWSTONE
Culture
l Carrots perform best in deeply worked, wellcomposted, loose soil with a pH of 6.0‒7.0
l When the soil is workable, spade or till it to a fine texture 12–16 inches deep — cloddy, heavy soil will not make straight roots
l Heavy soils can cause forked roots; use Chantenay, Kuroda, Paris Market, or Nantes types in heavy soils
l Avoid split roots by maintaining even watering
l When plants have 7‒10 leaves, hill 1‒2 inches of soil around crowns to prevent green shoulders
Direct Sowing
l Dig a shallow furrow and lightly cover seed with soil, vermiculite or sifted compost
l Water evenly and regularly to prevent soil crusting
l Row cover beds when soil temperatures are cool and to help prevent soil crusting
l Thin when plants are 4 inches tall
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Carrot fly
l Pest control: Row covers at planting
l Common diseases: Various blights
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Best harvested when ½‒¾ inches in diameter when carrots are sweet and tender
l Irrigate well prior to harvest to ensure the roots have absorbed their maximum capacity of water
l Cut tops prior to storage
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
SNOW MAN
(F1) 70 days. Snow Man’s roots are distinctly different, reaching 7–10 inches long with smooth skin and pure white coloring from tip to shoulder, inside and out. They have a sweet, crisp flavor. Imperator type.
CR295C SNOW MAN
1 gram 10,000 seeds 5000 seeds
$4.95 $22.25 $37.45
REDSUN
(F1) 75 days. A new and improved red Nantes type! These handsome carrots have a distinct, deep coral-red tone and pinkish interior. They produce early and very uniform crops of well-filled, 7–8 inch long, cylindrical roots. Redsun resists bolting better than other red types we’ve grown, but be sure to plant in late summer for fall harvest for best performance and flavor.
CR258C REDSUN
(OP) 70 days. This yellow carrot is one of the most versatile carrots you can grow. It’s most sought after for cooking, but it looks great on fresh vegetable platters. Enjoyed raw, you’ll savor Yellowstone’s classic carrot flavor. Lemon yellow through and through, this 9 inch long Imperator type has broad shoulders and stores well in the ground when planted in late summer for winter harvest. MA. IR: Ad, Ar, C.
CR292C YELLOWSTONE
YELLOWSTONE ORGANIC
OXHEART
(OP) 80–90 days. This hard-to-find heirloom can weigh 1 pound or more. Stout, excellent quality Chantenay carrots grow to a heartshaped 5–6 inches. They tolerate heavy soils better than most, but also grow well in sandy soil types. A great choice for container gardens too, providing lots of food value when soil depth can be a limiting factor.
CR275C OXHEART
CANDYSNAX
(F1) 65 days. Sweet as sugar and superior disease resistance in one! Candysnax is one of our favorites in our trials for fresh eating with its crunchy snap, velvety texture and outstandingly sweet, non-soapy flavor. This Imperator type produces slender, deep orange roots up to 12 inches long and 1 inch wide. AB, AS, C, P.
CR263C CANDYSNAX
Yellowstone
Kuroda Improved Redsun
Oxheart
RED SAMURAI
(OP) 75 days. We've searched worldwide for a great tasting, true red carrot, and finally found it! Its bold, sweet flavor synchronizes flawlessly with the crisp, bright, rosy flesh. Red Samurai adds panache to salads, and even retains its distinctive color when steamed. The slim, tapered roots reach 11 inches. We recommend summer or fall planting to avoid premature bolting. Imperator type.
CR281C RED SAMURAI
1 gram 1 oz 5 grams
$4.65 $7.85 $25.95
Purplesnax
PURPLESNAX
(F1) 70‒75 days. The newest member of the Snax carrot family, Purplesnax has a sweet and mellow flavor that makes it a superb variety for enjoying fresh. The lean Imperator roots reach 8‒9 inches long with a dazzling combination of color: purple outside and a golden interior. If you’ve had purple carrots that tend to bolt, try Purplesnax, as they stand up longer in the garden.
CR285C PURPLESNAX
1
CR285P PURPLESNAX PELLETED
DRAGON
(OP) 75 days. This Danvers type carrot is a nutritional powerhouse! Tests show Dragon to be high in anthocyanins and other antioxidants. It’s the carrot of our ancestors, as hundreds of years ago wild carrots were either white or purple. The eye-catching skin is deep purple with the interior ranging from yellow-orange to pumpkin-orange. Maintains its spicy flavor whether eaten raw or cooked. Great steamed or juiced.
CR279C
1
PURPLE SUN
(F1) 90 days. Whether harvested as a baby carrot or grown to its full length of 8 inches, Purple Sun fits the bill. Unlike other purple carrots, it has a strikingly strong purple color from skin to core. The conical roots are highly pointed at the tip with flat to rounded shoulders. Purple Sun is loaded with anthocyanin, a flavonoid with strong evidence of health benefits in humans!
CR266C PURPLE
CR266P
CARACAS
(OP) 57 days. This broad-shouldered baby carrot is a favorite of specialty gourmet grocers and a brilliant solution for gardeners who have clay soils or are limited to container cultivation. At only 4‒4 ½ inches long, this Chantenay type is undaunted by heavy soils that hinder longer-rooted varieties. The deep orange, conical carrots are uniform and delicious with strong tops for effortless harvesting. MA.
KALEIDOSCOPE CARROT COLLECTION
(F1) 60‒75 days. This vibrantly colored blend of 3 delicious carrot varieties gives you lots of variation from one easy planting. Contains Purple Elite (Imperator type), violet on the outside with a golden heart, grows 7‒8 inches long with attractive tapered roots; Yellowbunch (Imperator type), a vivid sunny yellow, grows 8‒9 inches long with attractive tapered roots; and Sugarsnax 54 (Imperator type), brilliant orange, high in beta-carotene and extra sweet, grows 9‒10 inches long. Pre-mixed tape measures a total length of 5 meters (16 feet, 5 inches).
CR034ST KALEIDOSCOPE CARROT COLLECTION
1 collection 3 collections $7.95 $16.95
Key to Carrot Disease Resistance/Tolerance
HR indicates high resistance. IR indicates intermediate resistance.
AB | Early (Alternaria) Blight
Ad | Alternaria dauci - "Carrot Leaf Blight"
Ar | Alternaria radicina - "Black Rot"
AS | Alternaria Stem Canker
C | Cercospora
CS | Cavity Spot
MA | Liquorice Rot
P | Pythium Root Rot
PM | Powdery Mildew Pelleted
What is pelleted seed?
Seed that has been coated with a claybased material to form a larger, round shape. This makes planting by hand or mechanical seeder easier and allows for more controlled sowing of small seeds such as carrots or lettuce. All pelleted seed has a National Organic Program (NOP) approved coating. For best results, store pelleted seed in an air-tight container and use within one season.
Try planting carrots using seed tape! Perfectly straight rows of precisely spaced crops are at your fingertips with seed tape. Simply lay it in a furrow and cover with a light layer of sifted compost or soil, water and wait.
Purple Sun
Caracas
Speedo SPEEDO
(F1) 65 days. A solid and dependable choice for uniformity and overall quality, Speedo has a delicious flavor that’s mild and lightly floral. A Nantes type, it produces smooth, very shapely roots, 7–8 inches long. The blunt-tipped carrots are quick to size up even in poor soils. Bolt-resistant plants have clean, erect foliage with strong attachments for easy pulling. IR: AB, C.
CR299C SPEEDO
1
GIANTS OF COLMAR
(OP) 75 days. One of our favorite go-to carrots for the winter garden, but it’s also a great selection for multiple seasons. Giants of Colmar has orange, conical roots that grow 11–12 inches long and resist splitting while waiting to be dug. Hefty, broad roots are sweet and delicious. There is nothing quite as satisfying as the sweet flavor of Giants of Colmar eaten fresh from the garden in the dead of winter.
1
NEGOVIA
(F1) 70 days. Negovia impressed us from the time the seed sprouted to when we enjoyed the carrots after they had a lengthy storage period. The vigorous plants show strong germination and growth from the start and good disease resistance. The plants produce nice, tall, 11‒12 inch tops and boast 7 ½‒8 inch roots that are smooth, orange, and fill out to a blunt-tipped, smooth-skinned carrot. They retain their fine, crisp texture and sweet flavor even after extended storage. Nantes type. IR: Ad, Ar, C, MA, PM.
CR298G NEGOVIA ORGANIC
NAPOLI
(F1) 55 days. Longtime Nelson fans, do not despair! Napoli is a first-rate Nantes type carrot that rivals and surpasses Nelson in size and early maturity. Among the earliest of our springsown carrots, the 7–8 inch, bright orange roots have a fine texture and a mild, juicy crunch. Plants have tall, strong tops for easy harvest and produce uniform, smooth, cylindrical carrots with narrow shoulders. MA. IR: Ad, Ar, C, P.
CR294C NAPOLI
CR294P NAPOLI
COVENTRY
(F1) 72 days. Chantenay type carrots are a favorite for specialty gourmet grocers, and Coventry is an outstanding variety in this class. It produces exceptionally uniform crops of broad-shouldered, stout roots with erect, short, strong tops. The 4‒4 ½ inch, wedge-shaped carrots are an attractive light orange and have a very tasty, delicately sweet flavor. Coventry is our choice for baby carrots, which can be pulled up to three weeks earlier than the stated days to maturity. IR: Ad, Ar, C, P.
CR257C COVENTRY
1
(F1) 78 days. A Nantes for the discriminating palate, Naval produces very shapely, uniform, hairless roots 7‒9 inches long. Crisp and sweet, these vibrant orange carrots resist cracking and have the added bonus of a long shelf life. Tall, 16 inch tops are strong for easy harvest. IR: Ad, Ar, C, MA, PM.
CR259C NAVAL
NAVAL ORGANIC
SUGARSNAX 54
(F1) 68 days. Super tasty and nutritious, Sugarsnax 54 is sweet and tender for superior eating quality. Rich, dark orange color reveals the extra high beta-carotene content. Slender roots grow 9 inches long with strong tops. Imperator type. AS, C, P.
CR284C SUGARSNAX 54
Giants of Colmar
Napoli
Negovia
Naval
NAVAL
Coventry
ADANA
(F1) 58 days. An extraordinary Nantes type, Adana produces very refined, flavorful, nearly coreless and exceptionally uniform roots. Delightful from baby sized to wellfilled, blunt-tipped carrots at 6 inches long. Our taste testers who like Mokum love Adana’s bright orange color, snappy texture, and sweet flavor. Nantes type. IR: C, CS.
1 gram 10,000 seeds
(F1) 56 days. If you appreciate fresh carrots, you must try this one! Crisp, yet very easy to munch. So brittle and delicate, in fact, that it has to be hand dug, as it cannot withstand mechanical harvesting. Enjoy Mokum as a baby carrot or as a full-size 6–8 inch tasty treat. Very rich in vitamin A and high in sugars. Striking orange roots with contrasting thick, dark green tops. It’s still the finest fresh-eating carrot we know. Nantes type. MA. IR: Ad, Ar, P.
CR265C MOKUM
1
$4.95 $10.95 $17.45
$6.55 $11.75 CR265P
250 seeds 1000 seeds
YAYA
CR283G YAYA ORGANIC
(F1) 60 days. A very sweet, crisp Nantes carrot that raises the bar on flavor and quality. Yaya’s 6 inch, bright orange, cylindrical roots hold very well in the ground making it an excellent choice for a fall crop. Add the extra sweetness that comes along with cool weather and you have one delectable carrot. Strong tops make Yaya a great variety for bunching. MA. IR: Ar, C, P. 1 gram 10,000 seeds 5000 seeds $5.45 $16.95 $28.35
CR283ST YAYA SEED TAPE ORGANIC 1 tape 3 tapes
$6.95 $15.95
MERIDA
(F1) 80 days. This exciting selection fills a harvest slot all its own. We spent years looking for an overwintering carrot that could be planted in late September/early October and harvested May through June. Merida is a moderately vigorous Nantes type that possesses extraordinarily good resistance to bolting. It produces sweet rich orange carrots 6–7 inches long and 1–1 ½ inches in diameter. Well suited to spring and summer plantings, too! A carrot juicer’s dream.
CR267G MERIDA ORGANIC
1 gram 5000 seeds
$4.95 $11.95
CR267P MERIDA PELLETED
250 seeds 1000 seeds
$6.55 $11.75
RODELIKA
(OP) 72 days. In Europe, Rodelika is grown especially for carrot juice. One bite and you'll know why—it's loaded with sweet flavor! Sow this one in April and be ready to make juice from July through autumn. The 6–8 inch long smooth carrots are quite large and yield abundantly. One of the sweetest, fresheating carrots too! Nantes type.
MIGNON
(OP) 84 days. These irresistible baby carrots are sure to put a smile on your face. Vibrant orange, 5 inch long roots are slender and tapered with smooth skin, and a tender, crisp texture. As delicate as they are cute, they have a sweet flavor with a clean finish. Ideal for snacking, garnishing a special dish, and especially fun for a children’s garden.
CR268C MIGNON
1 gram 1 oz 5 grams $4.80 $10.65 $36.95
BOLERO
(F1) 75 days. The uniform, 6–8 inch long, slightly tapered roots are sweet and crunchy, prime qualities for snacking. A bright orange Nantes variety, Bolero grows to 1 ½ inches across and is adorned with a 10 inch tall, dark green top. It’s one of the heaviest yielding carrots at our trial grounds. Holds well in the field and maintains its sweet flavor even after long term storage. HR: AB, PM. IR: C, CS.
Bolero
Merida
Mignon
Rodelika
Mokum
Adana
Yaya
CELERY/CELERIAC
Celery
CHINESE PINK
Days to maturity are
Culture
l Celery and celeriac are water-loving plants and do best in fertile, well-drained soil, with a pH of 6.0–7.0
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
l For consistent growth, fertilize regularly with Age Old Grow, and maintain even soil moisture
l Mulch around plants with clean straw to preserve soil moisture
l Weather fluctuations and temperatures below 55°F can cause celery to bolt
Direct Sowing
l Not recommended
Transplanting
l Sow indoors 10‒12 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Avoid planting too early before weather has stabilized
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Carrot fly
l Pest control: Row covers at planting
l Disease prevention: Crop rotation, adequate water supply, and pest control
Harvest & Storage
l Pick individual stalks as needed
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
COLLARDS
l See Kale culture on page 42
Micromesh
Ultra fine, 0.6 millimeter, UV-stabilized floating row cover keeps out the smallest of insects. The greenish-yellow tint provides shade and retains moisture, while allowing sunlight, direct watering, and easy access to crops.
(OP) 80 days. Our gardeners are clamoring for this specialty celery, so here it is! A unique Chinese cutting celery, it produces slender stems with a bright celery flavor that delivers loads of spark to stir fries, soups, and minced into salads. Its striking, pinkand-cream-streaked stalks are topped with light green leaves for a beautiful contrast in any dish. Crops develop much quicker than standard celery, so you’ll be enjoying the harvests up to a month earlier than the green varieties. Grow as you would parsley.
TANGO
(OP) 84 days. This outstanding open-pollinated celery surprised us in our trials with its uniformity and vigor that rivaled hybrid varieties! Robust plants reach 18–20 inches tall with lime green foliage and long, smooth, broad, crunchy, sweet flavored stalks.
Collards
TOP CHOP
(F1) 74 days. Collards are a gift from winter’s garden and Top Chop is a leader in the field. With big, broad leaves from bolt-resistant, clean, upright plants, you’ll be picking greens over a wide-open harvest window. Top Chop regrows fast and produces lots of uniform leaves for fresh salads, carb-free wraps, soups, and all your dishes calling for hearty greens.
FLASH (F1) 55 days. Flash is a darkgreen-leaved collard that has earned a reputation for its vigor, high uniformity, and impressive yields. The 16–23 inch, smooth broad-leaved plants are very slow to bolt, offering longer, more dependable harvests. An excellent cutting green with a mild, sweet flavor, especially if exposed to a little frost. High in iron, calcium, potassium, phosphorus, and vitamins A, B, C, and E. Rapid regrowth after harvest.
PURPLE TREE COLLARDS
BRILLIANT (OP) 110 days. Celeriac is a type of celery grown for its softball sized, nutty-flavored roots. This European strain is an excellent early-maturing variety. Selected from our trials for its uniform, nearly fiberless white, 3–5 inch diameter roots and good productivity. Stores well. Peel, cut into bite-sized pieces, and sauté. Delicious!
Perennial vegetables are an essential part of the sustainable garden, and one that can be harvested year-round is invaluable. Purple Tree Collards is just such a plant, offering continuous harvests regardless of the season. This incomparable plant grows 6–10 feet tall and up to 3 feet wide with big leaves up to 10 inches long. These blue-green leaves take on a purple coloration especially in cool weather, and are tender, sweet and nutty for fresh or cooked dishes. This especially tasty and vigorous variety will yield lots of fresh greens for years and is hardy to about 20°F or zones 7–10.
Purple Tree Collards
Tango
CL199G CHINESE PINK ORGANIC
Apium graveolens var. rapaceum
Top Chop
Chinese Pink
CO258C TOP CHOP
OP Sweet
For best seed saving results we recommend bagging plants to avoid cross pollination.
HOOKER’S SWEET INDIAN
(OP) 75–80 days. First obtained by Ira Hooker over 70 years ago near Olympia, Washington. The 4–4 ½ foot stalks produce 5–7 inch ears of some of the finest tasting corn. Ears typically have 10–12 rows of kernels that start out white, dry blue-black upon maturing, and grind into the sweetest cornmeal.
CN224G HOOKER’S SWEET
DAMAUN
(OP) 80 days. Introducing the result of the world's first successful dehybridization of sh2 corn! This very exciting, biodynamically bred supersweet variety is unlike other OP sweet corns, since it retains its sweet flavor post-harvest. Vigorous plants produce large, 8–11 inch ears packed with delicious, classic, yellow kernels. It retains the best qualities of a hybrid, and since it’s openpollinated, you can save the seed.
CN010G DAMAUN ORGANIC
STOWELL’S EVERGREEN (OP) 80–100 days. Get back to basics with this treasured heirloom. Gardeners have been growing Stowell’s Evergreen since the mid-1800s, and enjoying its sweet, oldfashioned goodness. Named for its breeder, Nathan Stowell, and evergreen because it holds its fresh taste in the field. Tall, 8–10 foot stalks bear 8 inch ears with 16–18 rows of tender, creamy white kernels.
CN209C STOWELL’S EVERGREEN
GOLDEN
BANTAM
(OP) 85 days. Another heirloom that has been a favorite with home gardeners for years. Experience the old-fashioned traditional corn flavor of Golden Bantam. Grows 5–6 feet tall and produces 5–7 inch ears, each filled with golden yellow kernels. An early sweet corn that freezes well on the cob.
CN214C GOLDEN BANTAM
CORN
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Corn performs best in fertile, well-drained soil with a pH between 6.0–7.0
l Corn is a heavy feeder requiring high amounts of nitrogen during the vegetative stage
l Waiting for soil to reach optimum temperature is critical to successful corn growing
l Corn is wind pollinated—for proper pollination plant individual varieties in blocks of at least 4 rows
l Separate varieties by time (plant 10 days apart), or distance (200 feet) to reduce crosspollination
l For optimum growth ensure beds are watered evenly and deeply
Direct Sowing
l Make row furrows about 6–8 inches deep
l Spread 3–5 pounds of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 100 square feet
l Back fill the furrow, then sow seeds and cover with soil or sifted compost
l Thin seedlings when 4–5 inches
Transplanting
l Start indoors 2–3 weeks before desired transplant date
l Avoid letting starts get root bound and avoid damaging roots when planting
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Corn borer, corn ear worm
l Pest control: Pyrethrin, applied before silking, Monterey B.t. to silks (see page 148)
l Common diseases: Blight, rust, smut
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation, remove old stalks in the fall, and contact your local extension agent with specific issues
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest when kernels are full and milky
l Drying and browning of ear silks is also an indicator of maturity
l Ears should be cooled as quickly as possible and stored at 36°F
HOPI BLUE (OP) 100–110 days. Considered a staple corn of the Hopi people, this can be eaten as a sweet corn when young, or if allowed to dry it can be used to make flour. Hopi Blue has a higher protein content than a dent corn and makes wonderful tortillas. Dried, the 7 inch, blue ears also make great autumn decorations. Plants are 5–6 feet tall.
CN214G GOLDEN BANTAM ORGANIC
CN207C HOPI BLUE
Golden Bantam
Hopi Blue
Stowell's Evergreen
Hooker's Sweet Indian
Damaun
Hybrid SE/se
The inherited sugar enhanced (SE/se) traits are what make these corn varieties unique. For starters, the kernel walls are the most tender of all corn varieties. Added to that are more sugars, making every ear as sweet as can be. After harvest, the conversion from sugar to starch in SE/se corn is delayed, so the corn maintains its sweetness longer after picking. To top it off, no isolation is required from other normal types of sweet corn, making SE/se corn very popular. For best germination, soil temperature should be at least 70°F.
MY FAIR LADY
(F1) 78 days. If you’re looking for a dependable, high quality sweet corn for low-input cultivation, My Fair Lady is for you! Bred under organic conditions, this refined bicolor produces 7–8 inch, palate-pleasing cobs with a tender texture and sweet flavor. Shorter statured plants reach about 5 feet tall and offer good yields.
50
BODACIOUS
(F1) 80–90 days. This popular yellow variety reaches up to 7 feet tall. Bodacious features impressive 8 inch long ears with richly flavored, tender kernels. Very popular with market growers. We recommend it for premium corn on the cob and freezing. HR: MDMV, NCLB, R. IR: SW.
CN221C BODACIOUS
DELECTABLE
(F1) 84 days. We couldn’t have imagined a more appropriate name for this delicious corn. Beautifully filled-out 9 inch ears are packed with succulent, bicolor kernels and wrapped in deep green husks. Terrific for fresh eating and processing. Vigorous plants stand a stately 7 feet or taller. HR: MDMV, R. IR: NCLB, SW.
CN238C DELECTABLE
KANDY KORN
(F1) 89 days. A celebrity in the field of sweet corn, Kandy Korn’s tender, juicy, golden yellow 8 inch ears are packed full of good corn flavor. If they are tucked in red-striped husks on 7–7 ½ foot elegant burgundy plants, make no mistake, it’s Kandy Korn! IR: SW.
CN218C KANDY KORN
1 oz ½ lb 2 oz
SUGAR BUNS
(F1) 70–80 days. Sugar Buns is one of the earlier yellow gourmet SE/se types you’ll pick. The 5–6 foot plants produce 7 ½ inch ears. The rows of kernels are delightfully tender with a rich, creamy sweetness. The SE/se heritage will keep your corn in prime eating condition longer. IR: NCLB, SW.
CN219C SUGAR BUNS
Popcorn
After picking and husking, spread the ears in a dry, airy place and allow to cure for several weeks. Test-pop a few kernels periodically to determine when the kernels are dry enough to make into popcorn. Twist the kernels from the cobs and store in airtight containers. Large quantities can be processed by placing into heaps and stomping the kernels off the ears. For best results, isolate from any other corn. See Ornamental Corn for more culture info.
GLASS GEM
(OP) 110–120 days. Glass Gem’s jewel-tone kernels range from pale white, gold, pinks, reds, purples, greens, blues and oranges. Arranged in vibrant patterns, each ear is a uniquely spectacular gleaming rainbow with occasional solid-colored ears in blood red or blue-black. Plants tower 6–7 feet and taller, often producing 3 or 4 ears each ranging from 3–8 inches long. Glass Gem also grinds into tasty cornmeal or pops into white popcorn!
CN227G GLASS GEM ORGANIC
DAKOTA BLACK
(OP) 95 days. A mesmerizing popcorn, Dakota Black produces well-filled, 5–7 inch long ears with 15 rows of ebony-red, pointed kernels. These ears make fascinating fall dis plays, but make sure you enjoy some of the tasty, creamy white popped kernels. Plants reach 4–6 feet tall.
CN216G DAKOTA BLACK ORGANIC
EARLY PINK
(OP) 85 days. A great choice for short season popcorn enthusiasts, this early variety yields beautiful pink kernels on 5–6 inch ears. When popped, the colorful kernels explode into a white, fluffy popcorn treat. Plants grow to 5 feet tall. The dried ears are wonderful for crafting and fall decorating.
CN205C EARLY PINK
CN204G MY FAIR LADY ORGANIC
Bodacious
My Fair Lady
Kandy Korn
Sugar Buns
Delectable
Glass Gem
Dakota Black
Synergistic
Synergistic corn has 75% sugar enhanced kernels and 25% Supersweet kernels. It combines the exceptional tenderness and sweet corn flavor of SE/se varieties with the extra sweetness, extended shelf life and field-holding ability of sh2 varieties. For best results, isolate Synergistic corn from any other corn. For best germination, soil temperature should be at least 70°F.
QUICKSTART
(F1) 68 days. No waiting for this delectable corn. QuickStart produces big, well-formed, 8 inch ears with tasty bicolor kernels. Vigorous plants reach 6 feet tall and will tolerate cooler soils than other varieties. Plant early to be the first on your block enjoying freshpicked sweet corn from the garden. HR: SW. IR: NCLB.
CN229C
BIG N' TENDER
(F1) 79 days. Aptly named, this bicolor produces beautifully uniform, 8 inch ears with 16 very straight rows of tender, juicy kernels. The 7–8 foot tall plants are high yielding and dependable, with well-filled, hefty, very attractive ears. IR: NCLB, SW.
CN240C
INFERNO
(F1) 73 days. A deliciously sweet corn with 16‒18 rows of deep, golden yellow kernels on stout, 8 ½ inch, well-filled ears. The tender texture and sugary flavor are unmatched on such an early maturing variety. Sturdy, dark green plants quickly reach 6‒7 feet tall. IR: NCLB, R, SW.
CN223C INFERNO
TEMPTRESS
(F1) 70 days. We are captivated by this innovative Quadsweet™ variety. Big, early, 8 inch, bicolor, well-filled ears boast 16 rows of tender kernels with a rich, heirloom flavor and a modern sweetness. Temptress shows excellent emergence and forms tall, diseaseresistant plants up to 7 ½ feet tall without producing energy-wasting tillers. HR: MDMV, R. IR: NCLB.
SWEETNESS
(F1) 68 days. One of our earliest synergistic varieties, befitting its name, Sweetness has the deliciously enticing flavor of summer’s sweetest harvests. Well-filled ears are packed with 14‒16 rows of plump, bicolor kernels. A vigorous grower from the time it pushes out of the ground, these robust plants reach 6 feet tall and produce well-wrapped, 8 inch ears of pure sweet corn bliss.
CN212C SWEETNESS
CAFÉ
(F1) 68 days. Start the summer off with this speedy eye opener. Café’s 7 ½–8 inch ears are stuffed with 14 rows of sunny yellow, tender kernels that are brimming with heightof-the-season, sweet flavor. Not only is Café super fast to mature, it also handles cooler soil temperatures better than other synergistic varieties. Now you can really minimize your wait for a topnotch corn by planting earlier than other varieties. IR: R, SW.
Triplesweet TM
SERENDIPITY
(F1) 82 days. Serendipity produces mouthwatering, tender, bicolor kernels with a perfect balance between sugary sweet and traditional corn flavor. Its ears are 8 inches long and well filled. Stalks reach up to 6 feet. IR: SCLB.
CN217C SERENDIPITY
(F1) Plant these 3 varieties at the same time and harvest an abundance of corn for about a month! Consists of 2 ounces each of Sugar Buns, Bodacious, and Golden Jubilee.
CN201C
Hybrid sh2 Supersweet
The shrunken gene (sh2) gives the dried kernels an extra-wrinkled appearance. This inherited characteristic increases the sweetness of the corn at harvest time. Commonly called Supersweet, sh2 varieties are some of the sweetest corn available. They do not germinate well in cold wet soil, so make sure your soil is at least 70°F; use a soil thermometer if uncertain. To grow great Supersweet corn, isolate it by time or distance from any other corn.
NEW EDEN
(F1) 74 days. The unsurpassed sweetness and crisp texture of this white sweet corn makes it a winner for the home gardener or market grower. Eden boasts high yields of 8 inch, uniform, full-tipped ears, as well as increased disease resistance and good emergence. Holds well in the field and postharvest. HR: MDMV, NCLB, R.
CN233C EDEN
1
NEW NIRVANA
(F1) 74 days. Bred for taste and form, Nirvana's sweetness is truly unique. It offers the highest quality texture and flavor, as well as increased vigor. Uniform, 8 inch, full-tipped bicolor ears are easy to harvest and pack. Holds well both in and out of the field.
CN235C NIRVANA
1
SUPERSWEET JUBILEE
(F1) 85 days. An sh2 type that combines the ear shape and eating quality of Golden Jubilee with the extra sweetness of a Supersweet. Eight foot plants yield 8–9 inch ears filled with sweet yellow kernels. Holds its quality well on and off the plant. Often said to be the best-tasting Supersweet available. HR: R. IR: SCLB.
CN210C
Soil Thermometer
At Territorial, we believe proper soil temperature is a critical element of a gardener’s success. Our Soil Thermometer will provide you with an accurate reading every time. ZTO947 $12.95
IGNITION
(F1) 72 days. Ignition is the spark to kindle a hot, fresh corn season! This early variety was bred to produce fast growth, high yields and excellent quality sweet corn. The 8 inch, well-wrapped cobs are brimming with tender, delicious, bicolor kernels. Sturdy, 6 foot tall plants hold their harvest at an easily accessible height for picking.
CN226C IGNITION
Hybrid Sweet
HONEY & CREAM
(F1) 80 days. Nothing beats the old-fashioned flavor of this classic, bicolor corn. Succulent and sweet, 7 inch ears form 12 rows of the most flavorful, creamy kernels. Robust, 7 foot tall plants exhibit disease resistance. IR: NCLB, R.
HONEY & CREAM
SILVER QUEEN
(F1) 88 days. The most popular white sweet corn in America, Silver Queen has been a staple at farmers’ markets for years and always delights gardeners with its exceptional eating quality. The 8 inch ears are tightly husked and filled with plump, sweet white kernels. HR: NCLB, R, SW. IR: SCLB.
CN230C SILVER QUEEN
CN237C
Ignition
Supersweet Jubilee
Nirvana Eden
Honey & Cream Silver Queen
BUSHY
(OP) 45–50 days. Earning its name from its relatively compact habit, Bushy's vines stay at a manageable 5 feet long for tighter-space gardens. The delicious fruit are ideal for both fresh eating and pickling, and the plants reliably produce enough for both. Bushy has a rich history originating in Russia, and was brought to the US in the early 1990s. MO.
REGAL
(F1) 50 days. If you’re serious about pickles, your king of cukes is Regal! Supplying bushels of beautiful fruit, the plants are very vigorous with long vines and good disease resistance. You’ll get early and continuous harvests of 4 ¼ inch long, 1 ¼ inch wide, sweet, crisp cucumbers with an attractive, light to dark green shaded skin and white spines. GY. IR: A, ALS, CMV, PM, S.
1 gram 1 oz 4 grams
$4.45
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for
DIAMANT
(F1) 47 days. An early gherkin for anxious picklers. These outstanding, uniform pickling cukes congregate on hard-working, diseaseresistant plants that keep producing for a long picking season when other varieties have succumbed to disease. Fruit has tiny, hair-like spines, a sweet flavor for fresh eating, and excellent crunch for processing into pickles. PAT. HR: PM, S. IR: CMV, DM.
HOMEMADE PICKLES
(OP) 60 days. The vigorous 5 foot vines exhibit excellent disease resistance, and yield armloads of solid, crisp cucumbers. Pickle-perfect fruit are medium green with small white spines. They can be harvested at 1 ½ inches long for baby sweets and 5–6 inches long for robust dills. Just the thing for the best crunchy dill pickles you have ever tasted. MO. A, ALS, CMV, DM, PM.
CU303C HOMEMADE PICKLES
CUCUMBERS
Cucumis sativus
(OP) 60 days. Wautoma is a consistent standout in our trials. Developed by the USDA, it produces huge crops of wonderful 4–5 inch picklers, often of better quality than the hybrids. Four to five foot plants resist nearly all cucumber diseases! Delightfully bitter-free and burpless! MO. A, ALS, CMV, DM, PM, S.
CU299G WAUTOMA ORGANIC
1 gram 1 oz 4 grams
$4.95 $9.85 $31.75
CU299T WAUTOMA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
DOUBLE YIELD (OP) 52 days. Double Yield's productivity is unmatched, and it’s a good thing, since these crispy, delicious fruit not only make superb pickles, they’re also excellent right off the vine. The super robust plants have a naturally rounded habit and yield 4–6 inch long, uniform, lime green fruit with black spines. Double Yield dates back to the 1920s and has been a garden favorite ever since. We were amazed at how many pickles we prepared from just a couple of plants. MO.
Culture
l Cucumbers perform best in fertile, well-drained soil with a pH 5.5–7.0
l Consistent, even watering is critical for best plant growth and fruit development
l Raised beds, plastic mulch, and trellising can improve yields, keep fruit straight and scab free
l Incorporate a shovelful of compost and ½ cup TSC's Complete fertilizer per hill
Direct Sowing
l For best germination, keep soil evenly moist but not too wet
l Cover hill with Kozy-Coats, Victorian Bell Cloches, or a row cover to speed up germination
l Thin to the strongest 1–2 plants when first true leaves emerge
Transplanting
l Start indoors in 4 inch pots, 3‒4 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Avoid letting starts get root bound; transplant carefully as to not disturb roots
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Striped and spotted cucumber beetles, aphids, squash bugs, stink bugs
l Pest control: Pyrethrin
l Common diseases: See chart below
l Disease prevention: 3‒4 year crop rotation, Zonix for Powdery Mildew
Harvest & Storage
l Consistent harvest will keep plants productive
l Store at 45°F and 95% relative humidity
l For pickling, harvest cukes when small, before seeds form
Key to Cucumber Disease Resistance/Tolerance
HR indicates high resistance. IR indicates intermediate resistance.
A* | Anthracnose
ALS | Angular Leaf Spot
C | Cercospora
CCa | Corynespora Blight & Target Spot
CCu | Scab & Gummosis
CMV | Cucumber Mosaic Virus
CVYV | Cucumber Vein Yellowing Virus
CYSDV | Cucurbit Yellow Stunting Disorder Virus
DM | Downy Mildew
PM | Powdery Mildew
PRV | Papaya Ringspot Virus
R | Common Rust
S | Scab
TSP | Target Spot
* Numbers indicate specific disease race.
Regal
Bushy
Wautoma
Homemade Pickles
Diamant
CU322C DIAMANT
(F1) 60 days. Delicious and tender, these slicing cucumbers are a joy to grow and eat. The 13 inch long, slender fruit have dark green skin that’s ribbed and slightly spiny but remarkably delicate. Ripening earlier than others in their class, these cukes boast a sweet, slightly floral flavor and produce continuously and abundantly throughout the season. For space saving and straight fruits, allow the plants to climb up a support structure. GY. IR: PM.
ARMENIAN
CU300C
(OP) C. melo, Flexuosus Group 60 days. Called snake melons in the Middle East, this cucumber relative develops slightly ribbed, spineless cucumber-shaped fruit that grow 2–3 feet long and 2 inches in diameter. Burpless and not bitter, these light green delicacies are best eaten when 12–15 inches long. Fruit set well at high temperatures and are straighter if trellised. MO. 1
CU300G
RAIDER
(F1) 52 days. A champion performer in the garden and unquestionable producer of tasty, crisp, and delicious cucumbers. Uniform, cylindrical-shaped, smooth-skinned, glossy, deep emerald-green fruit adorn the robust plants. Raider is dependably early, robust, disease resistant and prolific. GY. ALS, CMV, S.
1
SUMMER DANCE
(F1) 65 days. With the crisp, clean flavor that Summer Dance offers, there’s no need to look any further for a delicious eating cucumber. Very uniform fruit reach a generous 8 ½–9 inches long, and have glossy, dark green skin with scanty, white spines. High yielding plants are heat tolerant and exhibit good disease resistance. A popular Japanese burpless type. MO. HR: DM, PM. IR: C.
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
MARKETMORE 97
(OP) 55 days. Developed at Cornell University, Marketmore 97 is a great slicing cucumber, and is one of the most disease-resistant varieties we offer. Bitter-free and burpless to boot! With vines up to 6 feet long, this northern cultivar bears loads of 9–11 inch, straight, white-spined cukes. A first-rate addition to anyone’s garden. Marketmore 97 is produced under license, and a portion of the profits support vegetable breeding programs at Cornell University. MO. CMV, DM, PM, S.
CU292T MARKETMORE 97 TRANSPLANT
SLICE MORE (F1) 62 days. If you’re looking for a beautifully blemish-free, uniform cucumber harvest, Slice More will fit the bill. The apex of quality, it produces perfectly formed, dark-skinned fruit from vigorous, vining, high yielding plants. Great disease resistance means you’ll be picking tasty, fresh cukes continuously through the season until frost. GY. HR: S. IR: A 1, 3, CMV, DM, PM.
NEW GOLIATH
(F1) 45 days. Truly living up to its name, Goliath produces 8 inch, very dark green cukes with a pale green interior. The plants are heavy producers and adaptable to different climates while boasting a good disease package. Straight, uniform fruit with smooth skin that doesn’t turn bitter makes it the perfect addition to salads and fresh veggie platters! MO. CMV, DM, PRV.
GREEN 18
(F1) 55 days. Dark green fruit with clear, unmarred skin even after a season of heavy pest stress. Green 18 is an 8 inch, diseaseresistant slicer that performs all season. In our trials, the strong, healthy plants produced an abundance of long, slender fruit that didn’t become bloated and seedy. PAT. CMV, CVYV, DM, PM.
CU327G GREEN 18 ORGANIC
Green 18
Slice More
Dragon Suhyo Cross
Goliath
Summer Dance
Marketmore 97
CROSS
CU331C GOLIATH
MINI MUNCH
(F1) 55 days. Mini Munch is crisp and delicious with tender skin and a seedless, juicy interior. The rich green, smooth fruits are best harvested when 3–4 inches long, just right for a tasty single serving. Mini Munch is an excellent candidate for trellising in the garden, containers or indoor cultivation with long vines and minimal branching. Undaunted by low temperatures, the vigorous, productive plants set fruit even in cool conditions. GY, PAT. PM.
CU302C MINI MUNCH
10 seeds 50 seeds $7.75 $28.65
CU302T MINI MUNCH TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
SWEET-SLICE
(F1) 62 days. This high-yielding slicer has tender skin, crisp, clean flesh, no bitterness and great disease resistance. One bite of Sweet-Slice and you’ll be smitten by the refreshing flavor, and they’re absolutely burpless. Glossy, dark green fruit grow 10‒12 inches long with pure white interiors. MO. A, ALS, CCu, DM, PM.
1
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
to Cucumber Flower and Fruit Set
| Gynoecious - Has nearly all female flowers.
| Hermaphrodite - Flowers contain both male and female reproductive parts. MO | Monoecious - Has separate male and female flowers on the same plant.
PAT | Parthenocarpic - Has the ability to set fruit without pollination.
Pepinex
PEPINEX
(F1) 65–70 days. Flawless and refined, Pepinex produces premium English-type cucumbers on productive plants. These slender, long, straight fruits have a clean, nearly sweet flavor and not a trace of bitterness. Reaching 12–14 inches long, they have just a hint of ribbing, and an exquisitely smooth, dark green, thin skin that saves you the need to peel. Performs just as well in a greenhouse as it does in the garden. MO. IR: DM, PM.
(F1) 60 days. Crisp, crunchy, and refreshing with a unique, light green skin. In our trials, the very productive, disease-resistant plants produced smooth, mellow tasting cucumbers right up until frost. Lime Crisp can be harvested when small, but still retains its crisp texture when long. MO.
PATIO SNACKER
(F1) 50–55 days. Whether you are tight for space or just want a terrific container cuke, this one’s for you. In our field trials, Patio Snacker stayed within a 24–36 inch radius, yet still produced harvests rivaling its larger neighbors. The healthy, vigorous plants yield white-spined, dark green-skinned fruit that are ideal for picking at under 2 inches wide and 6 ½–7 inches long. They are crunchy, flavorful and bitter-free. Keep picking and you’ll have continuous harvests all season long. MO and PAT.
Novelty
MEXICAN SOUR GHERKIN
(OP) Melothria scabra 75 days. Also known as Mouse Melon or Cucamelon. An heirloom that packs a lot of flavor in an adorable, teaspoonsized treat! These little charmers are like no other, combining a powerful, sweet, cucumber flavor with a tangy, citrus twist. Delicate foliage and fist-fulls of fruit that look like doll-sized watermelons make these plants pretty enough to grow trellised in a flower garden or cascading in a hanging basket. The 1 inch cukettes are terrific tossed in a salad, and the plants are productive enough to have plenty for pickling.
CU316C MEXICAN SOUR GHERKIN
LEMON
(OP) 70 days. These 3–4 foot, semi-bush type plants bear loads of apple-shaped cucumbers with lemon-colored skins. The flesh is very mild and sweet, never bitter. Scrumptious and colorful in salads. Best harvested when the size of limes. This old variety is a favorite among many cool season gardeners. HE. R.
LEMON
CU309G
Sweet-Slice
CU297C PEPINEX
Lime Crisp
LIME CRISP
CU320C LIME CRISP
Mexican Sour Gherkin
Lemon
CU309C
Patio Snacker
CU301C PATIO SNACKER
Mini Munch
Greenhouse
Visit our website for complete greenhouse growing instructions.
PARAISO (F1) 60 days. A star performer regardless of growing conditions, Paraiso produces exquisitely uniform fruit with a sweet, non-bitter crunch. The dark green cucumbers are at their prime when 8–9 inches long. Vigorous plants are very high yielding, adaptable, disease resistant, and produce even in cooler temperatures. PAT. IR: CMV, CVYV, CYSDV, PM.
PONIENTE
(F1) 51 days. For the most flawless, long European type cucumbers, head to Poniente. The 12–13 inch glossy, dark green fruit are nicely ribbed with a sweet, delicate flavor and no bitterness. Strong, disease-resistant vines are productive and typically yield 2 fruit per node. PAT. HR: CCu. IR: CMV, CVYV, CYSDV, PM.
TELEGRAPH IMPROVED
(OP) 60 days. Telegraph Improved is one of the most requested open-pollinated greenhouse varieties. Our strain is grown in England and is derived from the original Telegraph Long. Dark green, sleek, 10–14 inch fruit are burpless, mild flavored, and never bitter. The plants will grow up to 8 feet in a greenhouse. Performs very well outdoors, too. GY.
CU306C
20
EXCELSIOR
(F1) 50 days. Beautiful, emerald-green cukes have exquisite flavor—perfect for fresh eating or pickling. The prolific, disease-resistant plants produce barrels of 4–5 inch, stocky fruit. Excelsior was originally developed for trellised cultivation in the greenhouse, but it performs equally well in the garden. PAT. CMV, CVYV, PM, S, TSP.
CU294G EXCELSIOR ORGANIC
PICOLINO
(F1) 45‒50 days. At just 4‒5 inches long, the smooth-skinned, dark green fruit are crisp, juicy and mildly sweet. Early to begin production, the compact plants will keep the produce coming for a lengthy harvest. Picolino performs equally well in open fields and greenhouses. PAT. HR: CCa, CCu. IR: CMV, CVYV, PM.
SOCRATES
(F1) 52 days. Right at home in the greenhouse, Socrates thrives and produces even in cooler temperatures and lower light conditions. Produces very refined, 7 inch long, Beit Alpha type fruit with dark green, delicate skin and a crisp, flavorful snap. Plants show good disease resistance. PAT. PM, S.
BELLA
(F1) 68 days. Elongated, slender fruits with a crisp texture and the sweet, refreshing flavor of summer. Plants produce absolutely bitterfree cucumbers and even when they get 8 inches long, they remain a slim ¾ inch wide. Wonderful for fresh eating in a cucumber salad. Also performed well in our outdoor trials. PAT. HR: S, TSP. IR: PM.
(F1) 52 days. Crisp, shiny, spineless cukes that are specifically bred to thrive in the greenhouse during colder months with low light levels. Each mouthwatering cucumber stays slim at 1 ½ inches wide and 5–7 inches long. Best yields occur when trellised. PAT. CVYV, PM.
CU325G
CU307G
CU296C BELLA
Picolino
Socrates
Excelsior
MANNY
CU318G MANNY ORGANIC
Manny
CU310G PICOLINO ORGANIC
SNOWY
(F1) 65 days. The pinnacle of quality in white, Italian eggplant! Vigorous plants produce continuous, healthy harvests of pristine, teardrop-shaped, ivory-colored fruit. Snowy ripens earlier and resists yellowing better than traditional white varieties, and these firm eggplants are delectable and especially well suited for roasting.
⅛
ROLANDIA
(F1) 65 days. Rolandia really bowled us over with the largest and earliest classic eggplants in our trials. The very large, oval, dark purple fruit reach 8 inches and up to 1 ½ pounds each on sturdy, upright plants. The open plant habit and spineless calyx make harvest easy. The extended shelf life of this delicious fruit is an added bonus! IR: ToMV.
MILLIONAIRE
(F1) 54 days. Millionaire’s extra-early maturity and high productivity will make you feel like you’ve hit the jackpot. In our summer trials, Millionaire had ripe fruit before many of the other eggplant varieties were even flowering! The healthy, upright plants produce extraordinary harvests of deep purple, slender, 8 inch fruit. This exquisite Japanese variety is tender and delicious with a minimal seed cavity.
⅛
TRAVIATA
(F1) 55–60 days. These shiny, deep purple Italian-type eggplants set fruit all season long. Fruit grow to a uniform 6–8 inches, but can be picked at an earlier stage for delicious baby eggplant; the healthy, upright plants will just keep ‘em coming! Traviata has excelled through less-than-ideal seasonal conditions and even managed to grow past some heavy flea beetle pressure where other varieties struggled.
EG336G TRAVIATA ORGANIC
EG336T
LISTADA DE GANDIA (OP) 80–90 days. This European heirloom dates back to 1850. Petite, 14 inch tall plants produce some of the most beautiful eggplants we’ve seen. The elongated, egg-shaped fruits reach 8 inches long, have a delicately mild flavor and tender, thin skin that’s streaked in violet and cream.
EG329G LISTADA DE GANDIA ORGANIC
EG329T
PROSPEROSA
(OP) 75 days. A knock-out of an eggplant! This Italian heirloom forms a gorgeous, deep purple fruit with a pleated top that shows just a touch of cream color peeking out from the stem end. The 4–5 inch fruit are meaty and mild flavored with a texture that lends itself to all your gourmet eggplant dishes. Eclipsing most other varieties in our eggplant trials, the tall, vigorous plants are outstanding adorned with these shapely, eye-catching fruit.
EGGPLANTS
Solanum melongena
to
Days to maturity are calculated from transplant date.
Culture
l Eggplants are heat-loving plants that require a long growing season
l Plants grow best in fertile, well-drained soil; raised beds and black mulch provide extra warmth in the spring
l Use row cover until first blooms appear
l Optimum growth occurs with day temp. of 80–90°F and night temp. of 70+°F
Direct Sowing
l Not recommended
Transplanting
l Sow indoors 8–10 weeks prior to anticipated transplant date
l When plants have their second set of true leaves, up-pot them into 3–4 inch pots, 1 per container
l Transplant hardened-off plants when night temperatures are above 50°F
l Use ½ cup TSC's Complete fertilizer and a shovelful of compost around each plant
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Flea beetles, aphids, and potato beetles
l Pest control: Pyrethrin and row covers
l Common diseases: Verticillium and Fusarium wilts
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest when skin is still smooth and shiny
l Over mature fruit will be soft and seed will begin to darken
l Fruit can be held 7–10 days at 45–55°F and 90–95% humidity
Traviata
Listada De Gandia
Snowy
Rolandia
Millionaire
Key to Eggplant Disease Resistance/Tolerance IR indicates intermediate resistance. BO | Botrytis, Gray Mold ToMV | Tomato Mosaic
Prosperosa
EG325G SNOWY ORGANIC
PATIO BABY
(F1) 45 days. Ideal for containers but right at home in any garden, this spineless, compact variety provides incomparable early and sustained yields of 2–3 inch long, egg-shaped fruit on plants no taller than 24 inches. The almost-black fruit are deliciously mild with less bitterness than comparable varieties.
EG335C
25 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$4.95 $18.95 $31.75
EG335T
1
Ping Tung Long PING TUNG LONG
(OP) 65 days. Whether you’re looking for a pickling or just a good, all-around eggplant, this variety is an excellent choice. The glossyskinned, bright purple eggplants are prime at 9 inches long and 1‒2 inches wide. Vigorous plants provide early and steady production of the slightly curved fruit.
EG337G
MICHAL
(F1) 60–75 days. This uniform and productive eggplant is ideal for high tunnel or greenhouse cultivation, but also performs exceptionally outdoors. The parthenocarpic trait makes for very few seeds in the tasty, shiny black fruit, and that ability to set fruit without pollination also ensures early and reliable harvests. Healthy, vigorous plants offer plentiful season-long yields, and the firm fruit keep well after harvest. BO.
EG334G
EG334T
1
ANNINA
(F1) 69 days. An outstanding variety in many aspects, Annina is early, exceptionally pretty, tastes great, has a low seed count, and the plants are nearly spineless! The tapered, teardrop-shaped fruit reach 5 inches long and are cream and purple streaked. We found the flavor good even raw.
EG338G ANNINA ORGANIC 25 seeds
seeds
seeds
$11.95 $43.35 $83.95
EG338T ANNINA TRANSPLANT
GOURDS
All gourds are vining varieties and can grow to 15 feet. They are often tiered along a trellis or fence to save space. Most are grown for their mature shell and unique shapes. Reference the pumpkin section on page 76 for culture.
MARTINHOUSE
GO343C MARTINHOUSE
(OP) Lagenaria siceraria 100 days. You’ll get giddy over these gourds! Great for all kinds of crafting and decorating, these pear-shaped fruit reach 10 inches wide and 15 inches tall with smooth, tan skin. The rangy, sprawling plants are especially fun to grow trellised over a cattle panel to create a shady tunnel of foliage with the gourds hanging through the structure. Approximately 8 seeds per gram. 2
AUTUMN WINGS-MEDIUM
(OP) Cucurbita pepo 100 days. A fun addition to the fall decorating season. These nifty gourds have the shape of a spoon, but with wings! They are up to 8 inches long and display traditional fall colors. Approximately 15 seeds per gram.
GO341C AUTUMN WINGS-MEDIUM
2
ORNAMENTAL GOURDS-SMALL
GO336C ORNAMENTAL GOURDS-SMALL
(OP) Cucurbita pepo 85–110 days. The ultimate combinations of colorful, fantastically textured and shaped gourds make phenomenal Halloween or fall harvest displays and decorations. 4–6 inch gourds. Approximately 20 seeds per gram. 2
Luffa
SEVEN HAPPINESS
(F1) 100 days. Known as luffa or sponge gourd, this native to China is edible when very young. Start indoors and transplant outside as you would melons. For a scrubber, allow fruit to ripen until the skin hardens and stems turn yellow. Peel off the outer skin and remove pulp by rinsing in running water. Approximately 10 seeds per gram.
OV575C SEVEN HAPPINESS
1 gram $6.95
Martinhouse
Michal
Patio Baby
Annina
Luffa cylindrica
Hardneck
Allium sativum subsp. ophioscorodon
Cloves per bulb: Approximately 5–10 Cloves per pound: Approximately 40–65
Cloves grow in a single circle around a central woody stem. These varieties also produce, or attempt to produce, a flower-like stalk. What makes these garlics stand out is the range and quality of flavors they exhibit. Hardneck garlics typically have a shorter storage life than softnecks.
NEW MARJEAN
Mid-season, Purple Stripe type. Experience the rich heritage of MarJean! This unique variety is a standout for its robust and distinctive flavor. While the official name is unknown, MarJean pays tribute to Marty and Jean, who shared this family favorite with their neighbors to keep the garlic-growing tradition alive. Its exceptional shelf life ensures you can enjoy it year-round!
PURPLE GLAZER
Mid-season, Glazed Purple Stripe type. A vivid, royal purple tinged with shiny gold and/or silver hues makes this one of the most attractive garlics. As a sub-variety of purple stripe, a group known for being the best baked garlic, Purple Glazer has a strong lasting flavor, but not hot and no aftertaste. Very easy to peel.
UKRAINIAN RED
Mid-season, Rocambole type. Ukrainian Red boasts a flavor as rich as its history. Big, beautiful heads are wrapped in white skins and open to reveal 7–10 plump cloves with very easy-to-peel, tan skins. We love the robust, well-rounded flavor that’s spicy when raw and mellow after cooking.
CHESNOK RED
Late-season, Purple Stripe type. This Middle Eastern hardneck comes to us from Shvelisi, Georgia. One of our best all-around cooking varieties because its full-bodied flavor lingers and is retained after cooking. Especially nice choice for baking as it has a very creamy texture. Easy to peel heads are wrapped in very attractive, striped wrappers surrounding pink clove skins. Stores 4–6 months.
GARLIC
Culture
l Garlic thrives in rich, well-drained soil with a pH between 6.0–7.0
l Work in 1 inch layer of compost, ½ cup of bone meal, ½ cup TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet
l When spring growth begins: water to keep the soil slightly moist and fertilize with Age Old Grow or TSC's Complete fertilizer
l As harvest approaches: water less to avoid molding or staining
l Hardnecks: cut off any flowering stems (scapes) at the top leaf to redirect energy to the bulb; scapes can be used like green onions
Direct Sowing
l In Northern regions, garlic is best planted by the end of October, or 6–8 weeks before the ground freezes
l Southern regions may plant as late as March
l Separate the cloves of garlic just prior to planting, keeping as much skin on as possible
l Plant cloves pointed end up
l Mulch with clean straw or leaves to 4 inches
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: onion thrips, stem & bulb nematodes
l Pest control: Pyrethrin, 5–7 year crop rotation
l Common diseases: Gray mold/Botrytis, rust
l Disease & pest prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation, avoid soggy soil
Harvest
& Storage
l Harvest when the top 4‒5 leaves are slightly green and lower leaves are dry
l Begin checking for mature bulbs in late June
l Each green leaf represents one layer of covering over the bulb in the ground
l Tie the plants in small bundles and dry in a cool, shaded, well-ventilated location for about 3‒4 weeks
l After curing is done, cut foliage and roots from bulbs and store in mesh bags
l Softnecks: you can keep leaves on and braid the whole plant
SPANISH ROJA
Mid-season, Rocambole type. Probably the most popular hardneck type because most garlic lovers find the flavor to be “true garlic”. A Northwest heirloom that was reported to have been brought into Northwest Oregon before 1900, it is often called Greek garlic by home gardeners throughout the region.
8
Mid-season, Rocambole type. If a flavor-forward garlic is your jam, then this heirloom will suit you very well. Spicy, medium-hot and enduring when raw, the taste is all strong garlic with a subtly sweet aftertaste when cooked. Very cold-hardy and productive, the plants deliver big, colorful, reddish-purple blushed and striped heads with easy-to-peel cloves.
BAVARIAN PURPLE
Mid-season, Rocambole type. Folks who regularly include garlic as a part of their diet typically like stronger-flavored garlic like Bavarian Purple. After eating half of a clove, we found that the heat built quickly, made the eyes water, then disappeared just as fast with no aftertaste. Develops a tremendous system of roots that gives it excellent stability in hardwinter regions. Stores 9 months to a year.
Bavarian Purple
RUSSIAN RED
XG330C RUSSIAN RED
Russian Red
Chesnok Red
MarJean
Purple Glazer
XG207G CHESNOK RED ORGANIC
XG188G MARJEAN ORGANIC
Ukrainian Red
XG335C UKRANIAN RED
XG241C SPANISH ROJA
SIBERIAN
Mid-season, Purple Stripe type. A top-notch producer in cold climates, Siberian deserves consideration for all northern gardeners. The cloves are protected by an attractive light pink skin that becomes even redder when grown in high-iron soils. This clean, medium-to-strong flavored garlic will warm your soul on the coldest winter evening. Best of all, it is purported to have high allicin content, possibly the highest of any garlic. Allicin supports normal cholesterol levels, boosts the immune system, and enhances circulation.
8
DUGANSKI
Mid-season, Purple Stripe type. A stunningly beautiful garlic with large bulbs and an amazing flavor that matches its looks and size. Purple outer wrappers protect the violet-tinged cloves that burst with a fiery flavor and mellow out with a pleasant aftertaste.
XG180C DUGANSKI
8 oz 5 lbs 1 lb
$20.95 $31.95 $114.95
Garlic is shipped only in the fall—starting in mid-September, depending on the season and the variety. Quantities are limited; order early for best availability. Sorry, not available to Idaho, US Territories, or Canada.
Onion & Garlic Bags
When you’re ready to harvest your onions and garlic, there’s no better way to store them than in these mesh bags. The bags provide air circulation, which is crucial for long-term storage. A bag holds 5 pounds of garlic or onions and measures 19 inches high by 11 inches wide. Drawstring closure.
MUSIC
Mid-season, Porcelain type. Music hits the top of the charts when it comes to yields. In trials at Michigan State University, Music out-produced all others with a harvest of over 13,500 pounds per acre! White skinned with just a blush of pink, this garlic makes big cloves that are easy to peel. The taste is a medium hot, true garlic flavor. Exceptional shelf life for a Porcelain type, Music will store 9 months to a year. Very cold tolerant.
PREMIUM NORTHERN WHITE
Late-season, Porcelain type. Finally, good strong garlic in a large clove! The heritage of this unique garlic can be directly traced to northern Germany. It could possibly be the most cold-hardy variety known, having been documented to –18°F in Eastern Oregon. And one grower, who cultivated this variety in New York for more than 10 years, claims it withstood –60°F. Let us know how it does for you! It’s a potent hardneck that is easy to peel. Its large clove size makes it a great allpurpose garlic, especially good for baking.
Elephant
MOUNT HOOD
Mid-season, Porcelain type. If you are looking for huge bulbs of garlic with large cloves to boot, then look no further. We were thoroughly impressed with how big these heads grew and noticed that each head typically had 1–2 more cloves than some of the other hardnecks. The vibrant flavor mellows out when roasted. Originating from Slovenia.
XG247C MOUNT HOOD
8 oz 1 lb
$20.95 $31.95
PERSIAN STAR
Mid-season, Purple Stripe type. A superior all-around garlic and staff favorite, this variety has a delectable flavor with a mild spice. Persian Star lends itself to baking, roasting or enjoying raw. Uncover the sleek white outer wrappers to reveal beautiful lilacstreaked clove skins. Originally purchased at a bazaar in Uzbekistan.
XG176C PERSIAN STAR
8 oz 1 lb
$20.95 $31.95
Allium ampeloprasum Not a true garlic, these enormous bulbs have much milder and sweeter flavor than garlic, as it’s related more closely to a leek.
Direct Sowing
Elephant garlic is planted 6–8 inches apart and covered with 4–6 inches of soil. See garlic culture for fertilization and harvest information.
ELEPHANT
Late-season. These huge cloves produce softballsized heads. The truly impressive plants easily reach 4–5 feet and the flowers dry nicely for arrangements. Remove the flower head to promote larger clove size. Cloves per bulb: approximately 5–7. Cloves
8–14.
Duganski
Siberian
Premium Northern White
XG238C SIBERIAN
XG229C PREMIUM NORTHERN WHITE
XG223C MUSIC
Persian Star
Mount Hood
Softneck
Allium sativum subsp. sativum
Cloves per bulb: Approximately 6–18 Cloves per pound: Approximately 50–90
These varieties produce cloves in several layers around a soft central stem. Approximate cloves per pound can vary based on seasonal conditions and the variety. These easy-to-grow garlics are excellent in the kitchen and usually have the best storage qualities. Great for braiding.
TRANSYLVANIAN
Early-season, Artichoke type. Despite this variety’s name, it’s not just for thwarting vampires! Transylvanian is one sumptuous garlic with a smooth, buttery flavor with overtones of spice. Very high-yielding plants are some of the cold-hardiest of softnecks. Large bulbs are covered in silky skins with purple/red streaks and spots. Stores very well.
8
INCHELIUM RED
Mid-season, Artichoke type. Inchelium Red is a national taste-test winner in the softneck division. This mild-flavored garlic is great baked. This large, top-quality softneck was discovered on the Colville Indian Reservation in Washington. Stores very well for 6–9 months.
XG305G INCHELIUM RED ORGANIC
POLISH SOFTNECK
Mid-season, Artichoke type. Introduced into North America around 1900, Polish Softneck is larger than most softnecks and has proven to be one of the most winter hardy. An excellent choice for northern gardeners, but it also performs well in southern regions. This one’s for lovers of hot garlic! Even after roasting, when most garlic mellows out, Polish Softneck maintains impressive heat that’s not too overpowering. Good choice for braiding.
EARLY RED ITALIAN
Early-season, Artichoke type. This mild variety originated in southern Italy and produces large heads of creamy, sumptuous garlic. True to its name, Early Red Italian cuts the waiting for delicious garlic for sauces, pestos and enjoying raw. The husky heads are wrapped in lightly marked, white wrappers. Stores well.
XG303C EARLY RED ITALIAN
GREAT GARLIC COMBO
SILVER WHITE
Late-season, Silverskin type. If reliability, high yield and long storage are what you want in a garlic, then Silver White is the choice for you. This Silverskin thrives in both cold and hot climates, produces beautiful, fat bulbs and stores at least 12 months! Silver White's hefty bulbs are covered with pure white wrappers that make gorgeous, long-lasting braids. Each head holds 15–20 cloves that are protected with red-blushed skins. A mild-flavored garlic, it develops a stronger bite in storage.
ITALIAN LATE
Mid-season, Artichoke type. This popular softneck variety is one of our best-tasting and most pungent cooking types. All of the best qualities of garlic are bred into this cultivar. Can be stored for 6–9 months after harvest.
Garlic is shipped only in the fall—starting in mid-September, depending on the season and the variety. Quantities are limited; order early for best availability. Sorry, not available to Idaho, US Territories, or Canada.
We’ve made your garlic shopping easy with this combination of two of our most popular and tasty varieties. One each, hardneck and softneck variety, for mouthwatering, scrumptious fresh-from-thegarden flavor and long-lasting storability. Each combo consists of 1 package of Music (hardneck) and 1 package of Italian Late (softneck). Our small combo consists of 2 8-ounce packages (a savings of $6.95), and our large combo consists of 2 1-pound packages (a savings of $13.95). Occasional substitutions may occur within the collection.
LORZ ITALIAN
Mid-season, Artichoke type. An heirloom softneck brought from Italy around 1850. The perfect choice for those who like their garlic hot and spicy. Robust, large cloves are easy-to-peel and often times exhibit purplish tints on the skins. Large heads are also great for roasting.
8
Polish
Softneck
Early Red Italian
Lorz Italian
Italian Late
Inchelium Red
Silver White
XG307C ITALIAN LATE
XG319C POLISH SOFTNECK
XG175C
XG313C LORZ ITALIAN
XG405C GREAT GARLIC COMBO
Transylvanian
SHALLOT SEED
Allium cepa, Aggregatum Group
Shallot Seed
CRÈME BRÛLÉE
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l See onion culture on page 63
SHALLOT BULBS
Allium cepa, Aggregatum Group
Culture
l See garlic culture on page 38
l Our shallot varieties are adapted to 36–55° latitude
Direct Sowing
l Plant the root ends down and cover with ½ inch of soil and mulch with clean straw or leaves to 4 inches
Harvest & Storage
l Bulbs are ready to harvest when leaves have turned yellow and fall over l Standard yield for shallots is about 4–5 times the amount planted
l Cure like onions, see onion culture on page 63
Shallot Bulbs
Hardy to zone 4.
SANTÉ
French-type shallots are an essential part of fine cuisine, and every cook should have some in their kitchen. We recommend the flavorful Santé Shallots. They produce exceptionally high yields and store well. The extra large bulbs are round with brown skin and a pinkish-white flesh. Approximately 10–20 bulbs per pound.
XG409C SANTÉ
1 lb $29.95
FRENCH
(F1) 115 days. A first-class, award-winning echalion (or banana) shallot, Crème Brûlée produces elongated, very large bulbs with rich, pungent shallot flavor that’s high in natural sugars. The 4 inch long bulbs have burnished rose gold skin and purple ringed-white flesh. These delicious alliums have easy-to-peel skin, making them a pleasure to work with in the kitchen and even more enjoyable at the table. We've found that even if the echalion plants haven’t fully lodged prior to harvest, they will still dry down and store excellently.
ON577C CRÈME BRÛLÉE
DAVIDOR
(F1) 95 days. We’ve trialed a lot of shallots from seed over the years, and Davidor has proven to be reliably productive, early maturing and particularly well suited for our Pacific Northwest growing conditions. Crops yield beautiful, elongated, pink bulbs with easy-to-peel skins and cream-colored flesh. An intermediate day type that’s better adapted than Conservor.
ON535C DAVIDOR
AMBITION
(F1) 120 days. A traditional globe-shaped shallot, but with a slightly higher shoulder like a French Shallot, and rust-colored skin. Bulbs measure 1 ½–2 inches across and have an ivory-white flesh. Once harvested, they’ll store up to 1 year. The delicate flavor of Ambition will be a welcome addition to your kitchen repertoire. Adapted to 40–60° latitude.
ON540C AMBITION
CONSERVOR
(F1) 110 days. A wonderful, savory shallot that is easy to peel and superbly flavored. Elongated bulbs have coppery red skins with cream-colored flesh and lilac interior rings. Conservor is quite versatile and is just as lovely in homemade vinaigrette as it is sau téed and served over your favorite meat dish.
ON537C CONSERVOR
ON537G CONSERVOR ORGANIC
French Shallots are popular with gourmets for the smooth, rich onion flavor they possess. Maturing in late summer, each bulb will have divided to produce a cluster of bulbs ready for fresh cooking, pickling, or making vinaigrette. Stores up to 6 months.
XG414C FRENCH
1 lb
$29.95 $89.95
Shallot bulbs are shipped only in the fall— starting in mid-September, depending on the season and the variety. Approximate bulbs per pound is 15–30, but this can vary based on seasonal conditions and the variety. Shallots need to be planted shortly after arrival. Quantities are limited; order early for best availability. Sorry, not available to Idaho, US Territories, or Canada.
French Santé
Crème Brûlée
Davidor
SIBER FRILLS
(OP) B. napus 45 days. Deeply cut and super frilled at maturity, the stunning, green leaves are visually spectacular and a mouthfeel sensation! A must-have for the winter garden, cold weather enhances this variety’s natural sweetness and unique texture. A truly remarkable introduction by Jonathan Spero at Lupine Knoll Farm, we are continuing to make selections for more uniform production at our research farm.
KL354G SIBER FRILLS ORGANIC
ARUN
(F1) 60 days. A hearty, frilled, green kale for all your cool-weather dishes. Arrow-straight stems make slicing the leaves off the rib a fast, clean process. The high-yielding, uniform plants produce plenty of tasty greens for kale chips, salads, soups and all your kale-centered favorites.
NERO DI TOSCANA
(OP) 50 days. This eye-catching lacinato type kale is also known as Black Palm, as it does resemble a palm tree. The dark green leaves are 2–3 inches wide and 10 inches long, and have a blistered/crumply appearance. A melding of cabbage and kale, it is extremely winter hardy, becoming especially sweet after a freeze.
KL363C NERO DI TOSCANA
DAZZLING BLUE
(OP) 50–60 days. This Oregon-bred variety is a striking twist on the strap-leaf style kales. It sports puckered, brilliant bluegreen leaves highlighted with shocking pink midribs. Along with its showy appearance, Dazzling Blue proves to be especially cold tolerant. Bred by Hank Keogh.
KL379G DAZZLING BLUE ORGANIC
IMPROVED DWARF SIBERIAN
(OP) B. napus 50 days. We are impressed with the high marks this variety continues to earn in our kale trials. It maintains a wonderful kitchen-ready quality in the garden long after most other overwintered kales bolt. Frilly, dark green leaves form a cold-tolerant, 24 inch rosette at maturity.
KL357C IMPROVED DWARF SIBERIAN
KL357G
REDBOR
(F1) 50 days. Wow, a completely magenta kale! This vigorous, cold-hardy, edible landscape plant is both beautiful and tasty. Mild and crisp, this finely curled kale adds a flash of color to salads. Redbor grows 18–24 inches tall.
KALE
Brassica oleracea, Acephala Group
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding; subtract 15 days if transplanting.
Culture
l Kale is a cool-season crop that performs best in spring and fall
l In wet climates, ensure adequate plant spacing to reduce pest and disease issues
Direct Sowing
l Cover seed with loose soil, vermiculite, or sifted compost and water evenly
Transplanting
l Start indoors 4‒6 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Work in ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer around each plant
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website
l Common diseases: Leaf spot, black rot, fungal diseases, mold, mildew, club root
l Disease prevention: Dispose of diseased material, proper crop rotation of 3‒4 years, apply Zonix for mildews
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest leaves from the bottom up at any size
l Cool weather and frost brings out best flavor
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
PRIZM
(F1) 50–60 days. A compact version of the ever-popular Winterbor. Prizm produces heavily frilled, short-stemmed, green leaves. The smaller-statured plants are sized just right for smaller gardens or container cultivation, and with its quick growth rate, can provide continuous harvests.
Redbor
Improved Dwarf Siberian
Dazzling Blue
Nero Di Toscana
Arun
Siber Frills
Prizm
KL387C PRIZM
KL359C REDBOR
KL383C ARUN
New for 2025
NEW TEXSEL GREENS
(OP) B. carinata 60 days. This versatile kale can be used raw as a tasty salad green, or sautéed and added to stir fries and other Asian-inspired dishes. Provides multiple cuttings, mature leaves have a wonderful, garlic-like flavor while baby leaves are nice and sweet. We recommend harvesting the leaves when they are between 3 and 7 inches.
TEXSEL GREENS
Perennial Kale Plant
KOSMIC
(F1) (P) Gardeners love this perennial, bicolored kale. Truly one-of-a-kind, this fetching variety is practically a whole new vegetable! The large, upright plant’s unique perennial habit allows for continuous, cut-andcome-again harvests of gorgeous, slightly curled blue-green leaves that are set off by contrasting creamy white coloration at their rough-hewn margins. This easy-to-grow, highly-edible ornamental was bred by Dick Degenhardt in Boskoop, Netherlands and is propagated by root cuttings. Hardy to 10° F.
KL355T KOSMIC KALE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $8.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
SCARLET
(OP) 50 days. This gorgeous, frilly leafed kale is an excellent source of hearty, fresh greens that are packed with antioxidants. In only a month you’ll be enjoying tender baby greens, or allow some plants to mature to their full size of 2–3 feet tall and 2 feet wide. Undaunted by cold weather, these sturdy plants become more vibrantly colored as the temperatures drop.
KL377C SCARLET
EBONY
(F1) 62 days. Enjoy a long season of hearty greens with this bolt-resistant lacinato. Ebony’s compact habit and deeply puckered, thick leaves are a great fit for the late fall and early spring gardens, as the cold-tolerant plants are built for hunkering down under a blanket of snow. At 22 inches tall, they pro duce a continuous harvest of richly colored, dark slate-blue leaves.
KL368C EBONY
¼
WINTERBOR
(F1) 60 days. One of the most winter hardy kales, Winterbor has finely curled, thick, bluegreen leaves. Very vigorous, it can grow up to 2 feet, developing an abundance of ruffled leaves. A magnificent early spring and late fall kale.
KL358C WINTERBOR
½ gram 500 seeds 250 seeds
$4.95 $7.55 $12.95
KL358T WINTERBOR TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
BLACK MAGIC
(OP) 61 days. We love this improved lacinato's uniformity, bolt resistance, cold tolerance, and the neat, tighter habit. A superior performer from spring plantings, the vigorous plants produce easy-to-harvest rosettes of deeply savoyed and pigmented leaves. Growing to 15 inches wide and 19 inches tall, Black Magic yields an abundance of flavorful greens for continuous picking or whole-plant harvest.
KL382C BLACK MAGIC
1 gram ½ oz 5 grams
KL382T
WILD GARDEN KALES
(OP) B. napus 30 days. A fabulous array of Si berian kales, it delivers a multitude of unique leaf shapes from delicate waves to tight frilly curls. And what color! A visual feast of light green, blue-green, purple, and red. These kales are mild and very cold tolerant.
KL360G WILD GARDEN KALES ORGANIC
RED RUSSIAN
RED KALE BLEND
(OP & F1) 50–65 days. Our own custom blend of nutritious kale varieties, each with the bonus of antioxidants indicating vivid purplish pigment.
4 grams $11.95
(OP) B. napus 55 days. Red Russian is prized for its ability to be eaten as a baby leaf, or if left to fully mature, it maintains its amazing sweet flavor. Purple stems support green leaves that are flat and toothed with purple veins.
KL365G
KL371C RED KALE BLEND
Red Russian
Wild Garden Kales
Scarlet
Winterbor
Texsel Greens
Black Magic
Kosmic
KONAN
(F1) 42 days. If there was ever a kohlrabi variety to take this unusual vegetable out of relative obscurity, it’s Konan. Its AAS awardwinning, pristine, icy-green globes and sweet, crunchy, alabaster flesh will make you stand up and take notice. Sturdy, uniform, healthy plants produce smooth-skinned bulbs that can reach up to 6 inches across for lots of delectable, cool-season dishes.
KH355C KONAN
KH355G KONAN ORGANIC
BEAS
(F1) 42 days. The first of its kind, and a beautiful complement to purple and green varieties, Beas is perfectly pearly white inside and out, with a delicately sweet flavor. The flawlessly uniform crops produce bulbs 2–3 inches wide with light green stems and foliage. A must-grow variety for kohlrabi fans.
KH356C BEAS
BLARIL
(OP) 65 days. This colorful, eye-catching selection was bred for harvesting late summer to autumn. The bulbs have the most gorgeous blue color and they grow to enormous sizes: over two pounds! Even then, they stay sweet and tender without becoming pithy or woody. Will store until March.
KH350G BLARIL ORGANIC
KOHLRABI
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Kohlrabi performs best in the cool season and can tolerate a wide range of soil types
l For extended harvests, plant every 2–3 weeks
l Mature plants are frost tolerant and cool weather brings out sweet flavor
Direct Sowing
l May and June sowings should be avoided as they result in kohlrabi maturing in the hottest weather, producing dry, woody bulbs
l Sowings can resume from late July to early August for fall/winter harvest
l Thin when plants have 2 sets of true leaves
Transplanting
l Start seeds 4–6 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Transplant outside when there are 6–8 true leaves and nighttime temperatures remain above 40°F
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website
l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest
& Storage
l For spring-sown kohlrabi: harvest when less than 2–4 inches in diameter
l Fall-grown kohlrabi is less likely to get woody as it gets larger
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
DELICACY
(OP) In our winter trials, when most other kohlrabi had split open and succumbed to the weather, this powerhouse duo kept looking and tasting wonderful. Both Delicacy White and Purple can be harvested when the bulbs reach tennis ball size, but when left to grow slightly larger, they still remain tender. Crisp, delectable flesh is great on a veggie platter, or grated and incorporated into your favorite slaw.
DELICACY WHITE - 60 days. Light, minty green skin.
Days to maturity are calculated from transplant date.
Culture
l Leeks are a frost-hardy cool season crop requiring a long growing period
l Best growth is achieved with fertile, welldrained soil with a pH of 6.0–7.0
l Plant in a trench 5 inches deep and wide, work in ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet
l Blanch to increase the length of white stem by gradually filling in the trench as the leeks grow
Direct Sowing
l See onion culture on page 63
Transplanting
l See onion culture on page 63
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest anytime the leeks are ½ inch in diameter or larger
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
LEEK SUCCESSION
(OP) Enjoy nearly year-round leek harvests from this convenient collection. Space a portion of the earlier maturing varieties tightly to enjoy baby leeks less than two months out; as those thin out, along come the mature leeks: Zermatt followed closely by Tadorna. Bandit, the later winter or storage type leek then stands strong, possibly lasting as long as planting time the following spring.
LK376C LEEK SUCCESSION
LANCELOT LEEK PLANTS
(OP) 70 days. If you liked King Richard, you’ll love Lancelot. It's virus tolerant and quite bolt resistant. Each bunch contains 4–6 dozen plants. They are shipped from January through early May, at the right planting time for your location. Cases not available to AK. Sorry, not available to Hawaii, Idaho, or Canada.
OSLO
(F1) 110 days. A superb, late-maturing leek for overwintering. Oslo boasts easy-to-clean, stout plants with broad, white shanks and dark blue leaves. Expect a long harvest window, as this crop also shows outstanding resistance to bolting.
LK380G OSLO ORGANIC
COMANCHE
(F1) 100 days. An adaptable and high-yielding leek for summer and fall harvest, Comanche produces clean, upright plants with long, thick white shanks and dark blue-green leaves. This one is easy to peel and clean, so it’s a pleasure to work with in the kitchen.
LK370G COMANCHE ORGANIC
TADORNA
(OP) 100 days. The straight, porcelain white 7–8 inch shafts topped by blue-green flags are a snap to clean. Maturing in October/ November, Tadorna also holds well in the garden for multiple harvests even down to a temperature of 20°F. Good tolerance to leaf spot and leaf stripe virus.
LK378G TADORNA ORGANIC
GIANT MUSSELBURGH
(OP) 105 days. One of the best winter-hardy leeks you can grow. This Scottish heirloom has provided families with hearty soups and stews since the 1830s. An old dependable leek that produces thick white stalks 2–3 inches in diameter. The mild flavor and smooth, tender stalks explain why this variety has been passed from one generation to the next. The largest leek in our trials and one of the last to bolt.
LK371C GIANT MUSSELBURGH
Tadorna
Comanche
Oslo
Butterhead
DAISY LAMBERT
(OP) 45–50 days. A darling of a butterhead, Daisy Lambert's dense, 6 inch heads of extremely soft and supple, light green leaves are speckled in rosy-red to the core. Crops of compact-framed plants lend themselves to tight planting and high yields of these gorgeous, tender greens. A superb choice for small gardens, raised beds and container planting.
LT488G DAISY LAMBERT ORGANIC
gram 3 grams
$7.45
DRUNKEN WOMAN
FRIZZY HEADED
(OP) 55 days. While we won’t even venture to hypothesize where the “drunken woman” part of the name comes from, the “frizzy headed” portion makes much more sense as this unique butterhead forms a savoyed head. Robust 8 inch plants have mint green leaves that are tinged in mahogany red.
LT384G
VICTORIA
(OP) 45 days. A rich green butterhead type that forms an amazingly heavy, upright, open, 10 inch diameter head. Its fleshy, rumpled leaves are crisp, juicy, and sweet. BR.
LT421G VICTORIA ORGANIC
TOM THUMB
(OP) 35‒50 days. This unusual mini butterhead lettuce produces heads about the size of a baseball, ideal for individual salads. Dark green, somewhat fleshy outer leaves wrap around a creamy yellow interior.
LT383C TOM THUMB
CONTINUITY
(OP) 56 days. This popular variety is one of the most widely grown lettuces in the world. A real beauty, it features bronze-red outer leaves that encase a tightly packed, light green head measuring 12–16 inches across. The thin-leaved head has a divine flavor.
LT391G CONTINUITY ORGANIC
LETTUCE
Lactuca sativa
Seed
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Lettuce performs best in cool weather, 60‒70°F, and grows in a wide range of soil types
l Plant as early as soil can be worked
l For extended harvest, plant every 2‒3 weeks and choose heat-tolerant varieties for summer
l A cold frame and cold-hardy varieties can stretch the spring and fall growing season into the winter months
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
l 1 gram of seed will sow 30 row feet
l Consistent, even watering is critical for best results
Direct Sowing
l Use row cover to improve germination and prevent soil crusting
l As soon as 2–3 true leaves have formed, thin loose-leaf types to 10–14 inches apart; icebergs, butterheads, and romaines to 12–16 inches apart
Transplanting
l Start indoors 4‒6 weeks before anticipated transplant date
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Aphids and slugs
l Pest control: Strong spray of water for aphids or applications of Pyrethrin; baits, traps, or Permafelt Cabbage Collars for slugs
Harvest & Storage
l While picking individual leaves helps extend the season somewhat, all eventually become bitter as they begin to bolt
ALKINDUS
(OP) 65 days. This eye-catching, cabernetcolored butterhead sports slightly ruffled, thick leaves that swirl into an attractive head with a brilliant green heart. Generous plants reach 12 inches wide and 8 inches tall with extended field-holding ability allowing them to maintain prime eating quality and absolutely bitter-free flavor. HR: DM 1–9, Nr 0, TBSV. IR: LMV 1.
LT471G ALKINDUS ORGANIC
LT471P
Drunken Woman Frizzy Headed
Daisy Lambert
Tom Thumb
Victoria
Alkindus
(OP) 48 days. Buttercrunch is similar to other bibb types but with thick, puckered, juicy green leaves and a small tight head. You’ll appreciate Buttercrunch maintaining its sweetness during summer’s heat without turning bitter.
1
100
LT392T BUTTERCRUNCH TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
OPTIMA
(OP) 54 days. One of the darkest green Boston lettuces on the market. It demonstrates excellent heat tolerance. At our trials, it stood better than all other butterheads after a week of 90°F heat. Resistant to bolting and tip burn. DM 1–4, LMV.
LT409G OPTIMA ORGANIC
½ gram
$4.95
100 seeds 250 seeds
$4.95
MILAGRO
(OP) 65 days. Miraculous uniformity, productivity and disease resistance! This large-framed butterhead outclasses others with its heavy, glossy, medium green heads and sweet, tender crunch. Plants reach 8 inches tall and 12 inches wide. Great head formation and cold tolerance in the winter greenhouse. HR: DM 1–9, Nr 0, TBSV. IR: LMV 1. LT477G
⅛
French Crisp/Batavia
NEVADA
48 days. This extremely uniform, all-green Batavia lettuce performs in all kinds of climates. Nevada has a tall open head with thick, bright, lime green leaves that are crunchy and have a wonderful nutty flavor. Very resistant to tip burn and bolting. For the market gardener, Batavia lettuces can be stored longer than other types when cooled at picking and kept refrigerated. DM, LMV.
LT386G NEVADA ORGANIC
LOMA
(OP) 48 days. This French Crisp variety boasts glossy, dark green leaves that are thick, firm, and resemble a flame around the edges. Very heat tolerant, performing well from early spring through summer. Also tolerant to tip burn. DM, PM.
LT385G LOMA ORGANIC
Iceberg
REGENCY 2.0
(OP) 55 days. In our trials, we found Regency 2.0 to be our favorite iceberg for its quick development of dense, sweet, and crisp heads. Plants are disease resistant and medium framed, lending themselves well to closer spacing in smaller gardens. Slow to bolt, Regency 2.0 produced well in a range of weather conditions including the heat of summer. DM, LMV, Tip Burn.
NEW Produce Flags
Inspired to design more eco-conscious gift ideas, these produce flags feature original watercolor paintings from our friends at Plant Posse. Printed locally on waterproof and UV- protected canvas and hand strung with hemp cord. A great gift for gardeners, to adorn the greenhouse, kitchen, office, or to brighten up any space. Seven 4-inch canvas flags span 3.25 feet long, with additional hemp cord on the ends to string up anywhere.
RED ICEBERG
(OP) 50 days. A colorful alternative to the rather ordinary green iceberg types. This attractive red, almost chocolatecolored iceberg borrows the eye-catching qualities of a red looseleaf to form a spectacular lettuce. The medium-sized heads are fairly tight and hold a long time before going to seed. Nice, mild flavor.
LT428G RED ICEBERG ORGANIC
Milagro
Red Iceberg
Nevada
Optima
Buttercrunch
Loma
Romaine
LITTLE GEM
(OP) 75 days. We have sold Little Gem for over 20 years, and it still remains a staff favorite! English greengrocers offer this miniature green romaine with its blanched, thick heart as a gourmet treat. Heads are about 4 inches across and are prime eating from 4–6 inches tall. Plants can be spaced 6 ½ by 6 ½ inches for maximum yields.
LT403C LITTLE GEM
LT403P LITTLE GEM PELLETED
LT403ST LITTLE GEM SEED TAPE 1 tape 3 tapes
$6.95 $15.95
LT403T LITTLE GEM TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form Only available ship codes A & B
FLASHY TROUT’S BACK
(OP) 55 days. A selection of the Austrian heirloom called Forellenschluss romaine, which is one of the most prized of all varieties. This dark green-leaved romaine is splashed with wine-red speckles. Imagine dipping a paintbrush in red paint and giving it a hard shake onto your romaine lettuce. You’ve got the picture. Your taste buds will like it too for its rich buttery flavor. Selected by Frank Morton.
LT406G FLASHY TROUT’S BACK ORGANIC
LT406P FLASHY TROUT’S BACK PELLETED
TRUCHAS
(OP) 45–55 days. Truchas is the most strikingly red, smaller statured romaine type we’ve trialed. These breathtaking plants have intense crimson leaves with brilliantly contrasting green ribs and veins. A delight to eat, Truchas is very refined with melt-in-your-mouth texture and utterly bitter-free flavor. The cylindrical plants are upright, growing to 12 inches wide and 7 inches tall with razor-smooth leaves. HR: DM 1–9, TBSV. IR: LMV 1.
LT465G TRUCHAS ORGANIC ¼
WINTER DENSITY
(OP) 54 days. Winter Density is an early, compact romaine. Its dark green leaves with an upright growth habit build an 8 inch tall, densely-packed head. You can count on Winter Density to be delectable, and it holds well at the market, too. Quite bolt resistant and suited to all sowing dates.
LT395G
DEVIL'S TONGUE
(OP) 55 days. This unique romaine has a dramatic red coloration befi tting its rich flavor. Older leaves blush from light green to a stunning red at the tips with new growth expressing deep red hues. Heads grow upwards of 7 inches, though we love them smaller for single servings. Break one open to reveal its sanguine heart, divine with a simple drizzle of olive oil and vinegar.
LT405G DEVIL'S TONGUE
OUTREDGEOUS
(OP) 52 days. Outredgeous is a wonderful, stout-growing variety that can be harvested either as a baby lettuce or allowed to mature as a 10 inch romaine. The thick, glossy, slightly ruffled leaves are bright red on top, fading to a pale rouge at the base. Serve as a head lettuce with its sweet crispy heart drizzled with seasoned olive oil. If you are a market grower, this lettuce is best banded for market sales. Selected by Frank Morton.
LT414G OUTREDGEOUS ORGANIC
EIFFEL TOWER (OP) 65 days. This refined romaine has an unusually tall and cylindrical shape that’s picturesque in the garden. Eiffel Tower grows uniformly with a moderately compact habit and an attractive apple green shade. The thick, well-folded leaves have a satisfying texture with a fresh, bitter-free flavor.
LT378G
Flashy Trout's Back
Little Gem
MARSHALL
(OP) 65 days. Truly different—the deepest, darkest, red romaine that we have trialed. Gazing into the heart of this romaine is like falling into a burgundy abyss. Simply beautiful. Tight, upright heads grow to 8 inches and are held cleanly off the ground. The smooth, succulent leaves have a crisp, clean flavor, without a hint of bitterness.
LT447G
ORGANIC
XALBADORA
(OP) 75 days. Perfectly sized for no-waste enjoyment, Xalbadora is bigger than Little Gem but smaller than a full-size romaine. We’ve dubbed it a midi-size romaine. Clean, upright, emerald plants have a fast fill in of their sweet, dense, little hearts. The widely adapted plants also boast exceptional disease resistance. HR: DM 1–9, Nr 0, TBSV. IR: LMV 1.
LT484G XALBADORA ORGANIC ¼
Pelleted seed
Non-pelleted seed
What is pelleted seed?
Seed that has been coated with a clay-based material to form a larger, round shape. This makes planting by hand or mechanical seeder easier and allows for more controlled sowing of small seeds such as carrots or lettuce. All pelleted seed has a National Organic Program (NOP) approved coating. For best results, store pelleted seed in an air-tight container and use within one season.
Key to Lettuce Disease Resistance/Tolerance
HR indicates high resistance. IR indicates intermediate resistance.
POMEGRANATE CRUNCH (OP) 75 days. Xalbadora’s red-headed, freckle-hearted sister! This vibrantly colored, true red, medium romaine is a gorgeous counterpart to the vibrant green Xalbadora. It’s a very fast-cropping variety with uniform, dense heads and a slightly open habit. HR: DM 1–8, TBSV.
LT487G POMEGRANATE CRUNCH ORGANIC
LT487P POMEGRANATE CRUNCH PELLETED
VALMAINE
(OP) 75 days. A flavorful romaine with very thick and meaty, emerald green leaves. The best choice for a traditional Caesar salad. The tall, picture-perfect plants are harvestable to 11–12 inches and support the upright heads. Very heat tolerant, so plan to grow this one spring, summer and fall. DM.
LT402G VALMAINE ORGANIC
RAINIER
(OP) 77 days. A monumental romaine, Rainier produces big, heavy heads over 12 inches tall with a dense interior and super crispy, sweet, thick, apple-green leaves. Picture-perfect uniform plants stand very erect and clean. We count this one as prime for both spring and fall planting. HR: DM 1–8, F 4, Nr 0, TBSV. IR: Rs.
LT476G RAINIER ORGANIC
LT476P RAINIER PELLETED
BULLET
(OP) 50 days. Bullet is a healthy, vigorously growing romaine. Wide, upright, dark green leaves are dense, thick, and hearty. The leaf surface has nice puckering, with smooth leaf margins. Columnar plant habit allows for dense plantings.
LT415G BULLET ORGANIC
Bullet
Xalbadora
Marshall
Pomegranate Crunch
Rainier
Valmaine
Loose-leaf
BAUER
(OP) 55 days. Defying classification, this unique variety forms a nicely packed head of thick, green, oakleaf-shaped leaves. We love how substantial this lettuce is compared to the fragile and delicate texture of traditional oakleaf types. Compact plants offer lots of excellent eating, and the strong disease resistance makes it a garden champ! HR: DM 1–9, Nr 0, TBSV. IR: LMV 1.
LT411G BAUER ORGANIC
MERLOT
(OP) 55 days. Striking, deep dark red, almost purple frilly leaves. A real eye-catcher in the garden and one of the darkest lettuces you can grow. The plant is nothing less than stunning. A very crisp and open-headed leaf type that stands upright with a waxy shine that makes an ideal salad lettuce at every stage. Very high in antioxidants and bitter-free. DM 1–6, LD.
LT438G
GREEN DEER TONGUE
(OP) 50 days. A distinctive lettuce that looks much like a 7–8 inch pinwheel growing in the garden. The olive-green leaves grow to a point, then spiral around the plant. An heirloom that is excellent for home gardens and heat resistant. Compact and very slow to bolt. The leaves are sweet and tender.
LT419G GREEN DEER TONGUE ORGANIC
TWO STAR
(OP) 45 days. We thought this variety should really be called ‘Five Star’, because that’s what it earned at our trial grounds. Thick, succulent, crisp leaves styled with extra frilliness like an endive, yet on a relaxed, loose-leaf frame. Large plants stand approximately 6–7 inches tall, a full 12 inches wide with luscious, 6–7 inch wide, outstretched leaves. Outstanding uniformity. A vibrant chartreuse color and delicious, non-bitter flavor make this wavy-leafed variety a winner from garden to salad bowl.
REVOLUTION
(OP) 38 days. If you’re looking for a frilly leaved lollo rossa type lettuce with the intense red color similar to our Outredgeous romaine, Revolution fi ts the bill. This 10–12 inch plant has deeply frilled leaves that are thick and stay crunchy, even after a few days in your fridge. Revolution is one of the richest red varieties in our trials, and it holds well in the garden.
LT382G REVOLUTION ORGANIC
RED SAILS
(OP) 53 days. Up to 10 inches across, the crinkled and deeply fringed leaves are burgundy–turning to medium green at the base. It stands in the garden a long time after maturity without bolting or becoming bitter. Red Sails is an all-time favorite.
LT393G RED SAILS ORGANIC
SIMPSON ELITE
(OP) 53 days. Extremely slow bolting, Simpson Elite produces attractive, neon green, loose heads with broad, crumpled, curled edged leaves. The flavor is delicate and almost never bitter, even later in the season. Simpson Elite is a great choice for summerlong production.
LT388G SIMPSON ELITE ORGANIC
Bauer
Merlot
Two Star
LT379C TWO STAR
BLACK HAWK
(OP) 55 days. Our darkest, glossiest looseleaf from baby to full-size. This introduction from Europe eclipsed the loose-leaf lettuce trials with its color and performance. At baby leaf size, Black Hawk sported its signature, deeply pigmented sheen and maintained it throughout its development. Superior to Merlot in texture, color and bolt resistance, it develops deep puckering and darker color after cool temperatures.
LT412G
GREEN SALAD BOWL
(OP) 50 days. We’ve offered Green Salad Bowl for years because gardeners still love its wonderful mellow flavor. This one is a prime candidate for early spring sowings in a cold frame or even unprotected in the garden. Grows very rapidly for early spring salads and resists bolting when summer arrives. Frilly, deeply cut leaves form large, lime-green rosettes.
1
RED SALAD BOWL
(OP) 50 days. The red-headed sister of our long-time favorite, Green Salad Bowl. With the same oak leaf shape in pretty rosettes, Red Salad Bowl also exhibits similar growth rate, bolt resistance and irresistible texture.
LT479G RED SALAD BOWL ORGANIC
Lettuce Mixes
WILDEST GARDEN LETTUCE MIX
(OP) 30–50 days. This mix is a vast assortment of literally dozens of varieties, including selections of lettuce that remain unnamed and not available anywhere else other than in this unique mix. If you discover a certain selection that you are especially fond of, let a few plants go to seed, and save your own.
ITALIENISCHER
(OP) 55 days. Once you grow this variety, you’ll know why many people describe Italienischer as a truly magni ficent lettuce. Tall, upright, and sturdy 18 inch bright green plants are huge, providing more sustenance per plant than any other variety we know of. Even at its most mature size, this lettuce is sweet and crisp when others have become bitter in summer’s heat. Sow spring to fall, and space them farther apart than you normally do. LT431G ITALIENISCHER ORGANIC
NEW RED FIRE
(OP) 55 days. The most ruby-red loose-leaf variety in our trials. New Red Fire produces an impressive loose leaf head, excellent for the specialty market or gourmet restaurant gardener. Crisp and sweet, with proven bolt resistance. New Red Fire can be grown in both cool and warm weather conditions without becoming bitter.
(OP) 50–55 days. We have taken 3 of the tastiest heirloom varieties and blended them together to create a fun addition to your garden. Our mix contains: a loose-leaf with red on green oak-shaped leaves, a romaine with green leaves overlaid in deep red, and a tight bibb-like butterhead with lime green leaves splashed with bright red and brown.
(OP) 50–70 days. Our special 25th anniversary lettuce mix has been so popular since first introduced, it has remained in our catalog. Customers rave about the bright bold colors this unique offering brings to their garden and mixed salads. The mix includes: red, green, and speckled romaines, along with 2 red loose-leaf varieties.
LT442G LONDON SPRINGS LETTUCE MIX ORGANIC 3 grams 1 oz $6.95 $26.95
SUPER GOURMET SALAD BLEND
(OP) 48–56 days. A blend of our favorite lettuces in equal quantities: frilly green and red looseleaf varieties contrasted with crispy green romaines. Even as seedlings, their appearance is quite different, and they can be easily thinned to equal proportions in the row.
LT389C SUPER GOURMET SALAD BLEND
4 grams $5.95
Wildest Garden Lettuce Mix
Black Hawk
Green Salad Bowl
Red Salad Bowl
Italienischer
New Red Fire
Gourmet Mesclun Salad Blends
Salad mixes are a staple in our daily lives. Colorful varieties of lettuce, chicory, arugula and curly endive are picked for the daily meal. The preferred planting method is to direct seed into a 4 x 4 foot area every 2–3 weeks. There are two ways to harvest the greens. The first is the traditional cut-and-come-again method— if you cut about 2 inches above the ground you will not harm the growing point and the plants will send up new growth. The second method is to pick individual leaves as needed. The best salads are made from young tender leaves. Older, more mature leaves are often more bitter. See the Lettuce culture box for more growing information. Four grams will sow a 4 x 4 foot area (unless otherwise noted).
SIMPLY SALAD™ CITY GARDEN MIX
(OP) 30–40 days. Simple, convenient, and practical. Our City Garden Mix is a blend of lettuce varieties combined into easy-tohandle pellets. Toss a pellet or two into a container, and you’ll have a gorgeous pot of red and green lettuces in no time. They’ll re-grow numerous times, so you can enjoy the freshest salads for several months from a single planting.
10
ITALIAN SALADINI BLEND
(OP) 30 days. This very Mediterranean blend is a generous mix of colorful Italian looseleaf lettuces and butterhead types, chicories as well as salad burnet. This mild blend can be grown spring through fall.
MS479C ITALIAN SALADINI BLEND
4 grams 1 oz
$6.35 $20.95
TANGY MESCLUN BLEND
(OP/F1) 30 days. A European culinary delight, these tangy greens will add a bit of zest to your salad. A mix of frilly red and green leaf lettuces, arugula, endive, chives, and pac choi.
MS478C TANGY MESCLUN BLEND
4 grams 1 oz
$6.35 $20.95
POT & PATIO LETTUCE BLEND
BRASSICA BABY/BRAISING MIX
(OP/F1) 28 days. This colorful, durable, multipurpose blend of brassicas makes a delicious salad mix as baby greens, or allow the plants to grow on for braising greens. Contains a beautiful assortment of purple pac choi, multicolored kales, tatsoi, and collards for lots of texture and flavors from mild and sweet to spicy.
MS523C BRASSICA BABY/BRAISING MIX
ORGANIC MUSTARD MIX
(OP) 21 days. An organically produced, zesty mix of delicious mustards for a sensational stand-alone salad or for adding spice to mixes. This blend contains mizuna; tatsoi; and green, purple, and multicolored mustards with a variety of shapes and textures from soft to robust.
MS521G ORGANIC MUSTARD MIX
MICROGREENS BLEND
(OP/F1) 14–21 days. Microgreens are the highly nutritious first set of leaves from seedlings of gourmet greens. Simply sow in a flat or pot filled with soil and harvest the seedlings when their first set of leaves appear. Mix includes arugula, beet, red kale, purple mizuna, radish, and salad burnet. One ounce will sow a 4' x 4' area.
MS480C MICROGREENS BLEND 4 grams 1 oz
LOFTY SALAD MIX
(OP) 28 days. A Territorial Seed exclusive! We’ve blended extra-deeply textured lettuce varieties in a beautiful array of colors for the highest volume mix. Contains green Batavia; ruffled red looseleaf; and green, red and speckled Romaines.
LT481G LOFTY SALAD MIX ORGANIC
MILD MESCLUN BLEND
(OP) 30 days. Mild Mesclun Blend provides a diversity of salad greens for unique salads. The combination of flavors, textures, and colors was chosen to provide an even harvest. Our blend includes kale, red and green leaf lettuces, corn salad, as well as mizuna and tatsoi.
MS474C MILD MESCLUN BLEND 4 grams 1 oz $6.35 $20.95
MARKET MUSTARD MIX
(OP/F1) 21 days. Grow a vibrantly hued tapestry of textures with this assortment of peppery mustards. This blend of red and green mizuna along with frilly and traditional mustards offers tasty leaves with a wide variety of leaf forms from glossy and smooth to deeply serrated and wavy. A more colorful and highly textured mix than our Organic Mustard Mix.
MS522C
(OP) 33–55 days. Tailored specifically for the container gardener, this blend of vibrant green and rich burgundy lettuces will maximize your salad green production in the tiniest of spaces. We’ve selected 2 loose leaf, 1 romaine, and 1 butterhead for their dense, compact growth habit.
3 grams $7.95
Mild Mesclun Blend
Italian Saladini Blend Tangy Mesclun Blend
Microgreens Blend Organic Mustard Mix
Simply Salad™ City Garden Mix
Market Mustard Mix
Pot & Patio Blend Brassica Baby/Braising Mix
Lofty Salad Mix
GOURMET GREENS
Arugula
All of our arugula varieties are annuals.
Salad Arugula
Eruca spp
UBER
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Gourmet greens perform best when planted in early spring or fall
l Most will tolerate light to moderate frosts with minimal cover
l Plants are most vigorous and the flavors are better when daytime air temperatures are between 60–70°F
l Most greens are best direct sown
l Thin after second set of true leaves
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
l Cover seeds with Reemay or Grow Guard 20 to help deter birds and improve germination
l Sow greens every couple of weeks to ensure a continuous supply of young plants
Direct Sowing
l See lettuce culture on page 46
Transplanting
l See lettuce culture on page 46
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Aphids and flea beetles
l Pest control: Strong spray of water, or applications of Pyrethrin
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation, and proper plant spacing allows air circulation to prevent molds
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest greens frequently and when young
l As with all greens, a rinse in cold water will help preserve the flavor and texture
(OP) E. vesicaria 21 days baby, 40 days full size. Enjoy the tingly flavor of this easy-togrow and harvest arugula in as little as 3 weeks from sowing. Uber is dressed up like a wild arugula, but its flavor is all salad. From baby leaf to full size, its thick, tender bite will keep your salads and sandwiches overflowing with fresh greens and lots of flavor. Approximately 300 seeds per ½ gram.
MS469C UBER
SPEEDY
(OP) E. vesicaria 30 days. Speedy’s serrated, bright green leaves have the shape of wild arugula, but the mild peppery pungency of salad arugula. It’s also the fastest of its type to mature and is especially recommended for late autumn, winter, and early spring cultivation. Approximately 400 seeds per gram.
MS488C SPEEDY
MS488ST SPEEDY SEED
BALBOA
(OP) E. vesicaria 28 days. A very vigorous and early-maturing arugula, the upright, uniform plants produce lots of flavorful, crunchy leaves for delicious additions to salads. The adaptable plants are also very bolt tolerant and well suited for both in-ground and hydroponic cultivation. Approximately 200 seeds per ½ gram.
MS527C BALBOA
ROQUETTE
DRAGON'S FIRE
(OP) D. tenufolia 45–55 days. An exciting, wild variety with flaming red veins highlighting deeply lobed, dark green leaves. A descendant of Red Dragon, Dragon’s Fire spices up mixed salads with its contrasting color, shapely form, and delicious, zesty flavor. Crops are uniform and vigorous for year-round harvests. Approximately 1250 seeds per ½ gram.
MS471C DRAGON'S FIRE
(OP) E. vesicaria subsp. sativa 30–40 days. Can be sown from early spring through late fall. Frost-hardy and easy to grow. Long, dark green, broad arrow-shaped leaves form a loose, open bunch. Grows 12–18 inches tall before bolting. Not bitter, this salad green has a jazzy, distinctive flavor. Approximately 550 seeds per gram.
Wild Arugula
Diplotaxis spp
BELLEZIA
(OP) D. tenufolia 35–50 days. An arugula of distinction, Bellezia boasts tasty, dark green, deeply serrated leaves that stay clean on upright plants. Resists bolting for longer harvest window and easily shrugs off Downy Mildew. Start cutting tender, baby greens at 35 days, and whole-plant harvest at 50 days. Approximately 1600 seeds per ½ gram.
MS473C
Bellezia
Dragon's Fire
Balboa
Speedy Uber
Roquette
Chicory
Members of the chicory family are rapidly gaining popularity across America. Baby greens bring a zesty bite to salads. Full-sized heads lose their bitterness and gain sweetness. Sow in June.
Radicchio
Cichorium intybus
LEONARDO
(F1) 81 days. Add a dazzling color combination, crisp texture, and a sweet-bitter flavor to enhance your cool-weather salads. Dense, round, 4–5 inch heads have brilliant red leaves with pearly white midribs. Leonardo is very quick to size up and is a great choice for late summer and fall plantings, as the best tasting and most colorful crops mature in cooler temperatures. Approximately 80 seeds per ⅛ gram.
MS483G LEONARDO ORGANIC
NETTUNO SUGARLOAF
(OP) 80 days. This sugarloaf produces dense, teardrop-shaped heads of sweet, succulent greens balanced with a light touch of bitter. We’re fond of sugarloaf types, and this one is the most productive with the most well-filled, dense heads of all the varieties we tried. Best when sown in July for harvest beginning late October. The uniform, sturdy crops hold well in the field into December. Approximately 120 seeds per ¼ gram.
MS524G NETTUNO SUGARLOAF ORGANIC
Endive
Cichorium endivia
RHODOS
(OP) 65 days. The delicate, extra frilly leaves are smooth and finely ribbed. The mild flavor is perfectly balanced by a hint of tartness. Growing as a tightly massed, compact plant, the leaves at its heart are naturally blanched into a creamy white. Approximately 325 seeds per ½ gram.
Corn Salad (Mâche)
Valerianella locusta
VIT
(OP) 50 days. Only a green with a glowing reputation could earn as many names: Corn Salad, Lamb’s Lettuce and Mâche. We offer Vit for spring or fall planting, and consider it one of the most delicious and substantial salad greens around. Leaves are succulent, firm, and dark green. Approximately 650 seeds per gram.
VIT
Malabar Spinach
Basella rubra
RED MALABAR SPINACH
(OP) 85 days. A striking shift from ordinary greens, this vigorous tropical vine grows to 6 feet with spinach-like, dark green foliage on burgundy stems. Fleshy, glossy leaves have a pleasant, nutty Swiss Chard flavor. May be grown on the ground or trellised for cleaner, easier harvesting. Approximately 30 seeds per 2 grams.
RED MALABAR SPINACH
2
New Zealand Spinach
Tetragonia tetragonioides
NEW ZEALAND SPINACH
(OP) 50 days. This 2 foot tall perennial has 1–2 inch, distinctive arrowhead-shaped lime green leaves that have a spinach-like taste. Plant ½ inch deep and about 6 inches apart. After germination thin to 12–20 inches. Harvest the leaves and tender shoots. Approximately 65 seeds per 5 grams.
MS489C
GOLDEN PURSLANE (OP) 50 days. An excellent source of natural antioxidants, golden purslane has succulent yellow-green leaves which are very tender. A cool and soothing flavor addition to summer salads or even drink garnishes. Approximately 650 seeds per ¼ gram.
MS503C
MS476C GOLDEN PURSLANE
Golden Purslane
Portulaca oleracea var. sativa Purslane
Rhodos
Vit
Nettuno Sugarloaf
Leonardo
Fennel
PRELUDIO
(F1) 75 days. Preludio's delicately sweet, light licorice flavor is a refreshing change of pace from the standard heavy root veggies from the winter garden. An early maturing fennel, the pristine white bulbs are stout with tender hearts and strong tops. The plants are bolt resistant and remain in prime harvest condition in the field for an extended period. We love this variety oven-roasted, topped with a sprinkle of balsamic vinegar. If you have seed left over from your fall planting, sow it in spring, as Preludio performs spectacularly in the summer, too.
MS495G PRELUDIO ORGANIC
PERILLA
(OP) 65–70 days. Known by many names including Shiso and Beefsteak, this member of the mint family is widely used in Asian cuisine. Perilla’s subtle and complex, herby flavor has hints of citrus, anise, basil, and spices. A very versatile crop, use the leaves in salads, stir-fries, sushi, and pickling. Sow and grow similarly to basil. Approximately 225 seeds per ¼ gram.
GREEN PERILLA - Emerald leaves
RED PERILLA - Amethyst leaves MS530C
FINALE
(OP) 75 days. A pristine and uniform open pollinated fennel. Finale produces thick, juicy, slightly flattened, 4 inch bulbs that have a pleasant, anise flavor. Bolt-resistant plants mean better field holding, and the bulbs have a good shelf life after harvest. Approximately 120 seeds per ½ gram.
MS512G FINALE ORGANIC
(OP) 40 days to baby leaf stage. Fast and easy to grow, the brilliantly contrasting color of crimson veins on green leaves look stunning both growing and on the plate. Its tangy, sharp, spirited flavor adds spark to salads. We recommend successive plantings to keep the harvests of tender, young leaves continuous. Allowed to mature, the texture becomes tougher, so add the more developed plants to your ornamental beds. Approximately 220 seeds per ⅛ gram. ⅛
WATERCRESS
(OP) 60 days. This cress is rich in vitamins and has a delicious, distinctive taste. Excellent with astringent fruits like oranges and grapefruit. Direct seed Watercress about ¼ inch deep, and about ½ inch apart. Thin to 4 inches and keep well watered. Grows best in full sunlight in very moist soil with a pH of 7. Approximately 1300 seeds per ¼ gram.
Italian Dandelion
ITALIKO ROSSA
(OP) 65 days. A colorful twist on this super performing green. Deep, maroon-red stems set off the forest green leaves for a spicy, delightful addition to your mixed green salads. Upright heads keep the 10–12 inch leaves nice and clean. Approximately 87 seeds per ⅛ gram.
Miner's
Lettuce
MINER’S LETTUCE
(OP) 42 days. This annual green is high in vitamin C and native to many moist areas of the country. The leaves are rather heartshaped and provide a substantial addition to salads and sandwiches. Probably the most cold tolerant of the greens, Miner’s Lettuce will grow year-round in the cloche, greenhouse, or even unprotected in the maritime Northwest. Quickly regrows after harvest. Approximately 525 seeds per ¼ gram.
MINER’S LETTUCE
Italiko
Rossa
Watercress
MS499C
Miner's Lettuce
Finale
Green & Red Perilla
MS496C
Perilla
MS531C
RED VEINED SORREL
MS520C RED VEINED SORREL
Red Veined Sorrel
Preludio
GREEN GIANT
(F1) B. rapa, Perviridis Group 45 days. Picture a melding of a tatsoi mustard and a pac choi, and you’ll have an idea of the essence of Green Giant. Bringing the best qualities of both crops, this exceptional variety produces large, spoon-shaped leaves in silky emerald with wide, succulent stems. An ideal selection for dense plantings so you can selectively harvest baby greens while allowing a portion of the plants to reach full size. Stands of Green Giant in our trials show robustly healthy plants with flawless foliage, when the typical mustard crops are choice snacking for flea beetles. Astoundingly boltresistant, Green Giant provides a seasonlong harvest of tender, mildly spiced leaves for salads, stir fries and brazing.
AMARA ETHIOPIAN KALE
(OP) B. carinata 40 days. We fell for this unusual leafy green immediately after the first bite. The hearty leaves have a very complex flavor with overtones of spice and garlic. Great for picking at the baby size in under 3 weeks, or waiting for fully grown leaves. Amara makes a delicious salad mix, standalone raw or lightly cooked. An extra cold-tolerant crop. Approximately 300 seeds per gram.
WASABINA
(OP) B. juncea 40 days. The bracing spice of wasabi is one of our very favorite flavors, and we’ve found that taste once again in this extraordinary mustard. Wasabina’s extremely frilly, serrated leaves offer a great textural addition to dishes, and its mild, sweet spice is absolutely delicious. Fully grown, these cold-tolerant plants reach 10 inches tall and wide and are among the last of the mustards to bolt in our winter trials.
DRAGON TONGUE
(OP) B. juncea 40 days. Probably the prettiest mustard green we’ve seen, Dragon Tongue is a sweet and jaw-dropping beauty. Frilly, crinkled leaves are vibrant green with purple veins and thick, brilliant white midribs. With a flavor to match its looks, it’s full-flavored and succulent without being overly spicy.
MU522G DRAGON TONGUE
Culture
l Mustard greens are easy crops to grow if planted in early spring or late summer
l Mustards are best directly sown
Direct Sowing
l Make a furrow 6 inches deep and sprinkle ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet in the bottom of the furrow
l Backfill the furrow and plant the seed
l Thin after second set of true leaves
Transplanting
l Start indoors 3‒5 weeks before anticipated transplant
l Put out after the danger of hard frost, and use ¼ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer around each plant
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Flea beetles
l Pest control: Pyrethrin, silver mulch, or row covers at planting
l Disease prevention: 5‒7 year crop rotation
TAH TSAI TATSOI
(OP) B. rapa, Perviridis Group 40–50 days. This beautiful, dark green tatsoi forms a 6 inch rosette that is very mild and easy to grow. Sow seed spring through fall. Glossy, spoon-shaped leaves are a treat in salads, stir-fries, or steamed.
MU528C TAH TSAI TATSOI
WILD GARDEN MUSTARDS
(OP) 30 days. Look for this fast growing mix to cover the full spectrum of colors, shapes, and flavors. Growing lime green, red-veined, solid purple and more, the leaves range from flat and smooth to savoyed and puckered. Fleshy stems encompass flavors from the most mild to fiery hot.
GREEN WAVE
(OP) B. juncea 50 days. Green Wave has been a favorite American mustard (or tendergreen) for many years. Popular with gardeners for its upright plant habit, it grows to 2 feet and has a dark green, heavily curled leaf. An excellent producer, it resists bolting, so it can be grown mid-summer.
Green Wave
MU539C WASABINA
MU540C AMARA ETHIOPIAN KALE
MU525C GREEN GIANT
Tah Tsai Tatsoi
Wasabina
Green Giant
Amara
Dragon Tongue
CHINESE CABBAGE
EMIKO
(F1) 60 days. For a uniform cabbage that’s tipburn resistant, early maturing, reluctant to bolt in the summer, and has good field holding, look no further than Emiko. This organic Chinese cabbage grows in an upright barrelshape 10 inches tall and has a soothing light yellow heart. HR: F, PB.
OV595G EMIKO ORGANIC
WA WA TSAI
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Chinese cabbage is a cool season crop that performs best in spring and fall in a wide range of soil types
l Young plants exposed to temperature fluctuations can result in bolting
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
Direct Sowing
l For a spring crop, sow after the danger of frost l Fall crops can be sown July — mid-August
Transplanting
l For a spring crop, start 4–5 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Fall crops can be started from June to mid-July and set out when there are 4–5 true leaves
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Flea and cucumber beetles, slugs, earwigs
l Pest control: Pyrethrin or row covers at planting, Permafelt® Cabbage Collars for slugs
l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest heads as soon as mature to avoid bolting
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
(F1) 64 days. The earliest and most true mini Napa cabbage. Wa Wa Tsai reaches only 9 inches tall and 5 inches wide, has a barrelshaped, dense head with a sweet, tender crunch. The uniform crops show good field holding for an extended harvest window. A great choice for single-serving and dense plantings in smaller garden spaces. Tolerant to tipburn. HR: PB.
OV592C WA WA TSAI
¼
SCARLETTE
(F1) 70‒75 days. Scarlette made an astonishing performance in our trial fields. With a vibrant, deep magenta-purple color and contrasting, white midribs and veins, this Chinese cabbage is a real show-stopper. Add to that a delicious, mild flavor, and you’ve got a sensational selection for the garden and kitchen. Try this as a replacement for radicchio in mixed salads for a brilliant color without the bitter flavor. Uniform plants grow to about 13 inches tall and 20 inches wide.
OV588C SCARLETTE
⅛
ORGANIC MUSHROOM KITS
Mushroom kits are wonderful gifts to give and receive. After starting the indoor kits, your first harvest of mushrooms is usually within a few weeks. Store kits below 50°F and above freezing, but only for a short time. They are live products, so long delays in starting your kit may reduce your mushroom yield. Complete instructions included with every order. Mushroom kits ship at the time the order is placed and should be started within one week of receipt. Available only within the contiguous US.
WINE CAP MUSHROOM KIT
Stropharia rugoso annulata Meaty Wine Caps emerge with a rounded, cabernetcolored cap and develop to an enormous size—up to a foot in diameter—earning them the nickname Garden Giant! We enjoy them when they’re young and tender, but the larger size fruit are excellent on the grill. Culture of these marvels is relatively simple, as they thrive in a variety of media including hardwood chips, leaf litter, grass clippings and straw. Locate them in the garden among leafy veggies or rows of corn, this variety breaks down the mulch and makes vital nutrients available to the neighboring crops. Wine Caps produce each spring and summer for up to 3 years, and you can also transplant established mycelium into fresh mulch in new garden areas.
XS827G
OYSTER
KIT (Indoors)
Pleurotus ostreatus A classic Oyster mushroom with creamy white, medium-sized, scalloped caps. Oyster mushrooms are favorites in the culinary world and for home gardeners. These fast-growing, reliable varieties are very simple to grow indoors, and the harvests are versatile in the kitchen. Our Oyster kit will produce multiple flushes separated by a few weeks.
Oyster Kit
XS850G
Wa Wa Tsai
Emiko
Scarlette
(F1) 30–35 days. This compact pak choi has improved, dark green leaves on green stems. It boasts an upright plant habit and good bolt resistance while offering higher yields than older varieties. Grows well in spring and summer. Harvest early for multi-head bunching or let the plants grow larger for the standard three-head bunches.
OV596C EWOK
BOPAK
(F1) 40 days. The first of its kind in many ways, Bopak produces picture-perfect heads of baby pak choi. Allowed to grow, it will continue to rapidly develop into a compact, upright, full-sized plant with 8 inch tall heads that measure 4 inches across. The tender, fleshy leaves are crisp and flavorful with wide, glossy ivory stems topped with deep green. Bopak is remarkably bolt resistant and is the first pak choi to earn an AAS award. HR: PB.
OV589C BOPAK
OV589G BOPAK ORGANIC
VIOLETTA
(F1) 30 days for baby greens, 50 days for heads. The striking appearance, crisp and sweet flavor, and high nutritional value of Violetta make it the perfect choice to use as a baby green or as a full-headed pak choi. The rich violet leaf tops contrast beautifully with green undersides and stems. A great source of vitamin A, calcium, and iron.
ORGANIC MUSHROOM KITS CONTINUED
LION’S MANE (Indoors)
Hericium erinaceus This gourmet mushroom produces baseball-sized or larger clusters of icicle-like spines. Imparts a lobster-like flavor when cooked with butter and onions. Not only does it taste great, but legend has it that consuming Lion's Mane will give you ''steel nerves and the memory of a lion''. A 65–75°F environment is needed.
XS803G LION’S MANE ORGANIC 1 kit $34.95
SHIITAKE (Indoors)
Lentinula edodes These mushrooms have a unique flavor and are many chefs’ favorite. Our kit thrives between 60–75°F. Several flushes of mushrooms can be harvested at 2 week intervals.
XS801G SHIITAKE ORGANIC 1 kit $34.95
PAK CHOI
Brassica rapa, Chinensis Group
Seeds per ¼ gram ≈ 63–90
Transplanting
l If started indoors, sow seeds 4 weeks before anticipated transplant date for a spring crop or July/August for a fall crop
l Refer to the Chinese Cabbage culture on page 57
CHING-CHIANG
(OP) 40 days. This early dwarf pak choi is sturdier and stockier than most dwarf varieties. Ching-Chiang has smooth medium green leaves and thick petioles that have a wonderful mild flavor, are tender, and have very few strings. Bred to be tolerant to heat, rain, cold, and dampness. Ching-Chiang is a great variety for early spring planting.
CHING-CHIANG
JOI CHOI
(F1) 45 days. Joi Choi grows amazingly large and fast. With much darker green leaves, the stalks are also whiter, thicker, up to 11 inches long and more highly refined. Remarkably juicy, it has a pleasing mild flavor with a hint of mustard. Best sown in the spring and fall. Slow to bolt.
1
Key to Chinese Cabbage & Pac Choi Disease Resistance/Tolerance HR indicates high resistance. IR indicates intermediate resistance.
| Fusarium Wilt
OV584C VIOLETTA
NEW EWOK
Lion's Mane
Shiitake
Violetta
Joi Choi
Ching-Chiang
Bopak
Ewok
MELONS & WATERMELONS
Cucumis melo & Citrullus lanatus
French Charentais
D'ARTAGNAN
to maturity are calculated from transplant date.
Culture
l Melons and watermelons perform best in fertile, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0‒7.0
l Apply ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer and a shovelful of compost to each plant
l Watermelons are less tolerant of cool conditions than melons — the use of plastic mulch or floating row cover is highly recommended
l Monitor the temperature under the row covers on hot days, especially early in the season
l Remove covers prior to flowering for pollination
Direct Sowing
l Soil temperature is critical for good germination and only recommended in warmer climates
Transplanting
l Start indoors in 4 inch pots, 3‒4 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Grow the seedlings under dry, warm conditions
l Fertilize seedlings with a balanced liquid fertilizer, such as Age Old Grow (see page 146)
l Avoid letting starts get root bound; transplant carefully as to not disturb roots
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Cucumber beetles
l Pest control: Pyrethrin and row covers
l Common diseases: Bacterial wilt and powdery mildew
l Disease control: Zonix (see page 148)
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation, avoid overhead watering
Harvest & Storage
l Cantaloupe will easily slip from vine when ripe
l With other melons, check the leaf where fruit is attached to the vine — fruit is mature when this leaf begins to yellow
l Watermelons are ready for harvest when the tendril closest to the fruit is dry and brown or when the bottom side of the fruit is yellow
l Melons and watermelons will not ripen off vine
l Pick in the cool of the day and chill quickly
l Melons: 40°F and 95% relative humidity
l Watermelons: 50‒60°F and 85% relative humidity
(F1) 75 days. An early maturing, high-yielding, disease-resistant hybrid! Fragrant and musky, taste-testers describe the flavor of these 2–3 lb beauties as candy-sweet with a buttery finish. This is a must-grow for its appeal to anyone who’s enjoyed the relatively rare Charentais. This slightly netted variety is best harvested when the background turns a buff color. F 0–2, PM.
D'ARTAGNAN
TASTY BITES
(F1) 70–80 days. These mini melons are just right for 2 servings. The hard-working plants offer high yields of 1 pound, pale yellowskinned melons with deep orange flesh offset with a green outer ring. Developed from a Charentais/Ananas cross, bringing out the best in both! AB, F 1–2, PM 1.
(F1) 65 days. Alvaro packs a delectable, true cantaloupe flavor and was one of the earliest melons to mature in our trials. Averaging about 5 inches in diameter, these little delicacies ripen to an attractive yellowish-tan, smooth skin with green striping. Open the rind to find a generous layer of creamsicle-orange flesh. Healthy plants set about 5–6 fruit each.
MELONADE
(F1) 75 days. When dreams come true. Melonade is truly an other-worldly experience in melon flavor that must be tasted to be believed! A bite of this incredible fruit is a combination of rich, succulent sweetness finished with a creamy, lemon-like sour that feels like a hug from summertime. Melonade produces 7 inch oval fruit with a thick, juicy layer of orange flesh. Harvest when the background of the netted melons reveal a key lime green and scarring runs partially up the stem. HR: F 0–2. IR: PM.
ML452C MELONADE
15 seeds 50 seeds $7.95 $21.65
Honeydew
MOONSTRUCK
(F1) 75 days. Unlike any fruit we’ve ever grown, this Japanese, no-net honeydew sets itself apart from the rest with its radiant, white skin, delicious, pearly white flesh and early maturity. A unique taste experience, the smooth flesh is more tender than honeydews and boasts a 12–16° Brix. Moonstruck’s globe-shaped fruit reach 7–7 ¼ inches across and 5–6 pounds each. A superior choice for short and longseason gardens.
HONEYCOMB
(F1) 78 days. This early-maturing honeydew boasts smooth, cream-colored skin and icy green, sweet flesh. The big, rounded fruit weigh about 5 ½ pounds apiece with crisp meat that’s medium-firm. The flavor and aroma are absolutely outstanding. Healthy, disease-resistant plants set up to 6 fruit each. HR: F 0, 2. IR: PM.
ML454C
Tasty Bites
Alvaro
ML466C TASTY BITES
ALVARO
ML478C
Moonstruck
D'artagnan
Melonade
ML465C
Cantaloupe
SUGAR
RUSH
(F1) 65‒70 days. Sugar Cube has a big brother, and his name is Sugar Rush! These bulky, 4-pounders offer enough sweet, orange flesh for several generous servings from slightly elongated, well-netted fruit. A great choice for home gardens, the disease-resistant plants produce high yields very early in the season. For best flavor, harvest when the melon’s background loses its green color. IR: F 0‒2, PM 1‒2.
SUGAR RUSH
½
ATHENA
(F1) 75 days. This proven cantaloupe is a best seller and a favorite among gardeners and growers across the US. Athena consistently delivers early yields with dynamite flavor. The 6 by 8 inch fruit weigh 5–6 pounds, are coarsely netted and have a scrumptious, bright orange flesh. Athena’s superior disease resistance helps keep the vines producing all season long. Pick at full slip for best quality and flavor. Stores exceptionally well, too! F 0–2, PM.
ML462C ATHENA
½ gram 250 seeds 100 seeds
$5.95 $16.55 $38.85
ML462T ATHENA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
HALONA
(F1) 72 days. This eastern style muskmelon caught our eye and excited our palates with its succulent, bright orange flesh and amazing flavor. Deeply ribbed, netted, globe-shaped fruit set heavily on strong, disease-resistant plants. Melons reach 6 inches in diameter, weighing in around 4–5 pounds apiece. F 0–2, PM.
SUGAR CUBE
(F1) 80 days. Coarsely netted, round, 2 pound fruit have juicy, deep orange flesh with a tremendous 14% Brix. Add an extended shelf life and you can keep these sweet, rich morsels close at hand for a personal-sized treat anytime. Expect to have a plentiful supply, as Sugar Cube’s unprecedented disease resistance keeps the reliable plants consistently productive. F 0–2, PRV, WMV, ZYMV. IR: PM 1–2.
MINNESOTA MIDGET
(OP) 65–70 days. This heirloom produces a bounty of early, mini cantaloupes. Fruit measure 4–6 inches across and have deep orange flesh that is succulent, sweet, and delicious down to the rind. The ultimate melon for shortseason areas, and the compact plants are ideal for small space or container gardens. HR: F.
DIVERGENT
(F1) 70‒80 days. A favorite in our melon trials for its irresistible flavor. Light netting gives this melon the look of a Galia, but the thick layer of orange flesh is all cantaloupe. Widely adaptable, Divergent performs extremely well in shorter seasons or regions with cool nights, producing an average of 5, 2 ½‒3 ½ pound, round fruit per plant. HR: F 0‒2. IR: PM 1‒2, 5.
DELICIOUS 51
(OP) 75 days. Lightly ribbed and netted, these scrumptious fruit have the enticing aroma, rich flavor and lush texture that typifies a muskmelon. The beautiful round/oval fruit average 2‒3 pounds each with deep orange, juicy flesh. Harvest at full slip for best flavor. Developed at Cornell and widely considered the best open-pollinated melon for northern climates. HR: F 1. IR: PM 1, 2.
(F1) 80 days. Tirreno is an attractive Tuscan type melon that is high yielding and vigorous, ideal for organic gardens. The round, 2‒3 pound, pale green, netted fruit have deep, dark green ribs that develop a yellow hue when they’re ready for picking. Inside, a thick layer of orange flesh is sweet, flavorful and aromatic. Great disease resistance and shelf life. HR: F 0‒2. IR: PM 1‒2, 5.
ML476G
TIGGER
(OP) 80 days. Tigger intrigued us with its unique golden and rusty to red, tiger-like striping. Each fragrant melon weighs about 1 pound and opens to reveal white flesh for a perfect single serving. Rich melon flavor without being overly sweet. Large, sprawling plants produce a heavy yield of the slightly oblong, baseball-sized fruit.
ML467C TIGGER
Halona
Athena
Sugar Rush
Sugar Cube
Minnesota Midget
Divergent
Tigger
Tirreno
TIRRENO
Watermelons
MOON & STARS
(OP) 100 days. One of Territorial’s very favorite watermelons, and always a stellar performer at our trial grounds. Moon & Stars is named for its celestially patterned rind: midnight black with brilliant, golden spangles and one large, lunar spot. Truly a cosmic wonder, the glittering, pinpoint stars spill from the fruit and into a galaxy of deeply lobed, silver-green foliage. Each fruit weighs up to 40 pounds with heavenly sweet, juicy, red flesh. A treasured Russian heirloom from 1910. Disease resistant.
1
WA997G
1
SWEET
BEAUTY
(F1) 80 days. Many taste testers have praised the sweet flavor and crisp texture of Sweet Beauty. The oblong-shaped fruit weigh 5–7 pounds and have red flesh and dark green skin with medium green stripes. The vigorous vines reach about 8–10 feet. Expect 3–4 fruit per plant.
WA995C SWEET BEAUTY
½
NEW QUEEN
(F1) 80 days. This watermelon brings another color of the rainbow to your fruit plates. New Queen matures early and exhibits a stunning bright orange flesh that is tender, crisp, and juicy. Very few seeds and a 12% sugar content round out this exciting release. The melons are globe-shaped and have light green rinds with distinctive dark green stripes. Each weighs about 5–6 pounds.
HARVEST MOON
(F1) 85–90 days. At first glance, Harvest Moon and Moon & Stars look very similar: midnightcolored rind peppered with brilliant yellow splotches, but open them and you’ll start seeing the difference. Harvest Moon’s flesh is pinkish red, sweet, refreshingly crisp, delicious, and seedless! It also ripens earlier, has higher yields, and a more compact plant. At 8–13 pounds, these delectable melons are more manageably sized than their heirloom predecessor. Complete instructions with every order.
BLACKTAIL MOUNTAIN (OP) 70–75 days. Developed in Northern Idaho where summer nights dip into the 40s, we can attest to how well Blacktail Mountain performs at our cool trial ground. A consistently high producer of 9 inch round, dark green fruit with candy-sweet, red flesh. Also performs well in hot climates, making this a wonderful choice for any gardener. WA988G
SUGAR BABY
(OP) 80 days. The standard of the icebox melons, Sugar Baby has been a staple at picnics for years. Vines grow to 6 feet and set 4–6 melons roughly 10 inches across. Has that unmistakable crisp, mouthwatering, sweet rich flavor.
(F1) 70 days. If full-sized watermelons are too much to handle or your garden won’t accommodate sprawling plants, you’re in luck! Mini Love’s personal-size fruit and compact plants can squeeze into even the tightest space. The 7‒9 pound watermelons have deep red, sweet, juicy flesh with a minimum of seeds. Glossy skinned, these watermelons have a remarkably thin rind yet are very resistant to splitting. The compact plants stay within a 36 inch space and will yield up to an unbelievable 6 fruit each! IR: A.
CAL SWEET BUSH
(OP) 90 days. Cal Sweet Bush is among the most compact watermelon plants we've grown. Where traditional watermelon plants tend to be very pushy, intruding on neighboring crops, this one keeps a respectful personal space of 14–18 inches, making it the ideal container plant. It produces 2–3 admirable 10–12 pound fruit that rival the size of melons from much larger plants. With juicy, crisp, sweet, red flesh, Cal Sweet Bush has the classic watermelon flavor and texture that everyone loves.
SANGRIA
(F1) 87 days. One of summer’s most popular treats grown in your own backyard! Voluptuous, oval fruit reach 20–23 pounds with jade green stripes on a forest green background. The red flesh is high in sugars and even higher in flavor and eating quality. Plants consistently produce mouth-watering fruit with the most refreshing, delectable taste. IR: A, F 1.
WA986C HARVEST MOON
Sweet Beauty Moon & Stars
Blacktail Mountain
Harvest Moon
Sugar Baby
Sangria
Cal Sweet Bush Mini Love
MINI LOVE
WA992C MINI LOVE
Okra
No longer just for southern climates, our short-season okra varieties reward even cooler region gardeners with their unique fruit for gumbo, pickles, an alternative to peppers for rellenos, and Mediterranean and Indian dishes. Pretty enough to earn a place in your ornamental plantings, okra’s stunning blooms reveal its relationship to hibiscus.
CANDLE FIRE
(F1) 30 days. A fascinating departure from traditional ribbed okra, Candle Fire pods boast a smooth, round profile and brilliant, true red color. Its extra early maturity means guaranteed harvest of the succulent fruit even in northern gardens, where homemade gumbo with fresh-picked okra is on the menu! The highly ornamental plants are vigorous, disease resistant and heavy yielders.
JAMBALAYA
(F1) 50 days. Traditionally okra has been a crop that’s most productive in hot, southern gardens. We’re happy to offer this variety that will thrive in even shorter season climates. Jambalaya okra embodies the spirited flavor of Creole cooking with its succulent, 5-ridged, meaty pods on gorgeous, compact plants.
Territorial's Garden Collections
OKRA
Culture
l Okra is a heat-loving crop that needs stable temperatures above 65°F for best results
l Raised beds covered with plastic mulch help improve yields
l Cover plants with row cover to increase warmth and protect from pests until plants begin to bloom
l Apply 2 cups of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
Direct Sowing
l Soaking the seed in warm (110°F) water for 2 hours may help to soften the hard seed coat and hasten germination
l Space seed 4–6 inches apart, thin plants when they have two sets of true leaves
Transplanting
l Start indoors 3–5 weeks before anticipated transplant date in 3 or 4" pots
l See seed soaking directions above
l Incorporate ¼ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer around each plant
l Transplant carefully to avoid transplant shock
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Cucumber beetles
Perpetual Garden Seed Collection
The seeds in this all-inclusive collection is comprised of 70 open-pollinated seed varieties and 2 cover crops for the most dependable, top-performing varieties available in the world today. Also includes 2 comprehensive books: Susan Ashworth’s Seed to Seed for instruction on saving seed; and Gardening When it Counts by Steve Solomon, sustainable gardening guru. Complete with seed saving containers, Mylar food storage bags, desiccant packaging to keep moisture at bay, natural fertilizer for productive crops, plant tags, a permanent marker, and Territorial’s Spring and Winter catalogs for valuable information on the seed varieties. All items are in a 5-gallon food storage bucket.
ZVG103* $389.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 18 POUNDS
Territorial's Victory Garden
Knowing how to grow at least a portion of your own seed can be a very rewarding and beneficial aspect of food gardening. We’ve selected 30 of our best open-pollinated varieties especially suited for providing reliable food production and seed saving options. Each collection contains 27 vegetable, 2 herb, and 1 sunflower seed packages. All sizes are samplers unless otherwise noted. Sealed in a waterproof plastic bucket with 2 desiccant packages (helps to extend seed life) and a Territorial Seed Company Catalog with valuable grow
ing information.
l Pest control: Pyrethrin and row covers
l Common diseases: Verticillium & Fusarium wilt, and various fungal diseases
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Pods should be picked when about 3 inches long, usually about 4–6 days after flowering
l Harvest regularly to keep plants producing
l Store at 45‒50°F and 90‒95% relative humidity
Throw & Grow Garden Essentials
Some garden crops perform best when direct-sown into the soil, while others require more attention, seeded indoors and transplanted into the garden. This collection contains the direct-seeded varieties that we consider fundamentals in the garden. You’ll get everything from beans to spinach, carrots to melons, lettuce to squash. Includes 20 easy-to-grow seed varieties that will round-out your summer garden alongside of your tomato and pepper transplants.
OK537C JAMBALAYA
OK534C CANDLE FIRE
Jambalaya
Candle Fire
ONIONS
Culture
l Onions are photoperiodic plants — they regulate their stages of growth by day length
l Onions will make top growth until the critical light duration is reached, then bulbing begins
l The amount of growth and development prior to bulbing will determine the bulb size
l Long-day varieties do well in northern states where summertime day length is between 14‒16 hours
l Short-day varieties do well in southern states and bulb when day length is 10‒12 hours; they won't get very large in northern states
l Dividing line between short-day and long-day varieties is generally accepted as 36° latitude, roughly along the Kansas/Oklahoma border
l Day-neutral and intermediate-day varieties start bulbing when day length is 12‒14 hours; can be successfully grown anywhere
l Onions prefer light, sandy, loamy soils
l Apply ¼–½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet, 1–2 inches below transplant or seed
Direct Sowing
l Thin to the strongest plant when 4–5 inches
Transplanting
l Sow up to 10–12 seeds in a 4–6 inch pot
l If tops reach over 5 inches before transplant, cut to 3 inches
l When planting out carefully separate the seedlings and place in a shallow trench
l Fill trench around seedlings and water in well
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Onion thrips and maggots
l Pest control: Pyrethrin (see page 148) or Predatory Nematodes (see page 149)
l Common diseases: Fusarium basal rot, pink root
l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l For scallions: harvest when pencil size or larger, wash and trim roots, store in a bag at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
l As bulbs approach maturity, withhold water so protective paper can form
l After about half the tops have fallen, push over the remainder; wait about 1 week then harvest
l Cure in a warm (75–80°F), shaded, wellventilated location until outer skin and necks are dry, then trim tops, leaving one inch above the bulb
l Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area
l Check occasionally and immediately remove any sprouting or rotting onions
Scallions/Bunching
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
NEW MARKSMAN
(OP) 41 days. A new interspecific salad onion that’s non-bulbing with reduced pungency. Dark green foliage, clean, easy-to-peel shanks, and delicious flavor add up to a winning salad onion. Marksman's well-developed root systems keep the strong plants clean and upright. An excellent selection for both spring and autumn slots.
ON555C MARKSMAN
PACIFIC PEARL
(OP) 50 days. This classy pearl onion was developed here in Oregon. More day-neutral than most onions, so it can be planted almost any time of the year and produce bulbs. Sow ¼–½ inch apart to produce delicious marble-sized white pearl onions; thin plants to 1-2 inches for larger bulbs. Perfect for salads, garnish or pickling. Best used fresh—not for dry storage.
ON545C PACIFIC PEARL
PARADE
(OP) A. fistulosum 65 days. This beautiful, non-bulbing salad onion produces perfectly uniform crops of scallions with white shanks, blue-green leaves and a mild onion flavor. These upright, long, straight plants reach 14 inches and are easy to harvest and clean.
ON570G PARADE ORGANIC
ON570P PARADE PELLETED
RED BARON
(OP) 60 days. An extremely versatile red onion that maintains its vibrant burgundy color at all stages of growth. When planted in the summer, Red Baron can be harvested in the early fall as a scallion. When plants reach 12–14 inches tall, they will start forming small bulbs.
ON544C RED BARON ON544G
Pacific Pearl
Marksman
Parade
Red Baron
Scallions/Bunching
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
GUARDSMAN
(OP) A. fistulosum x cepa 50 days. Guardsman will be producing salad-ready scallions in July, less than 2 months from a spring sowing! The strong plants are supported by a vigorous root system and feature tasty, clean white bulbs topped by emerald green foliage. Very winter hardy and disease resistant.
SUMMER ISLAND
(OP) A. fistulosum 55 days. This award winning, Japanese bunching onion is non-bulbing and has a mellow, sweet flavor. Summer Island tops out at 12 inches tall with brilliant white shanks and jade green tops. Cold hardy for delicious, fresh, green onion flavor throughout the cool months.
250
Long Day
Days to maturity are calculated from date of transplant.
CARTIER
(F1) 103 days. Cartier sets a new standard for storage quality. Forming dense, tan, globe-shaped bulbs, 2 ½‒3 inches wide with thin necks, Cartier dries down quickly and reliably, perfect for storing through to well into the following season. Storage type; stores 10‒12 months. IR: PR.
CORTLAND
(F1) 110 days. From the breeders of the most prominent and highest-quality storage onions comes this improved yellow onion. Uniform, globe-shaped bulbs have thick, terra cotta-colored skins and slender necks, giving them the best keeping quality. Storage type; stores 9‒12 months. HR: FBR, PR.
ON541G CORTLAND ORGANIC
WALLA WALLA
(OP) 125 days when spring sown. When fall sown and allowed to overwinter, the round globes often attain a 5–6 inch diameter. For those of you in harsher climates, this onion can be spring sown. Start them early and transplant out as soon as the soil can be worked. The bulbs will be smaller, 2 ½–3 inches across, but they'll have the same sweet flavor. Plan to use quickly, as they're not meant for long-term storage. Sweet type; stores 1‒2 months.
WALLA WALLA
WALLA WALLA PELLETED
TALON
(F1) 110 days. Large, firm bulbs with crisp, white flesh, deep tan skins, and exceptional storage quality. Uniform, 3–4 inch tall globes are fabulous caramelized or slow-cooked into savory French onion soup. Talon grips the ground with a strong, deep root system, making it an excellent choice for less than ideal growing conditions. Storage type; stores 10‒12 months.
RED MOUNTAIN
(F1) 105 days. If you are a Redwing onion devotee, then you’ll really love Red Mountain! Earlier and deeper colored than Redwing, Red Mountain’s high-quality harvests of luminous bulbs have an appealing crisp texture and mild flavor. Plants produce strong tops good disease resistance. Storage type; stores 4‒6 months. IR: PR.
Key to Onion Disease Resistance/Tolerance HR indicates high resistance. IR indicates intermediate resistance.
FBR | Fusarium Basal Rot PR | Pink Root
Pelleted seed
Non-pelleted seed
What is pelleted seed?
Seed that has been coated with a claybased material to form a larger, round shape. This makes planting by hand or mechanical seeder easier and allows for more controlled sowing of small seeds such as carrots or lettuce. All pelleted seed has a National Organic Program (NOP) approved coating. For best results, store pelleted seed in an air-tight container and use within one season.
ON561C CARTIER
Walla Walla
Cartier
Talon
Cortland
WALKING ONIONS
Allium cepa, Proliferum Group
Egyptian onions, also known as tree or walking onions, are very hardy perennials. These fascinating onions form several small bulbs underground, plus they produce clusters of reddish hazelnut-sized bulblets at the top of each seed stalk. Normal flowers do not occur.
Planting
Plant bulblets 5–6 inches apart, 1 inch deep, in rows spaced 12 inches apart.
Pests & Diseases
Refer to onion culture on page 63.
Harvest & Storage
Once Egyptian onions have established themselves, you can harvest both the bulbs at the base of the plant and the bulblets at the top of the stems. If left untended, you will understand the term "walking onion", as the onion stalks will bend down to the ground and take root by themselves. In more severe climates, the bulbs should be stored and replanted in the spring. Refer to onion culture on page 63 for curing and storage.
PATTERSON (F1) 104 days. Our choice for a superior storage onion with high yields of uniform crops. Patterson’s yellow bulbs are firm, thin necked and offer good flavor and excellent storage. The 3 ½‒4 inch bulbs have a moderate pungency and good sugar content. They maintain their quality long after other varieties have gone soft. Storage type; stores 10‒12 months.
ON567C PATTERSON
ON567P PATTERSON PELLETED
RED BULL
(F1) 110–125 days. Red Bull is a high yielding, large, globe-shaped onion with a dark red color and delicious flavor. Whether for storage or fresh eating, Red Bull is a great choice for the self-reliant gardener. Storage type; stores 8‒10 months.
ON543C RED BULL
ON543P RED BULL PELLETED
Intermediate Day
Days to maturity are calculated from date of transplant.
ONEIDA
(F1) 105 days. This one’s a keeper! These truly impressive, extra-large globes weigh in at over 1 pound each and a very uniform 3‒4 inches across. Strong, copper-colored skin covers their rock-hard, crunchy, yellow flesh, which all adds up to unsurpassed storage capacity. You’ll be enjoying Oneida’s strong, pungent flavor months after harvest. Storage type; stores 6 months. IR: FBR, PR.
Walking
EGYPTIAN WALKING
250 days, fall planted. These true Egyptian topsetting onions are a smaller relative of the Catawissa onion. The topsets are a distinctive red color. A proli fic producer of delicious green onions that you can harvest twice a year. Approximately 10–20 bulblets per ounce, but this can vary based on seasonal conditions.
XG429C EGYPTIAN WALKING
1 oz
$19.95
Walking onions are shipped only in the fall—starting in September, depending on the season. Order early for best availability. Sorry, not available to Idaho, US Territories, or Canada.
ON575C ONEIDA
EXPRESSION
(F1) 105 days. This amazing variety produces enormous globes, 4 inches across with tan skin and light yellow flesh that’s mildly sweet with a hint of spice. A very high yielder, the onions have thin necks for quick dry down and good storage. If you like Candy onion, you’ll be pleased to know that Expression is similar but exhibits higher disease resistance. Sweet/storage type; stores 4 months. HR: PR. IR: FBR.
ON571C EXPRESSION
MONASTRELL
(F1) 110 days. Monastrell produces big, 3 ½‒4 inch, slightly flattened globes with lustrous, dark red skin and internal rings. Vigorous, disease and sun scald-resistant plants produce very uniform yields of single-centered bulbs. Sweet/ storage type; stores 4‒6 months.
ON553G MONASTRELL ORGANIC
Patterson
Red Bull
Egyptian
Oneida
Onion Plants
Additional onion plants, including more southern varieties are available on our website: TerritorialSeed.com
Onion
Bunch Prices
1 bunch (minimum of 4 dozen plants)
$22.95
Case Quantities
1 case (30 bunches)
$114.95
One variety only per case, except where noted. Cases not available to AK.
Northern Varieties
NORTHERN ONION COLLECTION
(OP/F1) Three of the most popular onions well suited for the long summer days of the northern gardener: Walla Walla, Redwing and Ringmaster (white, sweet Spanish type). Each collection contains 1 bunch (minimum of 4 dozen plants) of each variety. The cases contain 30 bunches, 10 of each variety.
1 collection 1 case collection $49.95 $120.95
PATTERSON
See page 65 for description.
XN521C PATTERSON
See above for prices
AILSA CRAIG
REDWING
(F1) 110 days. Redwing is the ultimate red storage onion. The globe-shaped bulbs are 3–4 inches across, moderately pungent, very firm, and store nearly as well as Copra! Especially adapted for home gardeners between 43‒65° latitude. Long-day variety.
XN514C REDWING
See above for prices
BORRETTANA CIPOLLINI (OP) 85 days. This yellow, mini-storage onion looks as attractive when braided for display in the kitchen as it tastes. Will store up to 5 months. Long-day variety.
XN501C BORRETTANA CIPOLLINI
See above for prices
WALLA WALLA
See Walla Walla seed on page 64 for description.
XN504C WALLA WALLA
See above for prices
Ailsa Craig
(OP) 105 days. This huge, 2 pound, 6–8 inch, straw yellow globe onion is amazingly sweet and firm for its size. A sweet Spanish type, Ailsa Craig is reported to be a longer storing onion than other sweet Spanish types. Perfect for burgers and salads. Long-day variety.
XN500C AILSA CRAIG
See above for prices
Onion plants ship January— early May, depending on where you live. Case quantities not available to Alaska. Sorry, not available to Hawaii, Idaho, or Canada.
BLUSH (F1) 110 days. The color of pink champagne, Blush is as strikingly attractive as it is versatile. Big, firm globes reach 4 inches across and have a sweet flavor with a hint of bite. Long-day variety.
XN519C BLUSH
See above for prices
NORTHERN MIXED BUNCH
(OP/F1) Three varieties in a single bunch of a minimum of 4 dozen plants! A combination of Walla Walla, Redwing, and Ringmaster (white, sweet Spanish type). Great for gardeners with limited space.
XN509C NORTHERN MIXED BUNCH
1 mixed bunch $22.95
Day Neutral Varieties
DAY-NEUTRAL ONION COLLECTION
(F1) A world class trio of Red Candy Apple, Candy, and Superstar, a mild, white onion. Each collection contains 1 bunch (minimum of 4 dozen plants) of each variety. The case contains 30 bunches, 10 of each variety.
XN536C DAY-NEUTRAL ONION COLLECTION
1 collection 1 case collection $49.95 $120.95
DAY-NEUTRAL MIXED BUNCH
(F1) A combination of Red Candy Apple, Candy, and Superstar, a mild, white onion, in a single bunch of a minimum of 4 dozen plants. Perfect for trying several varieties in a small plot. They will bulb up nicely wherever you garden.
XN535C DAY-NEUTRAL MIXED BUNCH
1 mixed bunch $22.95
RED CANDY APPLE
(F1) 95 days. This variety is as glossy and deep red as an apple. With a super-mild flavor and gorgeous, solid, red-ringed interior, it’s a tempting and delicious fresh-eating onion. Flattened, globe shaped bulbs grow to 4 inches across. Intermediate-day variety.
XN506C RED CANDY APPLE
See above for prices
CANDY
(F1) 90 days. Produces jumbo bulbs in less than 3 months! Thick white rings are its trademark. Best used fresh. Intermediateday variety.
XN507C CANDY
See above for prices
Southern Varieties
SOUTHERN ONION COLLECTION
(OP) Short-day varieties. Red Creole (dark red, globe shaped), Texas Early White (white, globe shaped, sweet) and Texas Supersweet 1015Y make up a mix of the three most popular short day onions and a beautifully balanced blend of red, white and yellow varieties. Each collection contains 1 bunch (minimum of 4 dozen plants) of each variety. The cases contain 30 bunches, 10 of each variety.
XN517C SOUTHERN ONION COLLECTION
1 collection 1 case collection $49.95 $120.95
Redwing
Borrettana Cipollini
Day-Neutral Mixed Bunch
Southern Onion Collection
Blush
PARSLEY
Petroselinum crispum Seed
Parsnips
Parsley
Days to maturity are calculated from direct seeding date; subtract 20–25 days if transplanting.
Culture
l Parsley is a cold-tolerant biennial that can be grown through the winter in mild climates
l Plants grow best in rich, evenly moist, wellcomposted soil
l Work in 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet
Direct Sowing
l Sow seed and lightly cover with soil, vermiculite or sifted compost
Transplanting
l Start indoors 6‒8 weeks before anticipated transplant date
Pests & Diseases
l Relatively disease and insect free
Harvest & Storage
l Cut individual sprigs as needed from the outside edges of the plants
PARSNIPS
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
l Refer to carrot culture on page 23
Days to maturity are calculated from direct seeding date. Key to Parsnip Disease Resistance/Tolerance
(F1) 120 days. Creamy, sweet parsnips are among the best gifts of the cool-weather garden, and Warrior has won a place on our table. These shapely roots reach 11 inches long with smooth, fine, white skin and a shallow, clean crown. Robust foliage helps fill out the roots evenly with little to no thin tail. HR: BC.
PN655C WARRIOR
GLADIATOR
(F1) 110 days. You’ll be impressed from the start with Gladiator’s quick germination and vigorous early growth. The vitamin-rich, cream-colored roots have a clean parsnipy sweetness that makes it the most flavorpacked parsnip we’ve had the pleasure to eat. The smooth, tapered roots reach 7 inches when they’re ready for the kitchen. Try Gladiator in stews or grated in salads. Seed is from England. HR: BC.
(OP) 75 days. One of the most stunning dark green, deeply curled parsley varieties we’ve grown. Wega’s leaves are bright and clean tasting with sturdy stems. The uniform plants form upright mounds of foliage that are so beautiful they’d fi t comfortably in an ornamental setting to add an intricate textural appeal. Once Wega reaches its full size, it patiently waits for harvest without bolting, turning bitter or becoming stringy.
Stainless Steel Nejiri Gama Hoe
(OP) 120 days. This outstanding cultivar is one of the most productive and mighty parsnips we’ve seen. Strong plants produce tapered roots with hefty shoulders and refined, smooth skin. Performs equally well when sown in spring or late summer. Left in the ground, late crops of White Spear pierce depths up to 36 inches with their immense roots!
(OP) 80 days. Flat and deeply cut leaves on very tall, stocky stems. The aromatic flavor makes it our best parsley for drying.
Dark Green
Italian Plain
Wega WEGA
DARK GREEN ITALIAN PLAIN
LITTLE SNOWPEA WHITE
(OP) 30 days. Pea season blasts off at breakneck speed with this incredibly early variety. Little Snowpea White starts producing its bright green, tender pods in just a few short weeks and continues its unwavering harvest for an extended season. The 40 inch tall plants produce crunchy pods that are delicious raw, steamed or stir-fried. PM.
PE639C LITTLE
LITTLE SNOWPEA PURPLE
(OP) 50–54 days. Topping out at only 24 inches tall, this dwarf snow pea is as attractive as it is tasty. A prime candidate for container planting, Little Snowpea Purple’s sweet, refreshingly crisp pods are preceded by showy bicolor purple flowers.
PE640C LITTLE SNOWPEA
OREGON SUGAR POD II
(OP) 70 days. Easy-to-grow, non-climbing dwarf vines grow to approximately 30 inches tall and hold their pods up for easy picking. A proli fic producer. The mild-flavored broad pods are 4–5 inches long and frequently set in doubles. An Oregon State University development, Oregon Sugar Pod II is highly disease resistant. May be sown from February to late May in cooler climates. Plant every few weeks for continuous production. DM, F, PEMV, PM.
PE624C OREGON SUGAR POD II
SWEET HORIZON
(OP) 60–70 days. This gourmet quality snow pea was bred in the European style, developing beautiful laser-straight flat pods in double sets. The sugary pods are very easy to harvest and grow to 3–4 inches long without curling. Wonderful presentation in salads, fantastic steamed or stir fried. Vigorous upright plants are mid-maturing and grow to 26–32 inches tall. AF, F 1, PM. PE635C SWEET
SWEET HORIZON ORGANIC
GREEN BEAUTY
(OP) 60 days. Stand up and harvest peas with the help of this vigorous, climbing variety. Green Beauty’s lush, 6–8 foot tall vines produce a show of spectacular, purple blooms followed by delicious, 5 inch long, flattened pods. If you leave some pods on the plants, you’ll find they remain flavorful and crunchy even when the seeds begin to swell.
PARSLEY
PEAS
Pisum sativum
Petroselinum crispum Seed
Days to maturity are calculated from direct seeding date; subtract 20–25 days if transplanting.
Seeding
l Parsley likes rich soil with lots of nitrogen
Days to maturity are calculated from the date of direct seeding. Note: In areas with mild winters such as the maritime Northwest where peas can be planted in February, add 35–40 days.
l If the parsley bed was manured the previous fall, no additional fertilizer is needed
Culture
l If not: make a shallow furrow about 4 inches deep and band 1 cup per 5 row feet of blood meal or chicken manure at the bottom
Peas are a hardy cool-season crop that can be grown in a variety of soil types
l Side dress plants with 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer and ½ cup bone meal per 10 row feet
l Cover and fill in the furrow
l Sow and cover seeds
Climbing varieties should be trellised
l Savvy gardeners plant radish seed in the furrow with parsnips to help break the soil surface for the slower-growing parsnips
Most bush-type vines can be supported on a short trellis or allowed to grow as a mound
l Environmental stress, such as prolonged hot weather or lack of moisture, will reduce yields
Transplanting
l Extend your harvest through multiple sowings
l Start seed (when??). Keep moist and follow the fertilizer and spacing tips above
Direct Sowing
l Peas may be sown as soon as the soil can be worked in the spring
Insects & Diseases
l Almost nonexistent in a healthy garden
Cool temperatures lead to slow and erratic germination
Harvest
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Pea aphid, pea weevil
l Cut individual sprigs as needed from the outside edges of the plants
l For drying, cut all but the center growth
Pest control: Pyrethrin should be applied at seedling stage if leaf scalloping is observed
l Quick dry the leaves in a food dehydrator, then store in an airtight container in the dark
l Common diseases: Fusarium wilt (also called pea root rot), powdery and downy mildews, and pea enation mosaic virus (more common in Northwest and Northeast areas)
l Disease control: Zonix
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l For snap and shelling peas, start checking for maturity as soon as the pods begin to swell
l Harvest frequently to keep plants producing
l If left on the vine too long, the peas become starchy and the pods become tough
l Store at 36°F and at 95% relative humidity
AVALANCHE
(OP) 61 days. Mountains of crisp, tender, sweet snow peas adorn these healthy, prolific plants. Compact, 30 inch plants are semi-leafless and loaded with tendrils, making the pods easier to see and pick. Pods are vibrantly dark green and lend themselves to eating fresh or freezing. We were highly impressed with the exceptional yields as each node on the plant has a set of 2 pods.
F 1, PM.
PE618C AVALANCHE
Oregon Sugar Pod II
Little Snowpea White and Purple
Sweet Horizon
Green Beauty
SUGAR MAGNOLIA
(OP) 70 days. This violet-podded snap pea is more than just a looker. At 3‒4 inches the pods are deliciously sweet, flavorful and most tender prior to plumping out fully. An absolutely spectacular addition to salads or veggie plates, the emerald green interior contrasts with the vibrantly colored pods. Climbing plants produce beautiful, bicolor, purple blooms and unique, extra vigorous tendrils to support vines that can stretch up to 7 feet tall.
PE625C SUGAR MAGNOLIA
SUGAR DADDY
(OP) 65 days. If you’re looking for a genuinely stringless snap pea, Sugar Daddy is your man! The uniform, 24 inch plants are selfsupporting and produce tender, sweet, 3 inch pods that are delicious in salads, stir-fries, or just straight off the vine. You’ll be grinning in your garden as you pick these curved pods that take the shape of a winning, toothy smile packed with tasty peas. PLR, PM. IR: F 1.
PE632C SUGAR DADDY
Snap
CASCADIA
(OP) 60 days. Another great variety bred in the Northwest. This enation-resistant snap pea comes to us from Dr. Jim Baggett at Oregon State University. The short, 32 inch vines yield an abundance of dark green, 3 ½ inch pods that are thick, juicy, and very sweet. Makes a fabulous snack! PEMV, PM.
PE626G CASCADIA ORGANIC
SUGAR ANN
(OP) 55 days. An early and easy-to-grow snap pea. The non-climbing, dwarf vines set an abundant harvest of 2 ½ inch long, medium-green pods with a sweet, effervescent flavor. Best of luck getting any to the kitchen since they might all be consumed fresh in the garden.
PE621G SUGAR ANN ORGANIC
1
LITTLE SNAPPEA CRUNCH
(OP) 60 days. Small crops in the garden, but huge flavor on the palate! Squeeze this one into your small garden or container planting, and you’ll be rewarded with early harvests of lots of lofty pea shoots for salads followed by sweet, fresh snap peas well into the warm weather. The compact plants yield smooth, crispy, refreshing pods on self-supporting plants that reach up to 30 inches tall.
PE627C LITTLE SNAPPEA CRUNCH
SUPER SUGAR SNAP
(OP) 58 days. This improved variety sets pods earlier in the season, with remarkably high yields, and far better disease resistance than its predecessor. You'll enjoy exceptionally heavy harvests of sweet, thick-walled, stringless pods. Super Sugar Snap’s vigorous, healthy vines average about 5 feet tall. IR: PLR, PM.
PE636C SUPER SUGAR SNAP
NAIROBI
(OP) 60 days. Be one of the first gardeners in America to catch onto Nairobi, a snap pea that’s extremely popular in Europe. These stringless 3–3 ½ inch dark green pods develop in pairs and are early maturing, sweet and crisp. Mildew resistant plants make Nairobi a great candidate for fall growing HR: PM.
PE629C NAIROBI
Sugar Magnolia
Nairobi
Little Snappea Crunch
Sugar Daddy
Sugar Ann
Super Sugar Snap
Cascadia
Shelling
SIENNA
(OP) 63 days. Sienna is a superstar, proving to be the highest yielding shelling pea in our trials! Pea season can’t get here fast enough, but this amazing performer offers up a very fast crop of multiple, dark green pods per node on 18–24 inch vines. Open the blunt, 3 inch pods and enjoy the first, sweet, plump, green peas of the season! F 1–2, PM.
PE631C SIENNA
1 oz
PLS 560 (OP) 60 days. A top-notch sheller with lots of delicious peas and tons of tendrils. Great production of 3 ½ inch long, plump pods that contain 9–12 dark green, very tasty peas means less shelling and more peas! Robust, strong-stemmed, bush-habited plants don't require trellising. Determinate fruit set makes this an ideal choice for canning or freezing. HR: F 1–2, PM. IR: DM.
PE645G PLS
PEA-PLES CHOICE MIX
(OP) We’ve assembled a combo of some of our favorites from the 3 areas of the pea world: Alaska Early (shelling), Sugar Sprint (snap), and Oregon Sugar Pod II (snow), 3 ounces of each. This perfectly balanced combo delivers sweet, delicious peas from sturdy, disease-resistant plants for fresh eating, stir-fries, freezing, and canning.
PE615C PEA-PLES CHOICE MIX
MAESTRO
(OP) 60 days. Maestro allows multiple pickings, and it is easy to see which pods are ready since they tend to stick out on the plant. Long thin pods contain 8–9 mediumsized, sweet, tender peas. High yielding. Grows to 22 inches. PEMV, PM.
PE619C MAESTRO
GREEN ARROW
(OP) 70 days. We can’t say enough good things about this variety. It’s a delightful heirloom with disease resistance, easy picking, and delicious, all-purpose crops. Pods reach 4 inches long and are filled with 9–11 plump, sweet and tender peas. The pods develop in pairs within easy reach at the top of the compact, 24 inch plants. DM, F.
PE628G GREEN ARROW ORGANIC
CANOE
(OP) 70 days. Canoe packs more peas per pod than any other variety we’ve seen. Approximately a dozen delightfully sweet peas snuggle in each long, slightly curved, boatshaped pod. The semi-leafless plants reach 30 inches and provide plentiful crops.
PE633C CANOE
LINCOLN
(OP) 67 days. This treasured English heirloom, also called Homesteader, is still regarded by many as the sweetest shelling pea available. Expect impressive yields and heat tolerance, even from late plantings. The easy-shelling 3–4 inch pods fill out nicely with tender green peas, unmatched for fresh eating. Sturdy, wilttolerant plants can reach 30 inches with little assistance, but yield best if staked. F.
PE637C LINCOLN
ALASKA EARLY
(OP) 57 days. Minimize the wait for fresh, sweet shelling peas with this extra-early variety. Vigorous plants reach 4 feet tall and produce bountiful harvests of 2 ½–3 ¼ inch attractive pods with 5–8 small, smooth-skinned, fat peas each. Start harvesting early and keep picking to have continuous fresh peas. Allowed to dry, they make exquisite split pea soup.
PE642C ALASKA EARLY
Key to Pea Disease Resistance/Tolerance
indicates high resistance.
indicates intermediate resistance.
| Ascochyta
Canoe
Green Arrow
Lincoln
Alaska Early
Maestro
Sienna
PEPPERS
Days to maturity are calculated from date of transplanting and reflect edible green fruit.
Culture
l Peppers are warm-season annuals that grow best in composted, well-drained soils with a pH of 5.5‒6.8
l Extra calcium and phosphorus are needed for highest yields
l Plants perform best when grown in raised beds and covered with plastic mulch
l Row cover young plants, remove after blossoms form
l Peppers grow slowly in cool soils; do not transplant before weather has stabilized
l Peppers set fruit best between 65‒85°F
Direct Sowing
l Not recommended
Transplanting
l Start seeds in trays 8‒12 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Once seedlings have 2 sets of true leaves, up-pot to a 4 inch pot
l Use ½ cup TSC's Complete fertilizer and a shovelful of compost around each plant
l Fertilize with Age Old Bloom when plants begin to flower
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Flea beetles, aphids
l Pest control: Pyrethrin or row covers
l Common diseases: See chart below
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Peppers are generally fully ripe and have the most flavor and vitamins when they turn red, yellow, purple, or orange
l Store at 45‒55°F and 95% relative humidity
CALIFORNIA WONDER 300
(OP) 65 days. Each plant produces wonderfully sweet bell peppers that are typically 4 lobed, thick walled, and blocky. The leafy plant habit provides good scald protection and the large rich green fruit turn red on the bush. A great choice for cool growing conditions. TMV.
PP660C CALIFORNIA WONDER 300
¼ gram ½ oz 2 grams
$3.95 $6.15 $10.55
PP660G CALIFORNIA WONDER
PP660T
PP660GT
TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $13.15 See Transplant Order Form for more information
PRISM
(F1) 85 days. An astounding new variety for the snacking bell pepper fan! Beautifully uniform, tall, columnar plants pack on lots of 3–5 lobed, 2 ¼ inch tall and 2 ¼ inch wide fruit. The peppers ripen gradually from creamy green to bright red, offering harvest at any stage depending on one’s preference. The thick walls, sweet, bell pepper flavor and satisfying crunch make Prism a crowd pleaser, and the tight seed cluster makes cleaning a breeze. Be warned, the heavy load of fruit that each plant produces warrants a tomato cage or other support to keep the crop upright!
PP723C PRISM
25 seeds 500 seeds 100 seeds
$5.95 $16.95 $60.75
PP723T PRISM TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
CANDY CANE CHOCOLATE CHERRY
(F1) 70–75 days. This snacking pepper is as delicious as it looks, and its plant is pretty enough to fit right into the most stunning ornamental garden with its vibrant variegated foliage. The mini bell-shaped fruit is 3 ½ inches long and 2 ½ inches wide. It starts out green with white stripes and matures through red with white and finally to chocolate with red stripes. Tasty at any stage, it’s sweet and crispy.
PP684C CANDY CANE CHOCOLATE CHERRY
15 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$4.95 $11.35 $19.95
PP684T CANDY CANE CHOC. CHERRY TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
MILENA
(F1) 70 days. Milena produces enormous, blocky bells that reach up to a half-pound each! The beautiful fruit start green, ripen to orange, and develop 3–4 lobes with thick walls. The highyielding plants are adaptable to a variety of conditions and produce in cool and hot temperatures. HR: PVY 0–1, TEV, ToMV 0–3. IR: TSWV 0.
PP705G MILENA ORGANIC
$6.95 $31.95
PP705T MILENA TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
DOUBLE UP
(F1) 70 days. Hey West Coast! Do you love bell peppers? Double Up is made to order for you! Big, green to red, blocky bells have a juicy sweet flavor and big payoffs. Larger-habit plants set a very concentrated flush of fruit; harvest them, and you’ll get another flush of delicious bells. HR: BLS 0–3, 5, 7–8, TMV 0.
PP687C DOUBLE UP 25 seeds
seeds 100 seeds
$4.95 $10.95 $47.45
PP687T DOUBLE UP TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GOLDEN STAR
(F1) 62 days. The picture-perfect fruit is very thick walled and grows to a blocky, 4 inch size. Peppers start out medium-green then mature to bright yellow with crisp, sweet flavor.
PP670C GOLDEN STAR
¼ gram
$5.15 $7.35
PP670T GOLDEN STAR TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Candy Cane Chocolate Cherry
Golden Star
Double Up
Milena
STADDON ' S SELECT
Dragonfly DRAGONFLY
(F1) 55 days. Dragonfly’s striking, deep purple, nearly black shade is guaranteed to impress! These elongated, 3 inch fruit emerge light green and quickly develop their dark pigment with thick walls and a pleasantly sweet flavor. Productive plants perform well even in growing conditions with lower fertility. Fruit maintains its purple hue for an extended period but will eventually ripen to red. HR: TMV, ToMV 0–2.
PP658C DRAGONFLY
(OP) 70 days. Do you find it difficult to get bell peppers to ripen in your microclimate or would you prefer to be the first on the block with ripe peppers? Then try growing Staddon's Select. This blocky 3–4 lobed, thick-walled pepper gets large and sweet and will turn from a glossy green to a bright red right on the vine. TMV.
PP661G STADDON'S SELECT ORGANIC
PP661T
Specialty
ITALIAN SWEET
(OP) 70 days. Produces a heavy set of 8 inch long, conical, thick walled, very sweet peppers that turn red very quickly. When fully ripe the fruit is amazingly tasty and great for making sweet pickles.
PP664G
PP664T
Gourmet GOURMET
(OP) 85 days. This Swiss variety matures early enough to get good color before frost. It has heavy, thick walls, the traditional blocky shape, and the sweetest flavor you’ll find in an orange pepper. Typically produces 6–12, 4-lobed fruit per plant. Bell-shaped fruit are 3 inches wide and 5 inches long. TMV.
PP669C GOURMET
¼ gram
WONDER BELL
(F1) 70 days. Semi-upright plants loaded up with staggering amounts of 4-lobed fruit with a sweet, snappy flavor. Deep green fruit ripen to a blazing red and weigh in at just about a third of a pound each! We found the crops to be quite disease resistant. HR: TMV, ToMV.
PP659C WONDER BELL 25 seeds
Bridge to Paris
BRIDGE TO PARIS
(OP) 83 days. We consider Bridge to Paris among the best all-around pepper we’ve grown. A sweet Italian type, this marvel offers staggeringly huge yields of big, elongated fruit with very few seeds and excellent flavor. Emerging green and ripening to red, the peppers can reach 7–9 inches long with a fruity taste. Enjoy the harvests fresh, fried, dried or smoked. The plants get tall, up to 30 inches in our trials, and load up with over two dozen fruit per plant. Thanks to Hudson Valley Seed for offering this exceptional de-hybridized pepper.
PP700G BRIDGE TO PARIS ORGANIC
¼ gram 2 grams
$4.95 $9.85
PP700T BRIDGE TO PARIS TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GATHERER’S GOLD SWEET ITALIAN (OP) 70 days. A gorgeous, golden variation of the quintessential, sweet Italian frying pepper.
Long, tapered, smooth-skinned fruit are sweet and tasty with relatively few seeds. Fruits remain golden even at full maturity and are superb fried or raw. Large, vigorous plants.
PP674G
PP674T
LOLA (F1) 65 days. To say Lola is among the highest yielding peppers we’ve ever grown is not even close to exaggerating! The mind-boggling plants reached waist-high in our trials and loaded up with huge, 7 ½–8 inch banana-type fruit. The thick-walled, light yellow peppers develop very early and are mild tasting. They slowly ripen to orange and then finally to bright red. Great disease resistance means a very high rate of success in the garden. HR: BLS 0–3, 7–8. IR: TSWV.
PP731C LOLA
PP731T LOLA TRANSPLANT
(OP) 75 days. An almost uncanny sweet, fruity flavor makes these peppers tempting and delightful eaten straight off the plant, but traditional Italian cuisine typically uses them for frying. The long, slender fruit will easily reach 6–9 inches starting green and ripening to red. Super productive, diseaseresistant plants.
PP671G JIMMY NARDELLO’S ORGANIC
PP671T JIMMY NARDELLO’S TRANSPLANT
Wonder Bell
Staddon's Select
Italian Sweet
Lola
Jimmy Nardello's
JIMMY NARDELLO’S
Orange, Red & Yellow Sweetie
SWEETIE PEPPERS
(F1) 62–75 days. Snacking veggies are getting tons of attention and the demand keeps growing! This series of colorful, irresistible peppers offers a snappy crunch and scrumptious flavor for equal appeal to the eye and palate. Juicy, sweet fruit reach 1 ½ inches wide and 3 ½ inches tall, ripening to vivid colors with few to no seeds. Uniform plants produce heavy yields for lots of healthy munching.
PP718C
PP715T
PP717T
See Transplant Order Form for more information
SWEETIE SNACK PACK
Treat yourself to a combo of colorful snacking peppers with this collection of one of each of the Yellow and Orange and two of the Red Sweetie plants.
PP001T SWEETIE SNACK PACK TRANSPLANTS
PADRÓN
(OP) 60 days. These Spanish cousins of the extremely popular Shishito pepper are experiencing equal attention and demand. The small, 2 ½ inch, wrinkled fruit are mild and tasty when green and develop a delicious spice at larger sizes while ripening to a vivid red. Sturdy plants produce heavy and continuous harvests. Enjoy these little wonders in a huge range of preparations including pan blistered, stuffed, and pickled to name a few.
PP729G
PP729T
TAKARA (F1) 60 days. Shishitos are quickly rising to the top ranks in popularity for their tasty, mild spice and snackability. Takara produces richly flavored, 3 inch long, light green peppers that ripen to red. Early and productive, the compact, well-branched, spreading plants provide heavy harvests of uniform, slender, bite-sized peppers with sturdy stems. We love Takara lightly tossed in oil, blackened on the grill, and tossed with a bit of coarse sea salt.
PP704C TAKARA
PP704T TAKARA TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GHOST (BHUT
(OP) C. chinense Jacq. 100 days. Ghost is rated at about 300 times hotter than a jalapeño. They’re becoming a culinary rage, where you might find them incorporated (in small amounts) in ketchup, burgers, jelly, and even hard candy. The wrinkled fruit reach 2 ½–3 inches long and ripen from orange to red. Start indoors earlier than other peppers as seed is slow to germinate.
PP691C
(BHUT JOLOKIA)
ANAHEIM COLLEGE 64
(OP) 74 days. If you like a medium sizzle for your palate, try these peppers. Same as the green Anaheim chilis you find in the grocery store, but better because you’ll get to eat them fresh and full of flavor! Anaheim College 64 yields 6–10 tasty fruit per plant, each 6–8 inches long. The thick-walled conical fruit turn from green to red. Excellent roasted and stuffed or minced into salsa and guacamole.
PP686C ANAHEIM COLLEGE 64
¼ gram ½ oz 2 grams
$3.75 $5.54 $9.95
PP686G ANAHEIM COLLEGE 64 ORGANIC
¼ gram 2 grams
PP686T
$4.95 $9.35
BUFFY
(F1) 75 days. Get ready for harvest baskets overflowing with hot peppers! The fruit from this extremely prolific plant burns, but not as hot as other Thai types. Very early to set fruit, this award-winning pepper will make your dishes sing. The juicy, 2 inch, thick-walled fruit emerge green and turn lipstick red when ripe.
PP654C
RED MUSHROOM (OP) C. chinense 73 days. We’ve been refining this very early Scotch Bonnet type for decades, and we’re very proud to offer it for its high yield and quick maturity. A reliable producer of curious looking, 2–2 ¼ inch squat, wrinkled peppers, Red Mushroom is extremely tasty, fruity and spicy. The thin-walled fruit dries quickly for eye-opening chili powder.
PP040G RED MUSHROOM ORGANIC ¼ gram $4.95
PP040T RED MUSHROOM TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Takara
Buffy
Anaheim College 64
Red Mushroom
Ghost (Bhut Jolokia)
Padrón
JOLOKIA)
NEW RAJAH
(F1) 85 days. This Cayenne pepper is an allaround excellent choice. The spicy fruit has superior quality both fresh and dried and produces high yields over a long period. Plants are uniform with vigorous roots, making them widely adaptable with exceptional performance even in less-than-ideal conditions. Scoville rating of 6,000.
PP738C RAJAH
25 seeds
$5.95 $16.95 $59.95
PP738T RAJAH TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
ARAPAHO
(F1) 65 days. No more waiting for the sweet-spicy flavor of a high-quality cayenne! Arapaho ripens well before other cayennes and delivers 8–9 inch long, wrinkled fruit that starts out green and ripens to brilliant red. The compact, vigorous plants are high yielding and provide excellent leaf cover to protect the fruit against sunscald.
PP726C ARAPAHO
25
$5.35
PP726T ARAPAHO
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
EARLY JALAPEÑO
(OP) 66 days. Most familiar in their green stage, jalapeños are hottest and fully ripe when they turn red. The stocky 2 foot tall plants will not fall over or break branches even with a heavy load of fruit. The short, 2–3 inch peppers are thick walled and juicy. Early Jalapeño will set fruit under cooler conditions than other jalapeño varieties. Use fresh, pickled, or in sauces.
PP683C EARLY JALAPEÑO
¼ gram ½ oz 2 grams
$3.85 $5.65 $10.45
PP683G EARLY JALAPEÑO ORGANIC
¼ gram 500 seeds 100 seeds
$4.55 $6.25 $10.85
PP683T EARLY JALAPEÑO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
LA BOMBA II
(F1) 56 days. Our best tasting jalapeño! These 2 ½‒3 ½ inch, early peppers have extra thick, ¼ inch walls. They have a hint of sweet followed by a mild flavor with no bitterness and finish with a burst of true jalapeño heat. Disease-resistant plants have a strong, upright habit and good leaf coverage to protect the fruit from sunscald. BLS 1–3, TMV.
PP688C LA BOMBA II
PP688T LA BOMBA II
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
PURPLE JALAPEÑO
(OP) 85 days. This nearly black pepper is a favorite in our trials. The dynamo plants produce showy lavender flowers followed by a deluge of 2 ¾ inch long fruit that are ¾ inch wide. The peppers emerge a deep green, mature to purple, and eventually ripen to blood red.
PP692G PURPLE JALAPEÑO ORGANIC
¼ gram ½ oz 2 grams
$4.95 $9.85 $36.95
PP692T PURPLE JALAPEÑO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
PRIMERO RED
(F1) 80 days. The earliest ripening habanero, and also somewhat more gentle, heat-wise, than typical, very hot habanero varieties. Primero Red ripens right around the time of many bell peppers and produces very generous yields of these delightfully fruity peppers. The fruit averages 2–3 ½ inches long and 1–1 ½ inches wide, ripening from green to red with moderately wrinkled skin. IR: TSWV.
POPPIN' JALAPEÑO
PARTY
(OP) 65‒85 days. Enjoy a fiesta of colorful, spicy jalapeños from this combo. We’ve got one package with 4 varieties (10 seeds of each, included in separate envelopes) each with distinct color: green ripening to red, green to yellow, purple to red, and green to orange for the showiest salsa, prettiest pickles, and most powerful poppers.
PP735C POPPIN' JALAPEÑO PARTY 4 pkgs $6.95
Primero Red
Arapaho
Rajah
La Bomba II
Purple Jalapeño
Early Jalapeño
Poppin' Jalapeño Party
(OP) C. chinense 90–100 days. Habanero is about as hot as they come. When added to salsa or dip, this little pepper will make your taste buds shout! Compact 12 inch plants yield thin walled peppers that start out dark green and ripen to a pink-orange color. Start indoors in March. Seed is slow to germinate and should be kept at 80–85°F. Well worth the extra time. PP681G
Pathfinder
PATHFINDER
(F1) 60 days. If you’re over jalapeños and trying to take heat to the next level, look no further than this serrano. Pathfinder is even more prolific than its predecessor, Sureño, exhibiting sturdy compact plants laden with 4 ½–5 inch, deep green peppers. HR: BLS 0–3, 7, 8. IR: RK, Pc.
PP653C PATHFINDER
25 seeds 500 seeds 100 seeds
$4.95 $10.35 $40.95
PP653T PATHFINDER TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
TRIDENT
(F1) 80 days. A magnificent poblano for your rellenos or drying. These 2-lobed peppers grow to a huge, 6 ½–7 inches long with glossy, dark green skin that ripens to a deep red. Expect continuous harvests of delicious fruit from the robust plants. HR: TMV.
PP663C
AJI RICO
(F1) C. baccatum 61 days. Aji Rico’s 2 ½–4 inch long, conical fruit ripen surprisingly early, especially for a spicy variety. Its large, very vigorous plants produce bushels of green to red-when-ripe fruit that’s breathtakingly citrusy and sweet with a clean, medium spice. A great candidate for enjoying fresh at any stage of maturity, dried or cooked.
PP730C AJI RICO
PP730G AJI RICO ORGANIC
HABANADA
(OP) C. chinense 70 days. This nearly fire-free habanero offers all the delicious, fruity, tropical flavor of a standard habanero but without the burn. At fully ripe—a glowing orange—Habanada has its most well-developed and complex flavor. Compact plants are great for small spaces or containers. Developed at Cornell University.
PP719C HABANADA
PP719G HABANADA ORGANIC
PP730T AJI RICO TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Low Heat
FELICITY
(F1) 80 days. Felicity is a heatless jalapeño. With all of the flavor and taste but without the spicy fire, Felicity sets copious amounts of thick-walled, large peppers. Sturdy, semiupright plants set green fruit that will ripen to bright red.
PP690C FELICITY
ALMA PAPRIKA
(OP) 80 days. A sweet, prolific, multi-use pepper that can be eaten fresh, pickled or dried. Plants are loaded with thick-walled peppers that develop just a hint of warmth. The 1–2 inch fruit start out creamy white and then turn to orange before finally turning shiny red. Harvest red for most uses.
PP706G ALMA PAPRIKA ORGANIC
ITALIAN PEPPERONCINI
(OP) 75 days. Even during cooler-than-average summers, we’ve been rewarded with many peppers per plant. The bushy plants provide good scald protection. Sweet yellow peppers turn red in the fall and become amazingly sweeter. Try this unique variety eaten raw or pickled in the traditional way. An Italian heirloom.
PP668C ITALIAN PEPPERONCINI
PP668T ITALIAN PEPPERONCINI
Alma Paprika
Felicity
Italian Pepperoncini
Aji RIco
Ornamental
BLANCO
(F1) C. pepo 100 days. Glowing in the pumpkin patch, these bone-white pumpkins look like specters peering up through the vines. Blanco’s smooth, unblemished skin is nicely ribbed on uniform fruit for absolutely ghostly displays. Each squash measures a squat, 8 inches across and weighs 4–6 pounds. Their slender handles add an extra unusual touch with stripes of green on white. Blanco retains its pure white color better than other varieties, resisting yellowing from sunlight and frosts. Approximately 8 seeds per gram. PM.
PU712C BLANCO
JILL BE LITTLE
(OP) C. pepo 100 days. These cute, mini pumpkins weigh in at only ½ pound each and 3–4 inches across with a uniform, flattened shape, deep ribs and a beautiful orange color. Just right for all matters of autumn decorations inside and out, their long shelf life will keep your décor festive into the holidays. Strong vines are reliably productive and disease resistant. Approximately 14 seeds per gram. PM.
PU708C JILL
BABY BOO
(OP) C. pepo 100 days. Baby Boo produces bone-white mini pumpkins that are as enjoyable to look at as they are to eat. A reliably productive variety, these palm-sized fruit string on creeping vines like Halloween garlands. For pure white color, harvest prior to full maturity, because this one turns a very pale yellow when fully ripe. Approximately 12–15 seeds per gram.
PU728C BABY BOO
LIL’ PUMP-KE-MON
(F1) C. pepo 100 days. The adorable, cheery fruit sport bone-white rinds adorned with vivid orange in the grooves with a little green thrown in. Plants set excellent yields of the uniform, 5 ½ inch wide by 3 inch high, squat fruit. Lil’ Pump-ke-mon brings its vibrant personality to your autumn decorations and fall feasts. Perfectly sized for individual servings.
PU726C LIL’ PUMP-KE-MON
PUMPKINS
Cucurbita spp.
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Requires uniform irrigation totaling 15–20 inches of water during the growing season
l Bee attractant flowers or beehives will help yields — misshapen or non-developing fruit is often the result of poor pollination
Direct Sowing
l Refer to the squash culture on page 84
Transplanting
l Refer to the squash culture on page 84
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Cucumber beetles and squash bugs, stink bugs
l Pest control: Pyrethrin
l Common diseases: Various wilts, leaf spots mildews, and various viral diseases
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation, and fungicide applications
Harvest & Storage
l Refer to the squash culture on page 84
l Pumpkins can tolerate a light frost, but must be protected from a hard frost
l Dry gourds: Wash gently in a solution of 10 parts water and 1 part bleach, carefully removing all dirt, then store in a warm, dry location
l Store at 55–70°F and 70% relative humidity
TOAD
(F1) C. pepo 85 days. Hop on out to the pumpkin patch to harvest some of the cutest, warty squash ever! These little, orange, 2 pound, blocky, 5 inch globes have very hard shells with lots of bumpy knobs. Bushhabit plants produce 5–6 fruit with nice, long handles.
PU730C
Edible/Hulless Seed
NAKED BEAR
(F1) C. pepo 105 days. Now you truly can have your cake (or pie) and eat it too with this uncompromising pumpkin. A dual-use variety, it produces 2‒4 pound, dark orange fruit with sweet, rich flesh for baking and hulless, or dare we say, bare naked seeds for snacking. From creamy, spiced pies to nutty, nutritious seeds, Naked Bear does it all. Approximately 5 seeds per gram. IR: PM.
PU722C
Baby Boo
Jill Be Little
Blanco
Jack-O'-Lantern Edible/Ornamental
(F1) C. pepo 95 days. One of our best discoveries for Halloween pumpkins. Its heavy crown set will give you an early crop in plenty of time for Halloween. The dark orange fruit have medium ribbing, sit 16 inches tall, 12 inches wide, and weigh 16–24 pounds. The vigorous, compact vines fi t well in smaller gardens. A real winner that’s just right for kid picking! Approximately 6 seeds per gram. PM.
PU725C
3
HOWDEN
(OP) C. pepo 110 days. Howden is the traditional old-time Halloween favorite. The 20–30 pound, intensely bright orange pumpkins have defined ribs and strong handles for jack-o'-lanterns. Large spreading 10 foot vines produce 4–6 carving pumpkins per plant. Approximately 5 seeds per gram.
PU717C HOWDEN 3 grams 1 oz 7 grams
NEON
(F1) C. pepo 80 days. We saw Neon glowing orange in our pumpkin trials far earlier than any other variety. Ripening extra early to accelerate the pumpkin harvest, you can start picking up to a month earlier than many other pumpkins. Just right for pies and jack-o'-lanterns, the 7–8 pound, uniform globes measure about 10 inches wide and 8 ½ inches tall. Semi-bush plants. Approximately 5 seeds per gram.
PU719C
Giant
ATLANTIC GIANT
(OP) C. maxima 110 days. Mammoth and colossal don’t begin to describe this one. The granddaddy of them all, Atlantic Giant can tip the scales at over 800 pounds. This buffcolored, heirloom squash has taken first prize for size in contests all over the US. Rambling vines easily reach 15 feet and set 2–4 fruit per plant. Approximately 2–3 seeds per gram. PU731C
BIG MOOSE
(OP) C. maxima 110 days. This lumbering pumpkin is an undeniable stand-out in the garden and field. The huge, heavy, radiant deep orange squash have defined ribs that may develop a tan highlight. Topping out at a massive 50–125 pounds each, these giants are great for carving or straight off the strong, rangy vines for attention-getting autumn displays. Approximately 2 seeds per gram.
PU739C
SMALL SUGAR
(OP) C. pepo 110 days. An heirloom, Small Sugar pumpkins have very smooth-textured, bright orange flesh and the finest flavor for making mouthwatering pies. Vines develop 4–6 round, orange, slightly ribbed, 7 inch diameter, scrumptious wonders. Approximately 6 seeds per gram.
PU716C
(CINDERELLA)
(OP) C. maxima 110 days. This centuries-old French heirloom pumpkin looks just like the coach in the fairytale Cinderella. The glowing orange color contrasts magically with the very pronounced lobes and flattened top. Tasty, orange flesh transforms pies and savory dishes. Each plant sends out 10 foot vines with up to 6 fruit as large as 15 inches across. Approximately 3 seeds per gram.
PU720C CINDERELLA
WINTER LUXURY
(OP) C. pepo 105 days. Winter Luxury comfortably commandeered first place in our ‘pie class’ pumpkin taste-off for outstanding flavor and texture. The 6 pound beauties have thick, dense sweet flesh. The rounded fruit has orange skin that’s netted in a fine veil. In the field, the unusual skin texture gives this squash a rich, velvety appearance befitting of its name. Approximately 6 seeds per gram. PU733C WINTER LUXURY
Atlantic Giant
Big Moose
Magic Lantern
Howden
Neon
Rouge Vif D'Etampes (Cinderella)
Winter Luxury
NEW RED PONTIAC
Mid-season 80 days. Red Pontiac's large, spreading plants produce medium-sized tubers with thin red skin and white interiors. A widely adaptable, high yielding, all-purpose potato that stores well.
XP729C RED PONTIAC
2 lbs
$20.95
GERMAN BUTTERBALL
Late-season 110–135 days. German Butterball offers everything one could possibly want in a potato: heirloom quality, slightly flaky, deep golden flesh, and an irresistible flavor. The oval-shaped potatoes are the most versatile for every kind of preparation. Large plants have high tuber set and exhibit disease resistance. Superior storage.
XP705C GERMAN BUTTERBALL
$20.95
HUCKLEBERRY GOLD
Mid-season 90‒100 days. The dark pigment in Huckleberry Gold’s skin reveals its high antioxidant content, and the creamy, not-toomoist flesh makes for superior boiled, baked or microwaved recipes. Plants show good resistance to scab and Verticillium wilt and produce uniform crops of well-shaped, round to oval, medium-sized spuds. This extra special variety was the result of a triple-university collaboration in the northwestern US.
XP717G HUCKLEBERRY GOLD ORGANIC 2
$29.95
RED THUMB
Early-season 70–90 days. This spud gets a thumbs up, both in the garden and in the kitchen! Extremely uniform tubers grow to approximately 1 inch in diameter and 3–4 inches long. Smooth red skin, shallow eyes, and brilliant reddish-pink flesh makes this attractive heirloom potato a joy to present and enjoy at the table.
XP723C RED THUMB
VIVALDI
Mid-early season. 80‒90 days. Vivaldi hits all the high notes with flavor, yield, long harvest window, versatility, and disease resistance. Adaptable to almost any potato recipe, it brings velvety smooth texture and a creamy, buttery flavor—a real palate-pleaser. Brought to the US from Europe, Vivaldi is now taking our country by storm! Very uniform, oval tubers have smooth yellow skin and yellow flesh.
XP703C VIVALDI
DÉSIRÉE
Early-season 70–90 days. A European favorite with rosy-red skin and smooth, creamy, moist, golden-colored flesh. Excellent full-bodied flavor, great for all-around kitchen use. Reliable producer, resistant to common potato diseases.
XP704C DÉSIRÉE
POTATOES
POTATOES
Solanum tuberosum
Solanum tuberosum
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Potatoes prefer fertile, loose, well-drained soil
l Forking beds is recommended
l Apply a fertilizer that is low in nitrogen and high in phosphorus such as bone meal — use 5–7 pounds per 100 square feet
l Proper soil pH of 5.2‒6.0 will help avoid scab
l Irrigate thoroughly when needed, allow the soil to dry out somewhat before watering again
l Hilling: as plants grow, cover with soil, mulch, or compost, while leaving top-growth exposed — repeat process 3–4 times throughout season
Direct Sowing
l Plant up to 3 weeks before your last frost date
l Larger potatoes can be cut into smaller pieces to use as seed — allow the cut potato to heal before planting to prevent rot (2‒3 days at 70°F)
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Colorado potato beetle, tuber flea beetle, potato aphid, potato psyllid, potato tuber worm/moth
l Pest control: Pyrethrin, row covers
l Common diseases: Early and late blight, white mold, botrytis, leaf roll virus, mosaic virus, verticilium wilt, potato scab
l Disease prevention: Fungicides, 4-year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l "New" potatoes can be harvested from early varieties beginning 60 days after planting
l Once top-growth dies down, leave in the ground for 2 weeks and then harvest
l Dig tubers carefully, brush off soil and allow skins to dry before storing
l Standard potatoes yield about 10 times the amount originally planted
l Fingerling potatoes yield 15–20 times the amount originally planted
l Store in a dark location; 40‒45°F and 90% relative humidity
Potato Storage Bags
Our Potato Storage Bags are made from all-natural, 10 ounce burlap (jute) and are perfect for storing everything from potatoes to grains or beans and everything in between! Measures 14 inches by 26 inches and holds up to 25 pounds of potatoes.
ZSU890
Huckleberry Gold
Désirée
Red Thumb
Vivaldi
Red Pontiac
German Butterball
Kitchen Garden Collection
KITCHEN GARDEN COLLECTION
The Kitchen Garden Collection offers you a 2 pound package each of the following varieties: Masquerade, Désirée, and Vivaldi. We've hand selected these varieties to give you a wide range of potatoes suited to all cooking purposes. Save $7.90. Substitutions may occur within the collection.
XP720C KITCHEN GARDEN COLLECTION
6 lbs
$54.95
Mini Tuber Collection
MINI TUBER COLLECTION
Your potato patch will abound with this multi-color collection of mini tubers. Includes 10 each of Adirondack Blue, Sangre and Russet Burbank for an abundant harvest of delectable spuds and a moneysaving price of $14.90 off from purchasing them separately.
XPM760C MINI TUBER COLLECTION
30 mini tubers
$59.95
Potatoes begin shipping in March and shipping continues until we are sold out. We will prioritize orders for warmer zones to ship first and will avoid shipping to cooler zones until threat of freezing has diminished. Order early for best availability. Sorry, potatoes aren't available to Alaska, US Territories, or Canada. Mini Tubers aren't available to US Territories or Canada.
Mini Tubers
Mini tubers are naturally bred, miniaturized seed potatoes that are produced in controlled, disease-free conditions. Field research shows that mini tubers out-perform standard cut potatoes, since the skin of the mini tuber remains intact and protects the seed. Simply plant each quarter-sized mini tuber individually and expect a harvest of 30–40 pounds of full-sized potatoes from each order of 10 mini tubers.
ADIRONDACK BLUE
Early to mid-season 75–90 days. A delicious and high-yielding spud with vibrant blue/ purple flesh and skin. Tubers are round to oblong with a waxy-moist texture. The Adirondack potatoes are a newer breeding marvel from Cornell University. Large plants have purple-tinged leaves and show resistance to foliar late blight US-23.
XPM753C ADIRONDACK BLUE
10 mini tubers
$24.95
RUSSET BURBANK
Late-season 110‒135 days. Russets are always a crowd-pleaser, and this heirloom has been a favorite for over 100 years! These long, cylindrical spuds have a smooth, tan skin and creamy flesh. Unmatched for baking and fries, and it stores very well. Large, vigorous plants show resistance to scab and yield excellent harvests.
XPM752C RUSSET BURBANK
10 mini tubers
$24.95
BLACKBERRY
Mid-season 80‒100 days. A marvel in potato breeding from Michigan State University, Blackberry is a gorgeous spud with supersaturated purple color through-and-through. These uniform, anthocyanin-packed, round potatoes are tasty and retain their deep color when cooked. Full-size, semi-erect plants are high producers and disease resistant.
XPM750C BLACKBERRY
10 mini tubers
$24.95
AUSTRIAN CRESCENT
Late-season 105–135 days. A high-yielding long, thin fingerling that can reach up to 10 inches. Sometimes referred to as Kipfel in German (referring to its crescent shape), these pale yellow-skinned spuds have firm, waxy, yellow flesh. We love them boiled for potato salad or roasted with sea salt and garlic.
XPM721C AUSTRIAN CRESCENT
10 mini tubers
$24.95
SANGRE
Early-season 70–90 days. From the heart of the garden, Sangre is one of the finest quality red-skinned potatoes. The appealing, oval, white-fleshed tubers have smooth, thick, deep red skins and shallow eyes. With exquisite creamy texture they are unmatched baked or boiled. Medium-sized plants set fairly shallow roots and high yields for easy harvest.
XPM756C SANGRE
10 mini tubers
$24.95
Russet Burbank
Adirondack Blue
Austrian Crescent
Blackberry
Sangre
Sweet Potato Plants
TREASURE ISLAND
Now you can have your cake and eat it too with these spectacular sweet potatoes. A first for plant breeding, The Treasure Island series plants are new introductions that have won awards and the hearts of gardeners with their fabulous, edible foliage and gourmet-quality tuber production. Sweet potato vine has been a go-to trailing foliage staple in mixed plantings, hanging baskets and containers. The colorful leaves are an outstanding counterpoint to flowering plants, but Treasure Island offers the added bonus of delicious, healthy tuber harvest at the end of the season. Enjoy the beautiful foliage all summer long, and instead of just tossing the spent plants when the weather cools, you’ll have a harvest of delectable sweet potatoes.
MANIHI TREASURE ISLAND - Alluring burgundy-purple foliage with a maple leaf shape and deep orange tubers with exquisite flavor.
MAKATEA TREASURE ISLAND - Outstanding, heart-shaped, chartreuse foliage and extraordinary light orange tubers with creamy flesh.
XP610C MANIHI TREASURE ISLAND
XP611C MAKATEA TREASURE ISLAND
1 plant $24.95
Treasure Island Plants ship in May. The plants are in 3 ½ inch containers. Available only within the contiguous US. Sorry, not available to CA.
SWEET POTATO PLANT COLLECTION
90 days. These unique sweet potato varieties will bring all new flavor and texture to your culinary creations. Includes two plants of each of the following varieties:
O’Henry: O’Henry’s creamy-white interior is delicious and succulently moist. This tasty variety has the lavish texture of an orange/ red tuber, but with a beautiful, pale interior and light-colored skin.
Beauregard: The answer for gardeners in cooler growing conditions where other sweet potatoes won’t normally prosper. This classic, red-skinned, orange-fleshed variety tolerates a range of growing conditions successfully, yielding large tubers that are moist and sweet.
Purple: A gorgeous and extra nutritious addition to the varied range of sweet potato varieties. Purple, as its name implies, is bright purple outside with vibrant amethyst, tie-dye streaked flesh. Even when cooked, this brilliant coloring remains.
XP605C SWEET POTATO PLANT COLLECTION
6 plants ships late April 6 plants ships late May $44.95 $44.95
Sweet Potato Plant Collection ships late April or late May. The plants are in 3 ½ inch containers. Available only within the contiguous US. Sorry, not available to CA.
Slips are shipped Priority Mail directly from the growing fields, between mid-April and early June. Available only within the contiguous US. Sorry, not available to CA.
SWEET POTATOES
Ipomoea batatas
Days to maturity are calculated from date of planting.
Culture
l Sweet potatoes should be planted in the garden when the weather has stabilized in late spring and nighttime temperatures are above 60°F
l The use of low tunnels or cold frames is highly recommended in cooler climates and northern states with shorter seasons
l Rototill or fork in a 2 inch thick layer of compost and bone meal
l Create 6–8 inch high raised beds
l Soil should be adequately draining; water thoroughly every 7–10 days
l Sweet potatoes require up to 1 inch of water per week throughout the season
Transplanting
l Plant slips deeply into raised beds, up to top leaves
l Live plants should be planted even with the soil
l Keep evenly moist until you see new growth
l If the soil temperature is less than 65°F, plant slips in 3‒4 inch pots and keep them in a warm location until you can plant outside
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Usually pest free
l Common diseases: Scurf
l Disease prevention: Remove all plant debris after harvest and practice 3–4 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest prior to first frost after the weather cools in the fall
l To cure, brush off the soil and place the sweet potatoes in a warm, dry area (80‒85°F and 80‒90% relative humidity) for 7–14 days
l After curing, handle carefully and store them at 50–60°F
Potato Slips
GEORGIA JET
80–90 days. In our trials, Georgia Jet has been the earliest to mature. Beautiful emerald green vines, dusky rose skin, and deep orange flesh that is meaty and sweet.
XP602C GEORGIA JET
1 bunch (12 slips)
$32.95
MURASAKI
120 days. This much sought after Japanese sweet potato has amethyst skin and pearly flesh that’s creamy, sweet and nutty flavored. So different from ordinary sweet potatoes, Murasaki has drier, more subtly flavored flesh that begs to be roasted and topped simply with butter or miso for a sumptuous dish. Plants are disease resistant. This is a long season crop that benefits from plastic mulch to pre-warm the soil.
XP603C MURASAKI
1 bunch (12 slips)
$32.95
Georgia Jet
Sweet Potato Plant Collection
Manihi (top), Makatea (bottom)
Murasaki
Sweet
RADISHES
Raphanus sativus
Days to maturity calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Prepare the bed by working compost into the top 2–3 inches of soil
l Needs consistent soil moisture due to shallow root systems
l Dry or crowded conditions will slow growth and make roots hot or pithy
l The season may be extended from February through October by sowing in cold frames or using row covers
l For extended harvests plant every two weeks
Direct Sowing
l Direct sow spring through early summer, resume again in the fall
l Three grams will sow 7–8 row feet
l It is essential to thin promptly when they form 2 true leaves
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest while still young, before splitting, and remove tops before storing
l Let a few plants bolt and make a seed pod— green pods have a crunchy, mild radish flavor
l Store at 36°F and 100% relative humidity
ROXANNE
(F1) 25 days. This outstanding radish produces impeccably uniform roots with cardinal red skin and immaculate white interiors. The 1–1 ¼ inch orbs have crisp flesh that is snappy and tasty. Roxanne’s ability to retain its good flavor and texture even at larger sizes, along with its proven performance across the country, has helped it earn an AAS award.
RD757C ROXANNE
3
CELESTA
(F1) 25 days. A star performer in both our spring and fall plantings, this round, red skinned radish has crisp, snappy, snowwhite flesh and long field holding ability. Especially tolerant of cold, wet conditions, bolt-resistant plants produce uniform roots that remain intact without splitting. Strong, compact tops make for easy, clean harvest.
RD748C CELESTA
3 grams 1 oz 7
FRENCH BREAKFAST
(OP) 25–30 days. Carmine colored with whitetipped blunt bottoms, these 2–3 inch long cylindrical roots are ½ inch across and have a white interior. With light-green tops, this cultivar produces an abundance of mild and crispy roots. They grow well spring through summer.
RD744C FRENCH BREAKFAST
3 grams 1 oz 7 grams
$3.45 $4.45 $7.95
RD744ST FRENCH BREAKFAST SEED TAPE 1 tape 3 tapes
$6.95 $15.95
SORA
(OP) 26 days. Sora is a round red salad radish of the highest quality. Big, smooth, bright red roots can grow to rather large sizes without getting spongy, providing extra food value and a forgiving harvest window. Displays good tolerance to hot weather and grows well whether planted in spring, summer, or fall.
RD010G SORA ORGANIC
CRUNCHY CRIMSON
(F1) 28 days. We are astounded by how well this radish holds in the field, resisting pithiness even in the heat of summer. Crunchy Crimson sums up these roots perfectly; they’re a gorgeous red outside with pure white flesh inside that's crisp and juicy. The uniform roots are prime at an egg-shaped 1 ½ by 1 ¾ inches and have strong tops for easy harvest.
RD761C CRUNCHY CRIMSON
STARBURST
(F1) 60 days. It’s easy to see why watermelon-type radishes are all the rage. They are by far the prettiest variety we’ve grown. The sweet, white roots have brilliant fuchsiacolored flesh with light pink streaks radiating from the center, earning its stellar name. Best planted in early spring or fall, Starburst dresses up veggie platters, salads, and makes delicious pickles too!
RD756C STARBURST
grams 1 oz 7 grams
EASTER EGG II
(OP) 25–30 days. Radishes in a rainbow of colors—red, white, and purple. Excellent interior quality; these ¾–1 inch globes remain firm, crisp, and tender well beyond the stated maturity. Great choice for the children’s garden. A blend of Ruby, Plum Purple, and Snow Belle.
RD742C EASTER EGG II
Starburst
Easter Egg II
Roxanne
Celesta
Crunchy Crimson
Sora
French Breakfast
Belle
(OP) 22 days. Selected for top quality and yields, this cherry-red radish with a snow white interior has become the standard for salad gardens. Plant early, and these ¾–1 inch round, crisp radishes will be the first ones to the table.
RD741C CHERRY BELLE
3 grams 1 oz 7 grams
$3.40 $4.35 $6.95
RED HEAD
(OP) 35 days. Captivating, bicolored little globes have crystalline white bottoms and bright fuchsia crowns for an alluring complement to salads and crudités plates. The mild flavored roots are just as appealing to the palate as they are to the eyes, and are best when harvested at 1 inch in diameter.
RD751C
(OP) 38 days. Nile is easily the most unique radish we’ve seen in a long time! These beautiful crops produce striking, scarlet-colored roots with vivid red stems. The 1–1 ½ inch, globe-shaped radishes have bright white interiors that are sweet-hot and tender. Spineless leaves are great for fresh eating, too. The roots hold up very well in the heat of summer without developing the least bit of pithiness.
RD762C NILE
Dragon
DRAGON (F1) 40 days. Dragon sports fiery red skin with a brilliant white interior and crisp, mild flavor. Very fine, cylindrical roots develop few root hairs, and are best harvested at 4–5 inches long. A must for small-space gardens, the elongated shape offers more root in the same space as round radishes. Fantastic as a raw vegetable, Dragon is also a delightfully crunchy addition to stir-fries.
RD753C DRAGON
Daikon
SWEET BABY
(F1) 40‒45 days. These little bundles of joy won us over at our AAS trials and the other judges agreed. A pleasure to behold, the 3 inch, elongated roots have a brilliant violet exterior and striking pink flesh that’s streaked with purple. Equally appealing on the tongue, Sweet Baby packs a lot of crisp, juicy flavor that starts out sweet and ends with a refreshing hint of spice.
OV587C SWEET BABY
MINOWASE SUMMER CROSS NO. 3
(F1) 50 days. The 1 ¾ inch wide, 8–10 inch long uniform roots are white inside and out, super mild, sweet and juicy. Even kids love the crunchy mild flavor of this one! For a change of pace, try a salad made with equal amounts of thinly sliced Minowase radishes, bulb fennel and chopped parsley. Toss with lemon juice, olive oil and grated Parmesan cheese. Best sown from June through early August.
RHUBARB
Rheum rhabarbarum (P)
Plant
Culture
l Prefers an open, sunny place and fertile soil
l Dig in lots of compost or well-rotted manure
l Turn the soil as deeply as possible as it will help the roots grow deeper
Transplanting
l Dig a narrow trench and plant 3–4 feet apart
l Plant root division so that the growing point is just at the soil surface
l Add compost and 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer around each plant in the early spring every year
Pests & Diseases
l Consult your local county extension agent for specific problems
Harvest & Storage
l We suggest not harvesting the first year, allowing the plant to become well established
l Harvest by pulling rather than cutting
l Harvest from the bottom, stalks should be at least 10 inches
l Don’t remove more than half the stalks in a summer to allow the plant to build up food reserves
l Cut off flower stalks as they emerge
l Fresh rhubarb stalks can be stored 2–3 weeks at 33°F and 90–95% relative humidity
RED
Crimson Red has excellent, if not the best, rhubarb flavor. It has the perfect balance of sweet and tart. The large, fleshy stalks are tender and never stringy. Each plant produces heavy yields of 24 inch, plump, red stalks. Very winter hardy and productive for many years.
XR780C
Red Head
Minowase Summer Cross No. 3
Crimson Red
Sweet Baby
CRIMSON
NILE
PARSLEY
Petroselinum crispum
RUTABAGAS & TURNIPS
Days to maturity are calculated from direct seeding date; subtract 20–25 days if transplanting.
Days to maturity calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Rutabagas and turnips can tolerate a range of soil types with a slightly acidic pH of 6.0‒7.0
l Work in 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet
Direct Sowing
l Direct sow spring through summer
l Thin promptly when they form 2 true leaves
Pests & Diseases
l See Brassica Insect Information on our website
l Disease prevention: 5–7 year crop rotation
Harvest & Storage
l Roots are sweetest when small, so pick early
l Turnip greens can be picked when young
l Both root crops are best stored at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
Rutabagas
NEW MARIAN
(OP) 85–95 days. The yellow-fleshed, purpletopped roots can grow as large as 8 inches, are fine flavored, and good keepers. Marian is club root resistant, highly uniform, and vigorous. Its short, wide leaves allow closer spacing.
RU762G MARIAN ORGANIC
½
HELENOR
(OP) 100 days. A productive rutabaga that produces 4 inch, uniform roots with a classic shape and bicolor purple top with a pale base. Developing an attractive, light orange flush early, Helenor's high quality flesh has a refined texture and sweet flavor. Add its long shelf life, and you'll be enjoying this hearty winter staple all season long.
RU766G HELENOR ORGANIC
½
WeedGuard Plus®
Turnips
TOKYO SILKY SWEET
(F1) 45 days. Smooth and silky texture, snappy flesh bursting with sweet juicy flavor, this is the very best salad turnip you can grow. With squat globe-shaped roots 1 ½ inches long and 2 ¼ inches wide, Tokyo Silky Sweet performs better in hot weather than Hakurei turnips, and it will rock your world come lunchtime.
TR983C TOKYO SILKY SWEET
PURPLE TOP WHITE GLOBE
(OP) 55 days. This turnip is bright purple on top and creamy white below. Nearly round, the smooth roots with a white interior grow to 5 inches across. They are best harvested at 2–3 inches. This carefully selected mild, sweet strain will add substance to salads.
TR977C PURPLE TOP WHITE GLOBE
GOLDEN BALL
(OP) 45–65 days. Reminiscent of the summer sun, Golden Ball is truly an exceptional turnip. The 3–4 inch roots are perfectlyshaped amber globes that have delicategrained, meaty flesh that’s never woody. The flavor is sweet, mellow and smooth. For an outstanding, lustrous dish, try them mashed with butter and shallots. The roots grow quickly and keep well.
TR979C GOLDEN BALL
WeedGuard Plus® is a water permeable, biodegradable, brown paper mulch that suppresses weeds and keeps the vegetable plants off of the soil. Best of all, it is environmentally friendly, breaks down over time, and can be turned into your garden soil. See page 143 for full description.
ZRC787* 2’ x 50’ $19.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
Purple
Top White Globe
Tokyo Silky Sweet
Golden Ball
Brassica rapa
Brassica napus
Helenor
Marian
Yellow Summer
(F1) C. pepo 55 days. Superior in many ways, these dense, robust plants produce an impressive number of uniform, buttery yellow fruit that are tender and delicious. So productive that you might want to warn your friends and neighbors about copious summer deliveries of these mild tasting squash. PM.
SQ804C
CUBE OF BUTTER
(F1) C. pepo 50 days. These lemon yellow, straightneck squash are succulent and delicious with creamy white flesh. The uniform, cylindrical fruit can be picked young as baby-sized squash, or allowed to reach up to 10 inches while retaining all its irresistible, high-quality flavor. Low growing, open bush-habit plants yield heavy harvests.
SQ801C CUBE OF
YELLOW CROOKNECK
(OP) C. pepo 60 days. This old-time variety is also an all-time favorite. It wins hands down when it comes to sweet buttery flavor and firm texture. Vigorous 4–5 foot bushes will provide you with an abundance of bright yellow, warted, crookneck fruit. Delectable when 6 inches long or less.
SQ793C YELLOW CROOKNECK
SQ793G
SMOOTH CRIMINAL
(F1) C. pepo 45 days. Smooth Criminal will keep you stocked with a wealth of buttery yellow, straightneck squash from very early in the season until frost. Beautifully uniform fruit is prime at about 6 inches long with creamy white flesh. Thanks to an almost spineless plant and unusual, upright habit there’s no need for stealth during harvest either, as the leaves and stems leave no trace on bare skin (human or squash).
SQ779C SMOOTH
SUPERPIK
(F1) C. pepo 55 days. Uncanny production, uniformity, and vigor. Bred to be longer than standard, straight-neck squash, these yellow beauties just keep coming as quickly as you can pick them. Healthy, bushy plants are open enough to make the harvest easy to spot.
SQ800C
SQUASH
Cucurbita spp.
Days to maturity are from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Fertile, well-drained soil gives best results
l Squash is a warm season crop, so avoid planting too early; raised beds and plastic mulch help keep roots warm
l Squash are monoecious (bearing separate male and female flowers on the same plant) and require insect pollination
l Poor fruit set is often the result of inadequate pollination; plant bee-attractant flowers (page 122)
Direct Sowing
l Work in shovelful of compost and ½ cup TSC's Complete fertilizer into hill
l Keep soil evenly moist but not wet, as too much moisture causes seed to rot
l Bush varieties: sow 3–4 feet apart
l Vining varieties: sow 4–6 feet apart
Transplanting
l Work in shovelful of compost and ½ cup TSC's Complete fertilizer into hill
l Start indoors 3–4 weeks prior to anticipated transplant date in 4 inch pots
l Transplant carefully as to not disturb roots
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Spotted and striped cucumber beetles, vine borers and squash bugs
l Pest control: Row covers and/or Pyrethrin
l Moschata species are resistant to vine borer
l Common diseases: See chart on page 85; diseases vary by region
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation, and fungicide applications
Harvest & Storage
l Summer squash: Harvest regularly when fruits are young to keep plants productive
l Winter squash: Leave on vine until fully mature, rinds should be firm
4 When winter squash is mature cut stem leaving 2–4 inches remaining, gently wash in sanitizing solution; 10 parts water to 1 part bleach
4 For best results move winter squash to a warm dry area 80–90°F to cure; see each type for curing requirements
4 Store winter squash at 50‒60°F with 50–75% relative humidity and good air circulation
Approximate seeds per gram
l Acorn, Butternut, & Delicata: 9–16
l Buttercup & Hubbard: 3–7
l Green, Gray Summer: 7–9
l Kabocha: 5–7
l Patty Pan: 7–10
l Romanesco: 4–5
l Spaghetti: 4–7
l Yellow Summer: 7–15
l Zucchini: 5–8
Superpik
Smooth Criminal
Cube of Butter
Yellow Crookneck Delta
DELTA
Grey Zucchini
MEXICANA
(F1) C. pepo 46 days. These unique, slightly bulbed, gray-green zucchinis are rapidly gaining popularity. Mexicana’s outstanding flavor and texture in addition to its heavy yields and early maturity are driving its demands. Its open, bush-type habit makes harvest easy, and superior disease resistance means reliable harvests.
(F1) C. pepo 42 days. Chiffon's fine, white flesh is velvety smooth and tasty. We love that the beautiful, light yellow fruit is very slow to form seeds. Whether you’re picking at the baby size with the blossom still intact or a full-sized fruit, you’ll have the same, excellent, buttery flavor and creamy texture. Upright bush-habited plants are early and productive.
SQ799C CHIFFON
EASYPICK GOLD II
(F1) C. pepo 50 days. Easypick Gold II produces loads of glossy, deep yellow, savory zucchini. If you’ve ever been irritated by the prickly stems on squash plants, you’ll appreciate this almost spine-free plant. Its open habit combined with the vibrant color of the fruit makes spotting the bounty effortless. A quick and painless harvest awaits all season long. Parthenocarpic. IR: PRV, WMV, ZYMV. SQ814C
GOLDEN STAR
(F1) C. pepo 55 days. Our most compact golden zucchini, Golden Star is right at home in a container or very tight planting. The saffron-colored squash are straight, cylindrical and prime for picking at 6–10 inches long. The disease-resistant plants are very productive for continuous harvests.
SQ782C GOLDEN STAR
YELLOWFIN
(F1) C. pepo 50 days. We’re very pleased to offer this superior quality, organicallyproduced, golden yellow zucchini that boasts strong disease resistance for healthy, longseason harvest. The vigorous, open-habited, compact plants produce a steady supply of vividly colored, cylindrical fruit with white, buttery flesh. When other varieties were suffering under the stresses of late-season mildew, Yellowfin was still cheerfully delivering beautiful squash with brilliant yellow stems to match. IR: CMV, PM.
SQ802G YELLOWFIN ORGANIC
Green Zucchini
CASH MACHINE
(F1) C. pepo 45 days. Cha-ching! This superearly and productive zucchini will provide you with a wealth of delicious fruit all season. The straight, medium-dark fruit are topquality at 8‒9 inches long and 1 ¾‒2 inches wide. Healthy, disease-resistant plants have a very upright, compact habit for fi tting into small gardens and containers. IR: PM, PRV, WMV, ZYMV.
SQ784C CASH MACHINE
SQ784T CASH MACHINE
(F1) C. pepo 50 days. A powerhouse of a squash, Emerald Delight supplies a bumper crop of dark green fruit throughout the summer. The open plant habit makes harvesting the tender fruit a breeze, and the mild flavor lends itself to uncountable summer dishes. Vigorous, disease-resistant plants performed well in our trials at a time in the season when other zucchinis had already fizzled out. PM, WMV 2, ZYMV. SQ792C
BLACK BEAUTY
(OP) C. pepo 60 days. A great improvement over the old Black Zucchini. The 3–4 foot open bushes let you see the fruit before it becomes giant-sized. Best eaten when 6–8 inches long, the fruit is cylindrical, smooth, dark green, and straight.
SQ790C
Yellowfin
Chiffon
Golden Star
Easypick Gold II
Cash Machine
Emerald Delight
Black Beauty
Mexicana
Green Zucchini
NOCHE
(F1) C. pepo 45 days. A uniform, open bush plant that produces early-maturing zucchinis that last longer on your counter. Noche’s fruit is prime at 7–8 inches long and dark, glossy green. With vigorous growth and superior disease resistance, this zucchini is one of our favorites. WMV 1, ZYMV.
SQ776C NOCHE
3 grams
ASTIA
(F1) C. pepo 38 days. Kick off zucchini season early with this gorgeous, deep green squash. Eager to produce, it wastes no time bearing fruit that are best picked at 6–7 inches long. While other squash are greedy with space, Astia maintains a compact 30 inches across, so it’s well suited for containers and smaller gardens. With an open habit, spotting the fruit is easy for quick harvest. Unrivaled powdery mildew resistance means the plants stay healthy and productive late into the season. PM.
SQ791C ASTIA
3
Green Summer
DARIO
(F1) C. pepo 50 days. Cocozelle zucchini are prized for their tender texture, sweet flavor and high quality, even at larger sizes, and Dario hits all these marks and more. Its smooth fruit reach 12 inches long and still maintain a slender profile with minimal seed and excellent texture. Attractive, glossy, darkgreen skin is highlighted with contrasting light-green stripes. The productive, diseaseresistant, compact, bushy plants have an open habit for easy harvest. IR: PM, WMV.
SQ778G DARIO ORGANIC
LATINO
(F1) C. pepo 55 days. A distinguished Romanesco-type squash with attractive, dark and light green striping on ridged fruit. Cutting the fruit in rounds reveals its signature, star-shaped cross-section and light, creamy green flesh. Crisp and flavorful, Latino has just a hint of nuttiness. Pick when fruit are at their prime; about 6–8 inches long. Open bushes allow for easy spotting and harvesting of the squash.
SQ798C LATINO
TROMBONCINO
(OP) C. moschata 70 days. This Italian summer squash is a wonderful diversion from the usual. The light green-to-tan fruit can grow up to 3 feet long and may be harvested anytime, from just a few inches through its full size. Enjoy Tromboncino’s rich flavor steamed, grilled, or sliced raw in your favorite salad. A vining variety that is best trellised for straighter fruit.
SQ794C
BUSH BABY
(F1) C. pepo 59 days. Considered a marrow type squash, Bush Baby’s striking fruit sport light and dark green stripes and have a wonderfully delicate, satisfying flavor. Bred to produce smaller fruit, their prime size for picking is 2 by 6 inches, but the non-stop plants deliver a higher than average overall harvest. Compact, bush type plants are right at home in the garden or a large container.
SQ803C BUSH BABY
Patty Pan
SUNBURST
(F1) C. pepo 55 days. Sunburst is a deep yellow scallopini that is as vibrant as the sun. Delicious as it is colorful, it’s the earliest and most productive of the yellow scallopini. Vigorous 3 foot bush habit. Can be picked from baby size up to 6–8 inches across without losing its tender, buttery flavor. Only your imagination limits the ways to serve Sunburst!
BENNING'S GREEN TINT
(OP) C. pepo 63 days. A very pretty, pale green scalloped squash that is tender inside and out. They are ideal when 2–3 inches in diameter, with both an excellent flavor and a nice firm texture. Vigorous 3–4 foot bushes yield an abundance of squash during the season.
BENNING'S GREEN TINT
Bush Baby
Latino
Dario
Benning's Green Tint
Tromboncino
Sunburst
Astia Noche
Winter
NORTH GEORGIA CANDY
ROASTER
(OP) C. maxima 90 days. This rare, Appalachian heirloom is a feast for the eyes as well as the palate. The fruit are banana shaped, pink skinned with a teal-colored tip at the blossom end and weigh in at about 10 pounds each. Inside you’ll find a thick layer of smooth, exceptionally sweet, orange flesh that’s delectable whether it’s roasted, made into soup or even pie filling. Approximately 4 seeds per gram.
SQ848C NORTH GEORGIA CANDY ROASTER
AUTUMN FROST
(F1) C. moschata 100 days. Autumn Frost yields very heavy harvests of attractive, blocky, tawnycolored fruit with a dusting of natural waxy bloom. Growing to about 6 inches across and 4 pounds each, these ridged beauties offer a thick layer of sweet flesh that maintains its high Brix into the New Year. The vining plants produce 9‒10 fruit that start out green and ripen to their frosty finish. Approximately 15 seeds per gram. IR: PM.
SQ846C AUTUMN FROST
3 grams 250 seeds 7 grams
$6.85 $13.85 $28.95
GALEUX D’ EYSINES
Butternut
Cure 10–14 days; Store 1–2 months for best flavor; Will keep 4–6 months
BUTTERBUSH
(F1) C. moschata 75–85 days. Butterbush's 3–4 foot long vines make it a prime candidate for containers or tight spaces. At about 1 ½ pounds each, these true, single-serving squash have sweet, rich, coppery-red flesh that’s the darkest color of any butternut we’ve grown. Expect a harvest of 3–6 fruit per plant.
SQ818G BUTTERBUSH ORGANIC
BUTTERBABY
(OP) C. moschata 105‒110 days. These irresistible personal-sized butternuts are deliciously sweet and rich flavored. Uniform fruit average between ½ and 1 ½ pounds each with an appealing tan colored skin and deep orange flesh. Butterbaby stores up to 4 months. Space-saving semi-bush plants can be trained up a trellis for extra real estate conservation. IR: PM.
SQ844C BUTTERBABY
SQ844G BUTTERBABY ORGANIC
(OP) C. maxima 105 days. This stunning squash has salmon-peach colored skin covered with peanut shelllike warts caused by sugar in the skin. Traditionally used in France for soups and sauces, when cooked, the sweet, orange flesh is as smooth as velvet. Each flattened squash weighs 10–15 pounds and can store for up to 6 months. Definitely a show stopper in the garden or on the table. Approximately 4 seeds per gram.
SQ841C GALEUX D’ EYSINES
7 grams 1 oz
$5.95 $15.95
Spaghetti
SMALL WONDER
(F1) C. pepo 75–80 days. A perfect singleserving sized vegetable spaghetti squash. These 6 x 5 inch oval-shaped fruit start green and ripen to yellow with sweet yellow flesh. Expect heavy yields on vigorous vines and good storability after harvest. For a delicious fall meal, bake the squash, discard the seeds, and use a fork to scrape the flesh into strings. Toss with parmesan cheese and butter.
SQ840C SMALL WONDER
VEGETABLE SPAGHETTI
(OP) C. pepo 100 days. A unique squash that deserves a place in your garden and at your dinner table. Harvest the 5–8 inch fruit when they turn tan or yellow. Bake like any other winter squash, and use a fork to flake out the noodley-looking flesh that easily separates into delicious spaghetti-like strands. Top with your favorite sauce. Yum! We find it as enjoyable as pasta and much less starchy. Plan for 5–6 foot vines.
WALTHAM
BUTTERNUT (OP) C. moschata 100 days. This uniform selection is prized for its rich, dry, yelloworange flesh and distinctive nutty flavor. The smooth, light-tan fruit weigh 3–6 pounds and are exceptional keepers. Vines grow 8–10 feet and produce 4–5 squash per plant.
SQ835C
Kabocha
Cure 10–14 days; Store 1–2 months for best flavor; Will keep 4–6 months
SWEET MAMA
(F1) C. maxima
100 days. We’ve been looking for a superior kabocha for years and are happy to have landed on Sweet Mama. It's a unique kabocha that produces on a very space-saving short vine. In our trials, Sweet Mama was also among the earliest to mature. The dark green fruit reach about 8 inches across and 4 inches tall with striking gray ribs and speckles. Inside, the meaty flesh is a dark yellow with a nutty flavor.
SQ839C SWEET MAMA
Autumn Frost
Butterbush
North Georgia Candy Roaster
Butterbaby
Sweet Mama
Delicata
Curing not required; Stores 2–3 months
HONEYBOAT
(OP) C. pepo 100 days. We’ve definitely got a soft spot for Delicatas, and Honeyboat is a shoein for a new-found favorite. This deliciously sweet version sports an unusual, tanned skin with the signature green Delicata striping. The 1 ½ pound fruit are arguably sweeter than our traditional varieties. They store very well, and definitely retain their sweet flavor better on the shelf.
SQ838C HONEYBOAT
3 grams 1 oz 7 grams
$3.95 $5.95 $12.95
SQ838G
BUSH DELICATA
(OP) C. pepo 80 days. This AAS winner has a tidy bush habit that spreads only about 4–6 feet. The 1 ½–2 pound oblong-shaped squash have creamy white skin with green stripes and flecks. Inside, the flesh is smooth and has a sweet nutty flavor with hints of brown sugar and butter. Tolerant of powdery mildew.
SQ831C
Acorn
TABLE ACE
(F1) C. pepo 80 days. You may recognize the name—Table Ace has been around for a long time and still holds the title for the best flavored & most productive acorn. We’re very proud to offer this treasured variety with uniform harvests of dark green-nearly black, 6 inch squash with a thick layer of smooth, solid, flavorful, golden flesh. It’s consistently the heaviest yielding variety in our acorn trials.
SQ847C TABLE ACE
MASHED POTATOES
(F1) C. pepo 100–110 days. A pure white acorn! Such a unique twist on standard acorn squash, Mashed Potatoes has ivory flesh that’s sweet, silky and absolutely delectable. The plants produce compact vines that are incredibly high yielding. We see an average of 8–10, 2 ¾ pound fruit per plant in our trials.
SQ845C MASHED POTATOES
DELICATA
(OP) C. pepo 105 days. One of the most popular heirloom squash, Delicata is still today one of the finest winter squashes you can grow. Produces cream-colored, loaf-shaped fruit with dark green longitudinal stripes and flecks. The 7–9 inch long, 4 inch wide fruit have fine-textured, light orange flesh that is delicious.
SQ821G
THELMA SANDERS’ SWEET POTATO
(OP) C. pepo 85–95 days. Tender, sweet and delicious, Thelma Sanders’ cooks up to a buttery-soft texture and unmatchable flavor. Highly productive plants produce light beige, deeply ridged acorn squash measuring 7 ½–8 inches with thick, orange-gold flesh. An heirloom originating from Missouri, this truly exceptional squash also stores very well.
SQ827C THELMA SANDERS’ SWEET POTATO
SQ827G THELMA
HONEY BEAR
(F1) C. pepo 100 days. Compact plant size, high yields, and sweet squash flavor make Honey Bear one amazing variety! Honey Bear’s super healthy plants reach 2–3 feet tall and only spread 4–5 feet without vines. The 1 pound, dark green fruit are ideal for baking in the half shell and serving. PM.
SQ820C HONEY BEAR
Buttercup
Cure 10–14 days; Store 1–2 months for best flavor; Will keep 4–6 months
(F1) C. pepo 75 days. If you don’t have enough room to plant a winter squash, think again. Reno offers all the goodness of a traditional acorn squash on a single-stemmed, bushy plant that’s respectful of your garden space. These dark green fruit reach 5 inches across and 1 ½ pounds apiece with very refined, golden flesh that’s flavorful and sweet.
SQ830C RENO
BUTTERCUP
(OP) C. maxima 115 days. Ever popular, Buttercup squash is characterized by its small 6 ½ inch diameter fruit. The skin is dark green with silvery white stripes, and the flesh is orange and dry. Produces 4–6 squash per plant on sprawling 8–10 foot vines. Our Burgess strain has an outstanding flavor, small cavity, and thick meat. A great baker that stores well.
SQ816C BUTTERCUP
SQ816G
Delicata
Bush Delicata
Honeyboat
Table Ace
Reno
RENO
Mashed Potatoes
Thelma Sanders' Sweet Potato
Buttercup
Hubbard
Cure 10–14 days; Store 1–2 months for best flavor; Will keep 4–6 months
SUGAR HUBBARD
(OP) C. maxima 110 days. A true Northwest heirloom, developed by the old Gill Brothers Seed Company in Portland, OR. A cross between Sweet Meat and Blue Hubbard, it combines many of the best qualities of both. The skin is a blue-gray, and the flesh is golden and more moist than Sweet Meat. A great keeper, storing up to 1 year. Vigorous 10 foot vines produce 4–5 squash, each weighing 15–20 pounds.
SQ823C SUGAR HUBBARD
7
SWEET MEAT
(OP) C. maxima 115 days. One of the heirloom treasures of the Northwest. This 10–15 pound slate-gray round squash is renowned for its superb keeping quality and unsurpassed rich, sweet flavor. It makes the best pumpkin pie on Earth! Vigorous vines grow to 10 feet. We sell the original uniform, high-yielding Gill Brothers strain.
SQ817C SWEET MEAT
7 grams 1 oz
$4.95 $9.95
SQ817G
7 grams 1 oz
$6.95 $15.55
Key to Squash Disease Resistance/Tolerance
HR indicates high resistance. IR indicates intermediate resistance.
(OP) C. maxima 85 days. This is the original Gold Nugget bush squash developed as a substitute for the sweet potato in short-season areas. Compact 3–4 foot bushes yield up to 10 golden orange fruit, 1–1 ½ pounds, full of delicate golden flesh with melt-in-your-mouth flavor.
SQ828C GOLD NUGGET
SPINACH
Spinacia oleracea
RED KURI
(OP) C. maxima 92 days. A lovely, teardropshaped mini hubbard with bright orange skin. Red Kuri has smooth-textured flesh and a delightfully rich, sweet flavor. Perfectly proportioned for making pies and side dishes for winter meals, these squash typically reach 3–4 pounds each. In field trials this squash showed the most resistance to cucumber beetles.
SQ822C
OLYMPIA
Culture
l Optimum soil pH range is 6.5‒7.5
l Spinach grows best during cooler weather of early spring and fall
l Soil temperature above 80°F can cause erratic germination
l Bolting is caused by rising temperatures, day length and water stress; see specific varieties for bolt resistance
l Apply ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
Direct Sowing
l For baby spinach sow 20–25 seeds per foot in a 2 inch wide furrow, in rows 6 inches apart, thin to 1 inch
l Later sowings may be done July—August
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Spinach leaf miners
l Pest control: Use row covers or destroy any affected leaves and keep the surrounding area weeded
l Common diseases: See chart on page 90
l Disease control: Plant in fertile soil and use a 3–4 year
Harvest & Storage
l For baby greens, harvest at 3–4 inches
l Individual leaves may be harvested anytime
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
Olympia
(F1) 45 days. Probably the best and most productive dark green plain leaf spinach for year-round sowing and harvests. Within its class, Olympia is slower to bolt and displays better eating quality than others. Typically upright, it grows to 10 inches. DM 1–3, 5, 8–9, 11–12, 14.
SP778C OLYMPIA 5 grams 1 oz 14 grams $3.65 $4.85 $6.95 ¼ lb 1 lb $12.15 $27.95
BLOOMSDALE SAVOY
(OP) 50 days. Thick, succulent, dark-green, savoyed leaves are very sweet in salads. Bloomsdale is the standard for garden-fresh flavored spinach. When planted in autumn it will overwinter and mature in the early spring. Moderate bolt resistance; best sown in early spring for late spring/early summer harvests.
SP776C
Bloomsdale Savoy
Sweet Meat
Red Kuri
Sugar Hubbard
NEW IMPERIAL VALLEY
(F1) 35‒40 days. Deep green, Asian-type spinach that grows quickly and uniformly. Great addition to the home garden or farmers' market. Resistant to many strains of downy mildew. The fast growth and upright plant habit make it a grower-friendly choice. DM 1‒11, 13, 15‒16.
SP795C IMPERIAL VALLEY
5
COUNTRYSIDE
(F1) 32 days. These gorgeous, uniform crops are tailor-made for baby spinach harvests. Countryside shows excellent vigor, uniform maturity, and upright habit. The medium, 1-2 inch petiole allows for easy multiple cuttings. Crops resist bolting and maintain their nonbitter flavor even in hot growing conditions.
HR: DM: 1–12, 14–16, 19.
SP794C COUNTRYSIDE
SPACE
(F1) 51 days; 37 days to baby leaf. Whether eaten fresh or cooked this smooth leaf, slightly savoyed spinach is a slow-to-bolt garden standout. It has an upright growth that produces clean, dark green leaves. It is recommended for spring, summer, and fall sowings, and has an extended harvest period.
DM 1–3, LM.
SP792G SPACE ORGANIC
(F1) 34 days. A very spirited spinach with smooth, dark green, oval leaves and a highlight of magenta veins and stems. Superb disease resistance and improved tolerance to bolting means Red Tabby excels in the garden for harvests of lots of tasty, attractive greens. HR: DM 1–9, 11–13. IR: DM 10.
SP772C RED TABBY
GIANT WINTER
(OP) 45 days. A special strain bred specifically for late summer and fall seeding for a crop in early spring. The large dark green leaves are smooth, semi-savoyed and flavorful. Remarkably cold hardy, and stands well in all but the worst weather we experience here in the Northwest.
SP785C GIANT
LAKESIDE
(F1) 25‒30 days. If you love spinach but struggle with growing a good crop, Lakeside is worth a try, since it impressed us with how well it performed in less-than-ideal conditions. Undaunted by the compromised location in the trial field, it produced healthy plants 16 inches wide and 6 inches tall, loaded with great-tasting greens. HR: DM 1‒11. IR: DM 12‒14.
SP780C
TRIBUTE
REGIMENT
(F1) 37 days. This robust and substantial variety produces thick, broad leaves. Regiment’s tolerance of cooler soils ensures strong germination and seedling performance in early spring, producing speedy crops of flavorful, dark green, semi-savoyed leaves. Slow to bolt. DM 1–7, 11, 13, 15.
SP788G REGIMENT
Key to Spinach Disease Resistance/Tolerance
HR indicates high resistance.
IR indicates intermediate resistance.
CMV | Cucumber Mosaic Virus
DM* | Downy Mildew
LM | Leaf Mold
* Numbers indicate specific disease race.
(F1) 30 days. A vigorous and dependable spinach, with uniform oval leaves, 3 ¾ inches long and 3 inches wide on upright stems. Easy to hand-harvest on the fly, Tribute has no bitterness and a pleasantly smooth texture, making it a flexible ingredient for any meal. HR: DM 1‒12, 14, 16.
SP793C TRIBUTE
PALCO
(F1) 38 days. We love the reliability of this quick-from-seed-to-plate spinach. Versatile for harvest as young, baby greens, or allowed to attain its full size. Bolt- and disease-resistant plants hold well in the field without flowering or succumbing to mildew.
HR: DM 1–5, 8–9, 11–12, 14.
SP789G PALCO ORGANIC
Palco
Lakeside
Red Tabby
Countryside
Imperial Valley
Tribute Space
RED TABBY
SWISS CHARD
LYON
(OP) 50 days. Lyon proved to be one of the best tasting Swiss chards in our trials. The glowing, lime-green leaf color contrasts nicely with other varieties. The lush plants have thick leaves up to 9 ½ inches wide and over 1 foot long with the color of new spring growth and the delicate, tender texture to match. Brilliant stalks are white and a broad, 1 inch wide. With its mild flavor, Lyon makes a good stand-in for spinach.
SW852C LYON
INTENSE
Days to maturity are calculated from date of direct seeding.
Culture
l Swiss chard grows best in cool weather, and overwinters in mild climates
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
l Cover beds with row cover if temperatures are cool
Direct Sowing
l Sow mid-spring through summer
l Thin when plants reach a height of 3 inches
Transplanting
l Start indoors 3‒4 weeks before anticipated transplant date
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Aphids, leaf miners, flea beetles, and leaf hoppers
l Pest control: Pick off affected leaves and check for eggs—spray with Pyrethrin
l Common diseases: Leaf spot
l Disease prevention: 3–4 year crop rotation, remove debris
Harvest & Storage
l Harvest leaves from the outside, taking care not to damage the growing point
l Store at 36°F and 95% relative humidity
FORDHOOK GIANT
(OP) 60 days. A staple for delicious fresh greens since the 1920s, this mammoth strain reaches a full 2 feet tall, easily one of the largest Swiss chard varieties we’ve grown. Heavily puckered, fleshy leaves emerge with mint green stalks and quickly mature to a pure ivory color. The stalks and leaves are loaded with nutrition and fiber. This selection is a dependable all-season producer.
FIRE
FRESH
(F1) 23‒35 days. This fast-growing, uniform chard is absolutely our favorite for tender, baby leaf production. Fire Fresh sports attractive oval, medium-dark green leaves with appealing contrast to ruby stems and veins. Upright plants show good disease resistance.
FIRE FRESH
(OP) 26 days to baby leaf, 50 days to full size. A real head-turner with glowing red stems and vibrant crimson veining. As a baby leaf, the stems contrast beautifully with the medium green, rounded leaves. Allow the plants to develop fully, and you’ll enjoy heavy harvests of uniform, savoyed leaves with luminous stems and veins. Upright plants are vigorous and productive.
SW862C INTENSE
FIVE COLOR SILVERBEET
(OP) 60 days. Picturesque and delicious, this Australian heirloom boasts a day-glow mix of red, orange, yellow, pink and white. Uniform, sturdy plants grow upright, providing clean, unblemished harvests of thick, juicy, tender stalks and succulent leaves. This blend is stunning both in the garden and at the table.
SW861G FIVE COLOR SILVERBEET ORGANIC
BRIGHT LIGHTS
(OP) 60 days. Individual stems are red, yellow, orange, gold, or white, and together they create a visual feast in your ornamental beds, in your vegetable garden, and at your dinner table. Bright Lights has lightly savoyed leaves, some are burgundy and some are green. Very mild flavors. These 20 inch wonders are a colorful accent for any meal!
SW853C
ELECTRIC NEON BLEND
(OP) 60 days. Plug into the health benefi ts of Swiss chard with this electrifying 220 volt blend of intense colors. As exciting growing and viewing in the garden as gracing your dinner table. Our exclusive mix includes the neon range of 3-phase red, fuse-melt pink, hot-stick yellow, and glare-burst orange.
SW857C ELECTRIC NEON BLEND
PERPETUAL
(OP) 50 days. A tasty and smooth-leafed variety that produces throughout the summer and can bear for several years in zone 7 and higher. Plants grow to 20 inches tall with a pleasant, spinach-like flavor. SW850C PERPETUAL
Perpetual Fordhook Giant
Electric Neon Blend
Bright Lights
Five Color
Silverbeet
Modern Classics
These traditionally bred innovations in tomatoes offer the uniformity, disease resistance and overall performance of modern hybrids with the flavor and form of old-fashioned varieties.
MARSALATO
(F1) 75 days. When it comes to the eye appeal of a tomato, Marsalato steals the show. These deeply pleated, squat fruit reach 2 inches tall and 3 inches wide with glossy red, firm skin and solid, meaty flesh. Add its super strong disease resistance and delightfully tangy flavor and this classic Marmande type will be a garden and kitchen favorite. Indeterminate habit. F 0, FOR, LM, ToMV 0–2, ToANV, V 0.
TM829G MARSALATO ORGANIC
5 seeds
100 seeds 25 seeds
$7.95 $23.75 $89.55
TM829T MARSALATO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BUFFALOSUN
(F1) 80‒85 days. Come for the heirloom looks, stay for the exceptional performance and quality, Old German-like fruit! A beefy, beautiful, big, 4 inch, pleated tomato with sunset-colored skin and flesh. Buffalosun has a sweet flavor and smooth texture. Healthy, indeterminate vines are very productive and continue well after many others have succumbed, thanks to its late blight resistance. HR: F 1‒3, V. IR: LB, TSWV 0.
TM842C BUFFALOSUN
15 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$6.45 $17.35 $30.45
TM842T BUFFALOSUN TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BUFFALOSTEAK F1
(F1) 75–80 days. A cut above the rest, this prime beefsteak has solid, meaty, bright red flesh that’s robustly flavorful. Early and more productive than many similar varieties with the beefsteak name, the vigorous, indeterminate plants yield lots of 6 ½ ounce fruit throughout the season. Just right for slicing off thick slabs to top your favorite burger. HR: F, ToMV, V. IR: N.
TM852C BUFFALOSTEAK F1
15 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$6.45 $17.35 $30.45
TM852T BUFFALOSTEAK F1 TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GRANDMA’S PICK
(F1) 75–80 days. Grandma’s Pick has an old time look with attractive, large, squat, pleated fruit averaging 3 ½ inches wide and 1 ¾ inches tall. Their color is a striking orange/red on the shoulders that deepens to bright red at the bottom. Healthy, indeterminate plants yield plentiful harvests of these robust, slightly sweet fruit with a rich, true tomato flavor. Grandma’s Pick boasts a high lycopene content. Excellent field holding capacity. F 1, L, N, V.
TM880C
TOMATOES
Seed
Lycopersicon lycopersicum Plant Spacing
Days to Emergence
Days to maturity
Culture
l Determinate tomatoes: grow compactly, sprawling laterally, usually do not require staking, and fruit ripens over a short period of time
l Indeterminate tomatoes: grow on long vines, generally require pruning to 1 or 2 leaders that need to be trellised
l Fertile, well-drained raised beds covered with plastic mulch promote early growth and better yields
l Tomatoes are high feeders and will benefit from regular fertilization with Age Old Bloom
l To prevent blossom-end rot use a high calcium amendment
l Overwatering can cause fruit to crack
Transplanting
l Sow seeds in trays 6–8 weeks before anticipated transplant date; up-pot into 3–4 inch pots when the first set of true leaves appears
l Strong light and cooler temperatures (60–70°F) prevent plants from getting leggy
l Fertilize with Age Old Grow every 10–14 days
l At transplant: work in compost, ½ cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer, and handful of bone meal
l Determinates can be spaced 18–24 inches apart, indeterminates 24–36 inches apart
l Tomatoes can be buried up to the top 2 sets of leaves
l Use Kozy-Coats or Victorian Bell Cloches to protect young plants (see page 145)
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Flea beetles and tomato hornworms
l Pest control: Pyrethrin or row cover for flea beetles, and Monterey B.t. for tomato hornworms
l Common diseases: Early and late blight
l Disease prevention: A strict 3–4 year rotation, remove vines at the end of the year, fungicide
Harvest & Storage
l Don't refrigerate for best flavor
l Green fruit should be ripened in a cool, dark area; make sure fruit are not touching
DAMSEL
(F1) 75 days. Big, pink, globe-shaped fruit absolutely burst with juicy flavor that’s an intricate blend of sweet and acidic. Add to that a strong disease package that includes high resistance to late blight, one of the devastating diseases for tomatoes, and you’ve got a new favorite. Indeterminate plants are productive and relatively early for such big, flavorful fruit. HR: LB, N, V.
TM846G
TM846T
Transplant Order Form for more information
Grandma's Pick
Buffalosteak F1
Buffalosun
Marsalato
Damsel
Heirloom Marriage ™ Series
By crossing 2 beloved heirlooms together, the resulting cultivar bears the best qualities of both parent varieties with the added benefits of hybrid vigor, uniformity and yield.
HEIRLOOM MARRIAGE™ CHEROKEE CARBON
(F1) 75‒80 days. The best of Cherokee Purple and Carbon, these beautiful beefsteaks have a dusky blush and rich, delicious flavor. The bulky, slightly squat fruit average 10‒12 ounces each. Indeterminate.
TM849C HEIRLOOM MARRIAGE™ CHEROKEE CARBON
$5.55
TM849G CHEROKEE
ORGANIC
$6.35 $21.45 $39.95
TM849T CHEROKEE CARBON TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
HEIRLOOM MARRIAGE™ GENUWINE (F1) 70–75 days. These luscious, rubyred slicers are the result of a cross of Brandywine and Costoluto Genovese, two of our most delicious heirloom varieties. This fusion produces beautiful, slightly squat, globe-shaped tomatoes with the most delectable flavor. Indeterminate.
TM850C HEIRLOOM MARRIAGE™ GENUWINE
20 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$5.55 $14.85 $30.95
TM850T GENUWINE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
HEIRLOOM MARRIAGE™ MARZINERA
(F1) 70–75 days. Arguably among the richest, most flavorful saucing tomatoes. The union of San Marzano and Cream Sausage produces early and continuous harvests of elongated, meaty, flavorful fruit. Loads of brilliant red, 2–3 ounce tomatoes ripen early on these indeterminate plants.
TM848C HEIRLOOM MARRIAGE™ MARZINERA
20 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$5.55 $14.85 $30.95
TM848T MARZINERA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Slicers
TASTI-LEE®
(F1) 75 days. Tasti-Lee® holds the triple crown in great flavor, heightened nutrition, and extended shelf life. The culmination of years of exhaustive conventional breeding, these magnificent tomatoes are full of satisfying balanced flavor and up to 50% more of the antioxidant lycopene than most other tomato varieties. Brilliant red inside and out, the slightly flattened fruit measure 3 ½ inches wide and 2 ½ inches tall. Deep green, determinate plants are aggressive producers and provide good shade against sunscald. F 1–3, V.
TM869C TASTI-LEE® 10 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$5.35 $17.75 $29.95
TM869G TASTI-LEE® ORGANIC
$6.35
TM869T TASTI-LEE® TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant
$5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GALAHAD
(F1) 73 days. Galahad’s compact, determinate plants produce buckets of shiny, crimson, squat, 3 inch, globe-shaped fruit that’s juicy, sweet, meaty and crack resistant. We are equally impressed with the crop’s large, pictureperfect fruit, disease resistance and succulent flavor. HR: F 1‒3, L, LB, TSWV, V. IR: N.
TM832G GALAHAD ORGANIC
10 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$5.25 $16.45 $28.95
TM832T GALAHAD TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
OREGON SPRING (OP) 65–70 days. This determinate variety was developed at Oregon State University. Their research shows that Oregon Spring will produce incredibly early yields of tomatoes when planted outside a month before your last frost date and given no protection except on frosty nights. Parthenocarpic. V.
TM863G OREGON SPRING ORGANIC ⅛ gram ¼ oz 1 gram
$5.45 $11.75 $37.95
TM863T OREGON SPRING TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
ANANAS NOIRE (OP) 85 days. Also known as Black Pineapple. The skin has shades of green, purple, orange, and yellow. Bright green flesh has bursts of red streaks that will definitely add intrigue to your vegetable platter. The lip-smacking flavor starts out sweet and ends with the perfect amount of tang. The sprawling indeterminate plant yields a tremendous amount of fruit.
TM875G ANANAS NOIRE ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM875T ANANAS NOIRE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
(F1) 75 days. If you love Striped German but want the benefits of a hybrid, look no further! GinFiz combines the beloved color, flavor, and texture of an heirloom with the disease resistance found in modern hybrids. 10–14 ounce fruit boasts minimal cracking and delicious flavor, while the indeterminate plants have good leaf mold resistance and early yields.
HR: FOR, Pf A–E, ToANV, ToMV 0–2, V 1.
TM801G GINFIZ ORGANIC
20 seeds
500 seeds 100 seeds
$18.95 $78.95
TM801T GINFIZ TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65
MOMOTARO
$298.95
See Transplant Order Form for more information
(F1) 70 days. Momotaro is one of the most popular tomato varieties in Japanese markets and for good reason. Its flavor is an intricate and harmonious combination of sweet and tangy that has won Momotaro several tomato tasting contests. The radiant pink slicers weigh 6–7 ounces. Momotaro is durable, heat tolerant, and crack resistant with good storability. Indeterminate. HR: F 1–2, L, N, ToMV, V. IR: B.
TM872C MOMOTARO
15 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$5.95 $24.85 $50.95
TM872T MOMOTARO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TM872GT MOMOTARO GRAFTED TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$11.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
BEAVERLODGE SERIES
(OP) 55 days. We were so impressed by everything about these tomatoes at our trials, that we saved the seed and spent a few seasons building our inventory in order to share it with you. Not only were they two of the earliest maturing varieties, but the plants were so loaded with tomatoes that there seemed to be more fruit than leaves! What’s more, these extremely compact, determinate plants tend to creep rather than grow tall and would be perfect in a hanging basket or patio container. Did we mention how rich and balanced the flavor is, especially for an early type? Truly a great combination of earliness, size, productivity, and quality. Bred at the Beaverlodge Research Center in Alberta, Canada. The plum has 2 ½ inch long, plum-shaped fruit, and the slicer 1 ½ inch round fruit.
TM960G BEAVERLODGE 6806 PLUM ORGANIC
TM961G BEAVERLODGE 6808 SLICER ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM960T BEAVERLODGE 6806 PLUM TRANSPLANT
TM961T BEAVERLODGE 6808 SLICER TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
RUBEE DAWN
(F1) 60 days. Rubee Dawn is like a glistening gem on the vine. This stellar slicer produces big, 3 inch round fruit that ripen very early and boast great flavor along with an attractive, deep red color thanks to its crimson gene expression. The very robust disease resistance means you’ll be enjoying delicious harvests off the indeterminate plants throughout the long season. Aal, F 1–2, FOR, LM A–E, ToMV 0–2, V. IR: L, RK.
TM821C RUBEE DAWN
15 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$6.95 $28.70 $52.70
TM821T RUBEE DAWN TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
CARMELLO
(F1) 70 days. Carmello has flavor for days! This exceptional tomato produces heavy clusters of round fruit on strong, uniform plants. Especially impressive is its generous size fruit and well-developed flavor for such an early hybrid tomato. Indeterminate plants are exceptionally disease resistant. F 1, L, N, TMV, ToMV 0–2, V. IR: RK.
TM895C CARMELLO
TM895T CARMELLO TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
FANTASTIC
(F1) 70–75 days. The 3–5 inch, round firm slicers are very solid, and have above average crack resistance. Fantastic’s meaty, bright red fruit are rich in beefsteak flavor that makes this a favorite. Indeterminate, it does better if staked. Very high yielding.
TM866C FANTASTIC
TM866T FANTASTIC TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
LEGEND
(OP) 68 days. If you have problems with late blight, you should try growing Legend. Legend has shown some tolerance of late blight fungi US8 and US11. So even in the most virulent areas, gardeners have a chance of harvesting ripe tomatoes. Legend produces amazingly sweet tomatoes with just the right amount of acidity. The big, 4–5 inch, parthenocarpic fruit are glossy red, with a uniform round shape. Bred and released by Dr. Jim Baggett at Oregon State University. Determinate. LB.
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TM919GT LEGEND GRAFTED TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $11.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Carmello
Momotaro
GinFiz
Rubee Dawn
Vegetables
PINK BERKELEY TIE-DYE
(OP) 65–75 days. Big, succulent fruit can reach 8–12 ounces with a complex blend of flavors. The vivid, rosy-blushed fruit has iridescent, green skin with sunny yellow streaks and an interior that’s a fascinating kaleidoscope of green with trails of red and yellow. The relatively compact, indeterminate plants produce early for such a large tomato.
TM981G PINK BERKELEY TIE-DYE ORGANIC
20 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$4.95
$8.35 $14.45
TM981T PINK BERKELEY TIE-DYE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
MOUNTAIN MERIT
(F1) 75 days. This multi-purpose slicing tomato earned an AAS award for its unsurpassed disease resistance, good flavor and production. Deep red beefsteaks average 3‒3 ½ inches across with firm flesh. Early, hard-working, determinate plants stay healthy throughout the season. HR: F 1‒3, LB, TSWV, V. IR: AB, N.
TM876C MOUNTAIN MERIT
20 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$5.95 $23.55 $54.45
TM876G MOUNTAIN MERIT ORGANIC
20 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$6.35 $25.75 $59.95
TM876T MOUNTAIN MERIT TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BOBCAT
(F1) 68 days. Picture-perfect, smooth-skinned fruit have firm, meaty, gloriously red flesh and a classic tomato shape. These impressive 10 ounce slicers load heavily on powerful, strapping, determinate plants. Quick to mature, you can be enjoying Bobcat earlier in the season than most other varieties of this type. F 1–2, L, V.
TM871C BOBCAT
20 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$5.55 $12.85 $29.95
TM871T BOBCAT TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Dynamite Mater Magic
8–5–5 A powdered, controlled release, natural fertilizer that lasts up to three months. Contains all the nutrients needed for huge yields plus calcium to help prevent blossom-end rot. Apply 4–8 tablespoons per plant based on plant height. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed. ZFE260 10.9 oz $12.95
NEW STM2255 (F1) 65–70 days. If you’re looking for a versatile and adaptable tomato, your search ends here! This determinate slicer offers high yields and wonderful vine-ripe flavor. Fruit is firm with a beautiful red color and a good shelf life. Great as a green tomato, too! HR: Aal, F 1–2, FOR, V 1. IR: L, TSWV, TYLCV (Is*).
TM814C STM2255
20 seeds 500 seeds 100 seeds
$8.95 $29.95 $88.95
TM814T STM2255 TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
MAITAI
(F1) 70 days. Intoxicatingly delicious, this sunset-colored beefsteak will have you coming back for seconds. MaiTai produces big, 3 inch, slightly squat fruit with golden yellow skin and juicy flesh that’s blushed yellow, orange and rose. As tempting as it looks, the smooth texture and full, sweet, slightly tangy flavor are guaranteed crowd pleasers. Healthy, indeterminate plants boast strong disease resistance for lots of productivity throughout the season. HR: F 0–1, FOR, LM
A–E, ToANV, ToMV 0–2, V 0.
TM818G MAITAI ORGANIC 10 seeds
TM818T MAITAI TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GREEN ZEBRA
(OP) 75–80 days. Green Zebra’s sweet and zesty flavor is as appetizing as its appearance is spectacular. The 1 ½–2 ½ inch fruit have glowing green skin overlaid with olive and gold mottled streaks. Sure to impress when sliced on a plate and intermingled with orange or black-fleshed tomatoes. Indeterminate.
TM953G GREEN ZEBRA ORGANIC
⅛ gram
¼ oz 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95 $26.95
TM953T GREEN ZEBRA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
SILETZ
(OP) 70–75 days. Siletz is one of the most reliable slicing tomatoes you can grow. Coming in early with a nice flush of 4–5 inch deep red fruit that weigh up to 7–10 ounces. The flavor-packed red tomatoes are nearly seedless. Vigorous determinate plants are parthenocarpic. Bred by Dr. Jim Baggett of Oregon State University. F 1, V.
TM867G SILETZ ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM867T SILETZ TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Siletz
Green Zebra
MaiTai
STM2255
Pink Berkeley Tie-Dye
Mountain Merit
Bobcat
Heirloom
ITALIAN HEIRLOOM
(OP) 75 days. Short-season gardeners, this one’s for you! With the looks and taste of a quintessential cherished heirloom tomato, these deeply pleated, maroon fruit have outstanding flavor and great production to boot! Indeterminate plants set the 3 ½ inch, squat, beefy slicers continuously from relatively early in the season.
TM826G ITALIAN HEIRLOOM ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM826T ITALIAN HEIRLOOM TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
OLD GERMAN
(OP) 85 days. Routinely weighing in at over a pound and a half, Old German was one of the largest fruit in our trials. It is both delicious and beautiful with meaty fruit and golden-streaked, reddish skin. Indeterminate.
TM982G OLD GERMAN ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM982T OLD GERMAN TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
JAPANESE TRIFELE BLACK
(OP) 80–85 days. Pear-shaped fruit has greenstreaked shoulders, deepening to a burnished mahogany and finally to a darkened, nearly black base. The meaty interior has similar, opulent shades and an incomparable, complex and rich flavor to match. The fruit reach 2 ½–3 inches long and wide and are very crack resistant. Indeterminate, potato-leafed plants.
TM952C JAPANESE TRIFELE BLACK
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM952T JAPANESE TRIFELE BLACK TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
JAUNE FLAMME
(OP) 75–80 days. Light up your tastebuds with this delightful heirloom. French for Yellow Flame, these deep orange beauties stack up by the dozens in long trusses on indeterminate vines. At 2 inches round and a full, wellbalanced flavor of sweet and sour, they’re just right for slicing into salads, roasting, drying or cooking into sauce.
TM816G JAUNE FLAMME ORGANIC ⅛ gram ¼ oz 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95 $26.95
TM816T JAUNE FLAMME TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
MORTGAGE LIFTER
(OP) 95 days. As the story goes, a tomato farmer facing bankruptcy selected a tomato that produced so well, he was able to sell the plants to pay off the mortgage. We’re not sure that would be the case today, but Mortgage Lifter certainly produces an abundance of 1–2 pound fruit. Not the prettiest in the world, but meaty and full of heirloom flavor. Indeterminate. Disease resistant.
(OP) 60–65 days. This cold-tolerant tomato ripens to sweet, red, slightly oval, 2 inch fruit. Stupice consistently gets high marks for taste throughout the summer. Pumps out fruit over the entire season. Indeterminate potato-leaf variety.
TM862G STUPICE ORGANIC
TM862T STUPICE TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
KELLOGG’S BREAKFAST (OP) 85 days. These beefy slicers are plenty big enough for breakfast, lunch, and dinner! Easily reaching 4–5 inches across or larger, the brilliant, orange fruit are rich, meaty, and full flavored. Indeterminate plants have an open, rambling habit.
TM948G KELLOGG’S BREAKFAST ORGANIC ⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM948T KELLOGG’S BREAKFAST TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BURBANK SLICING (OP) 75 days. Developed by Luther Burbank around 1915. Determinate and fairly early, Burbank Slicing is a heavy yielder of majestic 3–4 inch fruit. The fruit has a very deep red color and a traditional bold tomato flavor. Disease resistant.
TM907G BURBANK SLICING ORGANIC
Old German
Japanese Trifele Black
Italian Heirloom
Kellogg’s Breakfast
Stupice
Burbank Slicing
Jaune Flamme
(OP) 85 days. One of the sweetest tomatoes we have evaluated in its size class. The opalescent rose fruit have darkened shoulders, are 3–4 inches wide, thin skinned, and quite soft. Indeterminate and very vigorous. Seed from a seed saver in the former Soviet Union.
TM890G
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM890T
PINEAPPLE
(OP) 90 days. Pineapple will remind you of those visits to Grandpa’s garden when you were a kid. The beautiful, red-andyellow streaked tomatoes can weigh up to 1 pound. One taste will transport you back in time with that great old-fashioned, full-bodied tomato flavor. Indeterminate.
TM939G PINEAPPLE ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM939T PINEAPPLE TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
COSTOLUTO FIORENTINO
(OP) 80 days. Costoluto refers to the distinct flattened, heavily ribbed shape of various Italian heirlooms. This gorgeous selection comes from Florence and impressed us with its early maturity of brilliant red, 4 inch wide by 1 ½ inch tall tomatoes. Fruit are juicy and flavorful for slicing but really shine when slow-roasted or cooked down into a rich sauce. Indeterminate plants perform well in both hot and cooler climates.
TM945G COSTOLUTO FIORENTINO ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM945T COSTOLUTO
CHEROKEE PURPLE
(OP) 85 days. Similar to red-fruited Cherokee but much darker. Vigorous indeterminate plants produce slightly flattened, 13–14 ounce tomatoes with a purple cast and a good, rich flavor. Shoulders will remain green when ripe. One of the best-producing heirloom tomatoes we grow.
TM954G CHEROKEE PURPLE ORGANIC
⅛ gram ¼ oz 1 gram $4.95 $10.95 $26.95
TM954T CHEROKEE PURPLE TRANSPLANT
COSMONAUT VOLKOV
(OP) 72 days. Cosmonaut Volkov set our taste buds flying high with its rich, deep, balanced, sweet and tangy flavor. Indeterminate plants set generously sized, 2–3 inch, slightly squat, deep orange/red fruit with green-tinged shoulders, and bright red interiors. Territorial Seed Company's Great Northwest Tomato Taste-Off winner.
TM920G COSMONAUT VOLKOV ORGANIC
TM920T COSMONAUT VOLKOV TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GOLDEN TREASURE
(OP) 70 days. One of the best storage tomatoes we've found, and worth keeping for its delicious flavor. When picked green the 2 ¼–2 ½ inch fruit will be golden and ripe within 1–1 ½ months, and then will store another 1 ½–3 months longer! Vigorous, indeterminate vines.
TM924G GOLDEN TREASURE ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM924T GOLDEN TREASURE TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BRANDYWINE
(OP) 85 days. This winner of Territorial Seed Company's Great Northwest Tomato Taste-Off has the flavor to which all other tomatoes are compared. An indeterminate, potato-leaf variety with a sweet, rich, slightly spicy flavor. Not a heavy-yielding tomato, but the rounded fruit are large, up to 7 inches across. We have been selecting and growing seed of Brandywine for many years; our selection is now one of the earliest strains.
TM889T BRANDYWINE TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TM889GT BRANDYWINE GRAFTED TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $11.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Storage
(OP) 70 days. This storage tomato will keep up to 3 months! Gather the mature green or partially ripe fruit before the first frost. Place the tomatoes in a carryout nursery flat, or position on newspaper on a shelf. Arrange in a single layer without shoulders touching. Storage area temperatures should be 55–65°F, and out of direct light. The 3 inch fruit ripen to an orange/red color. Semi-determinate. F 1, V.
TM865G LONGKEEPER ORGANIC
Brandywine
Costoluto Fiorentino
Cherokee Purple
Black
Pineapple
BLACK
Cosmonaut Volkov
Longkeeper
Golden Treasure
Cocktail/Campari
PURPLE ZEBRA
(F1) 70 days. Purple Zebra’s green-streaked, deep red skin is the first indicator that this tomato is something special. The billiard ball-sized fruit has thick, smooth, dark purple flesh that is so rich and flavorful—umami balanced with a bit of sweet—that it’s difficult to resist. Our trials tasters unanimously agreed that it’s the best tasting new tomato we've had in years. Long, vining, indeterminate plants are very disease resistant, and the fruit resists cracking. IR: LB 2–3, LM A–E, ToMV, TSWV TYLCV, V.
TM828C PURPLE ZEBRA
10 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$6.95 $32.70 $59.95
TM828T PURPLE ZEBRA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.95
See Transplant Order Form for more information
Mountain Magic MOUNTAIN MAGIC
(F1) 70–75 days. The pinnacle of flavor and eating quality, these picture-perfect fruit are brilliant red with a juicy, smooth interior with low acid and high sugars. The uniform, crack-resistant, 1 ¾ inch globes appear in trusses of up to a dozen fruit on indeterminate plants. F 1–3, LB, V. IR: AB.
TM991C MOUNTAIN MAGIC
10 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$5.55 $13.85 $26.25
TM991T MOUNTAIN MAGIC TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.95
INDIGO™ CHERRY DROPS PVPAF (OP) 65 days. Perfectly packaged for healthy snacking, these single-bite cherry tomatoes are mouthwateringly delicious and loaded with the high antioxidant levels that are making the Indigo™ tomatoes famous. At 1–1 ¼ inches across, Indigo™ Cherry Drops are deep, rosy-red with a black-purple cast that is bursting with sweet flavor. The strong, indeterminate plants are non-stop, heavy producers of these tempting morsels and offer good leaf cover to protect from sun scald.
TM855G INDIGO™ CHERRY DROPS ORGANIC 20 seeds
$4.45 $12.80 $22.95
TM855T INDIGO™ CHERRY DROPS TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
INDIGO™ BLUE
BERRIES
(OP) 75 days. Indigo™ Blue Berries is as appealing to the palate and eye as its name implies. Indeterminate plants produce trusses of the delightfully delectable, little, 1–2 ounce cherry tomatoes. Taste testers blissfully describe the flavor as sparkling. The green fruit quickly develop purple tops and crimson bottoms, ripening to a midnight black tone with deep, maroon-colored bottoms.
TM978C INDIGO™ BLUE BERRIES
$4.35 $11.85 $21.60
TM978T INDIGO™ BLUE BERRIES TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BARTELLY
(F1) 50 days. Bartelly produces intricate trusses that look like woven blankets of elongated, scarlet fruit. We counted one truss with 64 tomatoes on it, each measuring 1 ¾ inches long and 1 inch wide. A reliable selection for low-input cultivation under cover or in the garden. The vigorous, indeterminate plants will keep you picking these mild-flavored cherry tomatoes all season long! LM, ToMV 0.
TM843G BARTELLY ORGANIC
TM843T BARTELLY TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
(OP) 55 days. One of the earliest tomatoes to ripen at our trial grounds, it not only produces loads of tasty, bite-sized treats before the tomato season truly kicks in, it also continues to pump them out throughout the summer. Shiny, ½–¾ inch, red globes have a bright, sweet flavor, are crack resistant, and engulf indeterminate plants in clusters.
TM917T CHERRY BUZZ TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Key to Tomato Disease Resistance/Tolerance
HR indicates high resistance. IR indicates intermediate resistance.
See Transplant Order Form for more information
INDIGO™ ROSE PVP201100302
(OP) 80 days. The 2 inch round fruit have nearly blue skin that occurs on the portion of the fruit that is exposed to light, while the shaded portion starts out green and turns deep red when mature. Inside, the flesh reveals the same rouge tone with a superbly balanced, multifaceted tomatoey flavor. The indeterminate plants have an open habit and are very vigorous producers. Bred at Oregon State University.
TM873G
Aal | Alternaria Stem Canker
AB | Early (Alternaria) Blight
B | Bacterial Wilt
F* | Fusarium Wilt
FOR | Fusarium Crown and Root Rot
L | Gray Leaf Spot
LB* | Late Blight
LM* | Leaf Mold
N | Roundworm | Nematode
Pf* | Leaf Mold | Passalora fulva
PST* | Bacterial Speck
RK | Root-Knot
TMV | Tobacco Mosaic Virus
ToANV | Tomato Apex Necrotic Virus
ToMV* | Tomato Mosaic Virus
TSWV | Tomato Spotted Wilt Virus
TYLCV | Tomato Yellow Leaf Curl Virus
V* | Verticillium Wilt
* Numbers & letters indicate specific disease race.
Bartelly
CHERRY BUZZ
Cherry Buzz
Indigo™ Rose
Indigo™ Cherry Drops
Purple Zebra
Indigo™ Blue Berries
YELLOW PEAR
(OP) 75–80 days. This pear tomato is a real overachiever! A great tomato just loaded with hundreds of small 1–2 inch yellow pear-shaped fruit. Indeterminate, so a trellis is recommended for heavy production. F 1–2, V.
TM885G
⅛
$4.95
TM885T
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
EARLY CHERRY
(OP) 55 days. Always one of the first to ripen, Early Cherry’s robust, full flavor is a good way to kick-off the fresh tomato season. The 1–1 ½ inch tomatoes ripen in sets, with about 5 orangey-red, oval-shaped tomatoes coming on at once. You can count on Early Cherry even in cold and adverse weather conditions. Determinate vines. F 1, V.
TM882G EARLY CHERRY ORGANIC
⅛ gram ¼ oz 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95 $26.95
TM882T EARLY CHERRY TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
LIZZANO
(F1) 65 days. One of the most beautiful and early-maturing cherries you can grow. Lizzano was crowned an AAS winner for its sweet, flavorful 1 inch fruit and its extra long harvest window. The well-mannered, semi-determinate plants thrive in the garden or containers, and they are sure to find a home in any garden setting. Disease resistant. LB.
TM967C
TM967T
ARTEMIS
(F1) 65 days. Not your average cherry tomato, Artemis amazed us with its flavor. In fact, our inhouse taste-testers deemed it the best flavored cherry tomato in our 2018 trials. The 1 inch round fruit have an incredibly rich flavor that’s also very sweet. The vigorous indeterminate vines produce lots of trusses with 15–20, crisp, dark red fruit. F 1–2, LM, N, TMV, ToMV.
TM839C ARTEMIS
TM839T ARTEMIS TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TM839GT ARTEMIS GRAFTED TRANSPLANT
RED TORCH
(F1) 60 days. This eye-popping tomato has superb flavor to match its stunning appearance. The 2 inch long, fiery red fruit are streaked with yellow and pointed like a flame. Big enough for 2 bites, Red Torch provides lots of great snacking early in the season and through to frost. The indeterminate vines shrug off challenging growing conditions and keep the harvests coming.
TM833C RED TORCH 10 seeds 100 seeds 50 seeds
$4.95 $11.25 $18.95
TM833T RED TORCH TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BLUSH
(OP) 70 days. An elongated, plump, bulletshaped cherry that is large enough to slice, yet still small enough for snacking out of hand. Radiant golden fruit are drizzled with ruby streaks. Blush came in second place for its intriguingly complex flavor during our in-house tomato tasting. Indeterminate plants produce 2 ½ inch long, 1 ¼ inch wide tomatoes.
TM999G BLUSH ORGANIC
TM999T
25 seeds
CROKINI
(F1) 52 days. Vivid, rich red color and vibrant, full-bodied flavor packed into a bitesized ¾ inch fruit. The indeterminate Crokini is our first Late Blight resistant cherry tomato. It’s incredibly productive and crack resistant, so you’ll have vines full of beautiful AAS winning fruit. HR: F 0, LM, ToMV 0–2. IR: LB, N, TYLCV.
TM820C CROKINI 15 seeds
TM820T CROKINI TRANSPLANT
SUNGOLD
(F1) 65 days. Sungold’s fruity or tropical flavor is a big hit with everyone who tastes it. The bright apricot-orange round globes are 1 ¼ inches across and are borne on long, 10–15 fruit, grape-like trusses. The vigorous indeterminate vines produce equally well in the field and the early spring greenhouse. F 1–2, TMV, V.
TM883C SUNGOLD
TM883T SUNGOLD TRANSPLANT
Transplant
See Transplant Order Form for more information
SAKURA (F1) 55–60 days. Sakura’s vigorous, diseaseresistant, indeterminate plants produce long trusses of uniform, 1 ½ inch fruit. These cherry tomatoes are firm, crack resistant, sweet and delicious. The plants are productive in cool and warm seasons. HR: F, LM, ToMV 0–2. IR: RK.
TM840G SAKURA ORGANIC
250 seeds 100 seeds
$4.95 $8.75
TM840T SAKURA TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.95
Early Cherry
Yellow Pear
Lizzano
Sungold
Crokini
Blush
Red Torch
Orange Paruche ORANGE PARUCHE
(F1) 67 days. The quintessential flavor of summer is captured in these sweet and flavorful fruit. Orange Paruche excels in productivity with astonishing quantities of brilliant, glowing orange fruit that are irresistible and vitamin packed. The 1 inch round fruit crowd branched trusses on the indeterminate, vigorous plants. The winner of our in-house taste test. F 1, TMV, ToMV.
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TM966GT ORANGE PARUCHE GRAFTED TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $11.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
SWEET MILLION
(F1) 65–75 days. Trial ground visitors can’t get enough of this one! The indeterminate plants produce 1–1 ½ inch fruit in grape-like clusters. A truss of these “two bite” size tomatoes is welcome next to any mixed greens salad. HR: F 1–2, TMV, ToMV 0–1.
GOLD NUGGET
(OP) 60 days. Always among the first to ripen, Gold Nugget attains an unusually rich, sweet flavor when mature. Vigorous and determinate, plants are loaded with ¾ inch, round golden fruit from early in the season ‘til frost. Bred by Dr. Jim Baggett at Oregon State University. F 1, V.
TM877G GOLD NUGGET ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $10.95
TM877T GOLD NUGGET TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TM878C SWEET MILLION
TM878T SWEET MILLION TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
CHOCOLATE CHERRY
RASPBERRY DROP
(F1) 70 days. Thick trusses of dark pink/red, elongated gems with a blush of gold adorn healthy, indeterminate plants. The generously sized, 1 ¼ inch long and 1 inch wide, pointed fruit burst with a candy-like sweet tart flavor. Add the strong disease resistance, and you can keep picking to frost. HR: F 1–2, LM A–E, ToMV, V. IR: TSWV, TYLCV.
trusses of 1 ½ inch long and 1 ¼ inch wide, scarlet fruit. The firm grapes hold well on the plant. HR: F 1–2, FOR, ToMV 0–2. IR: L.
TM837C RUBY CRUSH 10 seeds
(OP) 70 days. These cherries have an attractive port wine-colored flesh and skin with a comparably delicious and multifaceted flavor. The super productive, indeterminate plants produce trusses of 1 inch round fruit. We’ve found them enjoyable when picked several days before they’re fully ripe, then allowed to finish indoors.
TM884C CHOCOLATE CHERRY
⅛
TM884T CHOCOLATE CHERRY TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for
CHOCOLATE SPRINKLES
(F1) 70 days. As tempting as its welldeserved name, Chocolate Sprinkles is the perfect balance of flavor, appearance, yield, and disease resistance. These bite-sized tomatoes have striking, forest green streaks over deep coppery-red and a delightfully sweet taste. Indeterminate plants produce abundant, thick trusses of the scrumptious, crack-resistant fruit. HR: F, N, TMV.
1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
seeds 50 seeds $6.45 $20.95 $36.35
TM837T RUBY CRUSH TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
LITTLE NAPOLI
(F1) 60–65 days. Our choice for a roma-style tomato that’s comfortable growing in a container. The exceptionally compact, determinate plants produce heavy flushes of bright crimson, oval tomatoes that are meaty and dense with a rich, tangy flavor. Overall plant size is 12–18 inches tall, stretching 24–36 inches wide.
TM856C
TM856T
Little Napoli
Ruby Crush
Gold Nugget
Chocolate Sprinkles
Chocolate Cherry
Sweet Million Raspberry Drop
Vegetables
Nova NOVA
(OP) 65 days. One of the earliest roma types to ripen in our trials, Nova exploded with fruit before most other saucing types. Meaty, lipstick red, 1 ½ inch by 2 inch fruit is elongated with a pointed end. Compact, determinate plants. Start your tomato canning and sauce making early with this delightful, excellent tasting tomato.
TM974G NOVA ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95
$10.95
TM974T NOVA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
POZZANO (F1) 72 days. Pozzano produces remarkably uniform, firm, orange/red fruit in clusters of 4–5. Reaching about 4 ½ inches long and 1 ½ inches across, they’re moist and meaty and cook down quickly for old world-flavored sauce, soup, or ketchup. Sturdy, indeterminate plants are resistant to blossom-end rot. HR: F 0–1, ToMV, V.
TM995C POZZANO
10 seeds
seeds
$6.45 $23.95 $45.85
TM995G POZZANO ORGANIC 10 seeds
$6.95 $24.25 $46.35
TM995T POZZANO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BANANA LEGS
(OP) 75 days. These unusual, elongated tomatoes are truly in a category of their own. Shaped like a roma with the flavor of a slicer, they have a crowd-pleasing, low acid taste that’s delicious fresh in salads and sandwiches. The 4 inch long fruit have extra eye-appealing golden yellow skin with highlights of metallic orange streaked down their length. Determinate plants.
TM827G BANANA LEGS ORGANIC
⅛ gram
$4.95
TM827T BANANA
$5.65
CUORE DI BUE
(OP) 85 days. This curious and striking tomato is guaranteed to turn heads as well as satisfy appetites. Its name is simply Italian for oxheart, although this selection (Riviera) is an exotic twist on the oxheart tomato type. These big tomatoes have a bottom-heavy shape reminiscent of a pouch with a gathered top. They measure 3 ½ inches wide and 4 inches long and weigh in just under ½ pound each. Cuore di Bue is one of the tastiest saucing types with dense flesh and lustrous, orangeyred skin. Indeterminate.
TM965C CUORE DI BUE
⅛ gram 1000 seeds 250 seeds
$4.95 $10.95 $26.95
TM965T CUORE DI BUE TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
OREGON STAR
(OP) 75–80 days. Oregon Star is back by popular demand! Thanks to years of our farm’s maintenance breeding program, we’ve developed this exceptional strain with improved fruit shape and earlier ripening. The vigorous, determinate plants produce huge fruit, 3 by 5 inches that are the meatiest sauce tomatoes imaginable. A signature characteristic of Oregon Star is its variability in fruit shape. Regardless of appearance, your harvest will make the richest soups and sauces. PAT.
TM921G OREGON STAR ORGANIC
⅛ gram
$5.45
TM921T OREGON STAR TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
SAN MARZANO
(OP) 78 days. The granddaddy of the San Marzano family of sauce tomatoes. This one still ranks among the richest roma types we’ve trialed and is high in sugars, pectin, and flavor. The rosy red fruit are meaty and thick walled, reaching up to 5 inches long, and gather on the indeterminate plants in thick clusters.
TM996G
NEW KUZCO
(F1) 60–65 days. This high-yielding, welladapted determinate saladette boasts impressive early harvests, ensuring a quick turnaround to market, particularly in cooler conditions. It features a robust disease package, including protection against fusarium race 3 and tomato spotted wilt virus, enhancing crop security throughout its production window. HR: Aal, F 1–3, PST 0, ToANV, V 1. IR: L, TSWV.
TM813T KUZCO TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
POMODORO SQUISITO
(F1) 80–85 days. A true fingertip-kissing sauce tomato! This new San Marzano hybrid produces heaps of luscious fruit for all your sauce, ketchup and soup needs. Vigorous, indeterminate plants set heavy clusters of 6–8, elongated deep red fruit with thick meat, a minimal seed cavity and well-developed flavor. We especially love Pomodoro Squisito’s resistance to blossom-end rot for a San Marzano type. HR: F 0–1, ToMV, V. IR: TYLCV.
TM831T POMODORO SQUISITO TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TM996GT SAN MARZANO GRAFTED TRANSPLANT
Oregon Star
Banana Legs
San Marzano
Cuore Di Bue
Pomodoro Squisito
Kuzco
Pozzano
Currant
SWEET PEA
(OP) 62 days. We instantly fell in love with this delightfully tiny tomato. Its miniscule leaves, flowers and ¼ inch, ruby red fruit are the teeniest we’ve seen. Deceptively big on sweet, currant flavor, they are a treat in salads, as a garnish or right off the plant by the handfuls! Sweet Pea is a charming, indeterminate plant with a low, spreading habit that lends itself to container living and especially to hanging baskets.
TM951G SWEET PEA ORGANIC
⅛ gram 1 gram
$4.95 $11.25
TM951T SWEET PEA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
CANDYLAND RED
(OP) 55 days. A unique and delectable variety for its habit, quality and mouthwatering flavor, all of which add up to a well-deserved AAS award. These ½ inch round, red tidbits are exploding with rich, concentrated currant flavor that’s absolutely tantalizing. Like most currant types, Candyland Red has diminutive leaves and flowers, but unlike its rangy peers, it retains a more manageable, more self-supporting, bushy habit and tends to set its fruit on the outside of the plants for easy access. Indeterminate.
TM911C CANDYLAND RED
10 seeds 100 seeds 50
TM911T
1 Transplant
$5.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
TOMATILLOS & GROUND CHERRIES
Physalis spp.
Min.
Seeds per gram Fertilizer Needs 75% Listed by type 3 years High
Culture
l Refer to tomato culture on page 92
l Plant at least 2 plants to ensure proper pollination
Harvest & Storage
l Tomatillos: ripe when papery husk has dried up or folded back to reveal plump fruit
l Ground Cherries: ripe fruit will fall to the ground
Tomatillos
Physalis ixocarpa Approximately 60–65 seeds per ⅛ gram; about 500 seeds per gram.
MILTOMATE
(OP) 80 days. Open, sprawling bushes are covered with fat, pointed, papery husked, 1 inch fruits. Rich flavor makes this variety great for salsa. We found that the flavor is at its peak when fruit easily falls off the plant when shaken. From Mexico.
TM959G MILTOMATE ORGANIC ⅛ gram $4.95
MEXICAN STRAIN
(OP) 65 days. A larger tomatillo, averaging 2 inches across, Mexican Strain has a more savory flavor than others we’ve tried. Because of its unique flavor, it is a preferred variety for many Mexican dishes, including salsa verde and chili verde.
TM900G MEXICAN STRAIN ORGANIC
Tomato Crater
This do-it-all heavy-duty plastic, red Tomato Crater is just what your tomato plants need. It warms the soil, retains ground moisture, eliminates weeding, and even controls cutworms and other ground insects. The design ensures that water and fertilizer go directly to the roots. Dimensions: 11 ½ inches across by 2 inches deep.
ZHG383* pkg of 3 $24.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
PURPLE
(OP) 70 days. This unusual deep purple tomatillo makes an ideal salsa with its sweet-tart flavor. The plant has striking purple veins in the leaves, and the husks are light green to buff colored. Very decorative as a garnish. We’ve noticed that after harvest when husks are completely removed, the skin becomes more uniformly purple.
TM934G PURPLE ORGANIC
Ground Cherries
Physalis peruviana Approximately 150 seeds per ⅛ gram, about 1200 seeds per gram.
AUNT MOLLY’S (OP) 65–70 days. When ripe the fruit turns a golden orange color and drops to the ground. An unusual and rewarding addition to salads and smoothies. Will store up to 3 months in the husk. Territorial selected and released this variety named after Tom and Julie’s first business Aunt Molly’s Ice Cream Treats.
PINEAPPLE
(OP) 75 days. This out-of-the-ordinary yellow ground cherry has a flavor that is sweet, fruity, and really does remind you of a pineapple. Makes a unique and wonderful salsa. The short-spreading vines produce abundantly.
Grains require modest levels of nutrition to produce good quality proteins. Excessive soil fertility will cause lower protein levels and may lead to lodging (heavy heads falling over).
Seeding: The ease of weed control is directly related to the method of sowing. Most grains prefer to be drilled or planted into the soil and covered. For the smaller-scale grower, broadcast the seed over the surface of the soil and rake in to ensure good soil contact. Sow 3 pounds per 1000 square feet. See our website for additional varieties and culture information. Complete harvest and storage information included with each order.
Full Pint Barley FULL PINT BARLEY
(OP) Hordeumvulgare (A) A spring 2-row barley developed at Oregon State University, Full Pint is a shorter plant with an erect habit and strong disease resistance. It thrives when overwintered in our mild, wet Paci fic Northwest winters, or can be spring planted in colder regions. Craft brewers were quick to identify Full Pint’s appealing malted flavor described as one distinctly of fresh, salted popcorn. Recommended seeding rate: 100 pounds per acre.
1 lb 10 lbs 5 lbs
$7.95 $25.65 $41.75
COVER CROPS
One of the easiest and most economical ways to improve your soil is to plant green manures, commonly called cover crops. Most garden soils can be maintained at their highest level of productivity by sound soil management practices that involve a combination of soil tillage, crop rotation, and most importantly, the addition of organic matter through green manures. Organic matter is the food component of soil. Soil-dwelling fungi and bacteria work to break down organic matter. When these soil microorganisms eat organic matter, nutrients are released back into the soil in a form that is usable by plants. This process is called nutrient cycling. Nutrient cycling affects both the physical and chemical properties of the soil. The addition of organic matter builds soil structure, which increases water absorption and nutrient-holding capacity, buffers the soil pH, and improves aeration. Cover crops choke out weeds by restricting sunlight to the soil, stabilize the soil surface, and through their deep-reaching roots, help to break up hardpan and bring nutrients to the surface for other plants to utilize. As part of a long-term rotation plan, cover crops can provide a stable habitat within your garden for beneficial insects and microorganisms. Green manures can be grown in the same year as a vegetable crop, such as a cover crop of white clover planted around a cole crop. They can also be grown as a perennial in orchards and vineyards. In mild climates (zones 6 and above), cover crops can be fall planted and tilled in the following spring just before planting. In harsher climates, cover crops can be grown in rows between the crops or as a component of rotation in your garden. Green manure crops are a superior source of organic matter when they are cut and turned under. In addition to this benefit, legume green manures (peas, beans, clovers, favas and vetch) act as a host for the bacteria that fix and make nitrogen available for your vegetable or fruit crops.
(A) Annual (B) Biennial (P) Perennial
Legume Crops
Legume cover crops are an essential component of good soil management. Growing legumes and incorporating them back into the soil increases the organic carbon content, and improves the soil fertility and water-holding capacity of the soil. Legumes obtain their nitrogen from the air, and can provide as much nitrogen for your next crop as fertilizer, containing 100–150 pounds of nitrogen per acre. For maximum nitrogen yields, legumes should be incorporated into the soil at peak bloom.
(OP) Crotalaria juncea (A) A tropical legume that provides tremendous amounts of biomass (up to 5000 pounds per acre) as well as fixing nitrogen in the soil. Sunn Hemp is a fastgrowing crop that thrives in heat, low fertility, sandy soil and will not harbor nematodes. It is drought tolerant and has superior nitrogen fixing ability. We recommend mowing the crop at first flower to avoid development of fibrous stalks. The name hemp is an antiquated reference to any plant that may be used for its fiber; this plant is unrelated to Cannabis. Recommended seeding rate: 15–20 pounds per acre.
WW4458C SUNN HEMP
(OP) Triticum aestivum (A) A dependable producer in the Northwest since the 1960s. Performs better on wet soils than other wheat varieties. Makes great flour for gravies, sauces, biscuits, and cakes. Recommended seeding rate: 3–4 pounds per 1000 square feet; 70–150 pounds per acre.
WW4437C
(OP) Glycine max (A) This edible legume is a great nitrogen fi xer during the hot summer growing season, making up to 130 pounds of available nitrogen per acre. Performs best when irrigated at planting time, as this helps to get this legume prepared for the summer heat. For green manure, rototill soybeans into the soil when 50% of the plants have flowered. If you wish to harvest the beans, let them fully mature and dry in the pod. Grows to 24 inches, tolerating almost any soil. Sow spring to summer. Recommended seeding rate: 2–3 pounds per 1000 square feet; 50 pounds per acre.
(OP) Vicia faba (A) In zones 7 and above, plant 3 weeks prior to your first killing frost. When fall sown, magnificent stands of impenetrable vegetation reach 6 feet by late May. Tolerant of temporarily waterlogged soils in winter. Winter hardy to at least 10°F. Spring sow in colder regions. Best stands obtained by planting 3 inches deep, but can also be broadcast at ½–¾ pound per 100 square feet; 5 pounds per 1000 square feet, or 200
per acre.
Small Fava
Soybean
SOYBEAN
SMALL FAVA
Yamhill Soft White Winter Wheat
YAMHILL SOFT WHITE WINTER WHEAT
Sunn Hemp
SUNN HEMP
WW4452C FULL PINT BARLEY
Legume Crops
Clovers
NEW ZEALAND WHITE CLOVER
(OP) Trifolium repens (P) Growing to only 8 inches, this low perennial clover has a growth habit similar to White Dutch Clover but will stand drought conditions better, is more vigorous, and tolerates a wide range of soils. Used for both a spring and fall cover crop, New Zealand White Clover can be sown between row plantings or as a solid seeded cover. A terri fic green manure as it fi xes up to 170 pounds of nitrogen per acre and attracts beneficial insects. Recommended seeding rate: ¼ pound per 1000 square feet; 6–10 pounds per acre. Pre-inoculated.
WW4412C NEW ZEALAND WHITE CLOVER
1 lb 10 lbs 5 lbs
$12.35 $51.25 $95.15
YELLOW BLOSSOM SWEET CLOVER
(OP) Melilotus officinalis (B) This cool-season biennial is an expert at mining insoluble minerals like potassium and phosphorus from the lower levels of the soil and bringing them to the surface. Its long tap root also helps loosen hard packed soils. Yellow Blossom Sweet Clover will fix up to 125 pounds of nitrogen per acre, and with adequate moisture, will grow to 6 feet, providing tons of organic matter to your soil! This clover has demonstrated good drought tolerance, especially when planted early, just after your last frost. Recommended seeding rate: 1 pound per 1000 square feet; 15–20 pounds per acre. Pre-inoculated.
WW4415C YELLOW BLOSSOM SWEET CLOVER
BERSEEM CLOVER
(OP) Trifolium alexandrinum (A) One of the best nitrogen fixers, making 200–300 pounds per acre available. Extremely productive, it is an excellent forage as well as a green manure. An annual with ivory blossoms, Berseem will tolerate a wide range of soils and temperatures down to 15°F. Plant late summer to get the best winter cover; sow ½ inch deep. Height: 18–30 inches. Recommended seeding rate: 1 pound per 1000 square feet; 15–20 pounds per acre. Pre-inoculated.
WW4405C BERSEEM
1
Microclover® MICROCLOVER®
(OP) Trifoliumrepens(P) Our shortest clover cover crop, Microclover® is an outstanding, durable, multi-purpose plant. It has naturally dense growth that provides excellent weed suppression. It fills in quickly but is not overly aggressive like some other perennial clovers, and its dwarf foliage creates a solid mass of durable, deep green, uniform leaves. The resilient, cold-hardy plants tolerate shade, both wet and drought conditions, foot traf fic and very low mowing. Microclover® is an outstanding, low maintenance lawn companion to mix with grass. Left unmown, it will only reach 3–6 inches tall, but periodic mowing keeps it shorter and very lush. Seeding it in with a lawn, its nitrogen-fixing ability helps feed the lawn for a naturally sustainable planting. Deep roots break up clay and reach farther for water, keeping it green when more shallow-rooted plants suffer. Pre-inoculated. Recommended seeding rate: 1 pound per 1000 square feet.
WW4462P MICROCLOVER® PELLETED
MAMMOTH RED CLOVER
(OP) Trifolium pratense var. sativum (B) An excellent fast-growing cover crop that can be planted almost any time of the year. More vigorous and tolerant of acidic soils than other clovers, Mammoth Red breaks up clay soils and can add as much as 200 pounds of nitrogen per acre. Reaching up to 3 feet in height at maturity, Mammoth Red Clover can provide enormous amounts of organic matter and tilth to your soil. Recommended seeding rate: ½ pound per 1000 square feet or at 20 pounds per acre. Pre-inoculated.
WW4434G
FIXATION BALANSA CLOVER
(OP) Trifolium michelianum Savi (A) This newly released clover is a next-level cover crop. The most cold tolerant of annual clovers, FIXatioN Balansa can survive down to -14°F while producing huge amounts of biomass and fi xing over 250 pounds of nitrogen per acre. A very vigorous grower, it will reach about 3 feet tall while branching out and spreading laterally with rangy stems up to 10 feet long. Underground its branching taproots can penetrate up to 18 inches in a mere 45 days to break up hard clay and greatly improve drainage. The crop can be grazed or mown for hay, and its flowers are powerfully attractive to pollinators. This exceptionally resilient variety is tolerant of drought, heat, cold, shade, acidic soils, and wet soil (including short durations of flooding). Recommended seeding rate: 5‒8 pounds per acre. Pre-inoculated.
WW4455C
CRIMSON CLOVER
(OP) Trifolium incarnatum (A) A reliably winterhardy annual variety that does not multiply with runners (like perennial Red Clover) and is easy to eliminate by tillage. Planted September through October, Crimson Clover forms a dense green carpet by mid-winter, fixing 125 pounds of nitrogen per acre and producing tons of humus. Does not perform well in waterlogged or acidic soils. Matures in June with crimson flowers on 18 inch plants. Shade tolerant and a great summer beneficial insect attractant. Sow ¼–½ inch deep in spring, summer, or fall. Recommended seeding rate: 1–2 pounds per 1000 square feet; 30–40 pounds per acre. Please note: only the conventional offering is pre-inoculated. WW4408C
Mammoth Red Clover
New Zealand White Clover
FIXatioN Balansa Clover
Crimson Clover
LAWN MIX
NEW ECOEASE MICROCLOVER AND FESCUE LAWN MIX (OP) Festucarubra,Festucatrachyphylla,Trifoliumrepens,Festucaovina (P) Whether establishing a new lawn or rejuvenating an existing one, this versatile mix offers a hassle-free solution. Featuring a blend of three fescue varieties and microclover, it creates a thick ground covering that can withstand regular foot traf fic and requires minimal mowing —only needing the occasional trim. However, if allowed to blossom the clover will attract pollinators. Unlike traditional lawns, this mix demands less water, thrives in less-than-ideal soil conditions, and can even flourish in partially shaded areas. Its dense clover growth naturally inhibits weed growth and the clover enriches the surrounding grass with nitrogen, eliminating the need for additional fertilization. Microclover exhibits resistance to pet damage, making it perfect for households with pets. This lush blend greens up earlier than conventional lawns and maintains its appearance until the first frost, or even throughout winter in warmer regions. Recommended seeding rate: 36 ounces per 1,000 square feet; 136 pounds per acre.
WW4409C ECOEASE
Brassica Cover Crops
The rapid growth of brassicas supplies a thick ground cover that protects the soil from erosion and helps suppress weeds with a dense amount of biomass. Some brassicas have a large taproot that can break through plow or rototiller pans, thus aerating the soil. The roots also scavenge nutrients from deep in the soil and bring them back to the surface where they can be utilized by your next food crop plantings. Other brassica species release chemical compounds that may be toxic to soil-dwelling pathogens and pests such as nematodes, and even some weeds. And if left to flower, brassicas are especially popular with beneficial insects.
GROUNDHOG DAIKON RADISH
(OP) Raphanus sativus var. niger (A) 60 days. Daikon in Japanese means large root. There are perhaps hundreds of varieties of daikon radishes bred for different purposes: from the very mild carrot-shaped types for fresh eating and pickling, to the tillage types we sell here. This strain of daikon is referred to as a biodrill or tillage radish. Tillage radishes are speci fically bred to form huge soil-busting roots, with a tap root that can reach far into the soil to reclaim nitrogen. The roots also leave large holes in the ground allowing water infiltration and soil aeration. They can even suppress weeds with their quick canopy cover, especially from August sowings. Once planted in late summer, the radishes are not harvested or turned under, but left to die off in the winter and decay to contribute a nitrogen store for spring planting. The extra long, 10–20 inch roots of Groundhog allows it to drill down and pull huge amounts of nutrients from deep within the soil, which the following crop can utilize. In just 6–8 weeks, Groundhog can capture 150–200 pounds of nitrogen per acre before winter killing. Plant in late summer. Recommended seeding rate: ½ pound per 1000 square feet; 10–12 pounds per acre.
WW4429C GROUNDHOG
PACER FORAGE TURNIP
(F1) Brassica rapa (A) 50–70 days. A cross between a forage turnip and a forage rape. Fall-sown turnips do an excellent job of suppressing weeds and are ef ficient miners and recyclers of existing nutrients in the soil. When turned under, they decompose very quickly. Livestock and deer can survive quite nicely all winter long dining on this high protein forage source. Pacer was bred for fast, vigorous establishment and quick maturity. It also has more leaf structure than most other forage turnips and is multi-crowned for improved re-growth potential even after aggressive animal foraging. The high leaf-to-bulb ratio results in a very leafy crop with high digestibility your livestock will love. Sow spring to late summer. Recommended seeding rate: ¼ pound per 1000 square feet; 5–7 pounds per acre.
WW4428C PACER FORAGE TURNIP
Lacy Phacelia
LACY PHACELIA
(OP) Phacelia tanacetifolia (A) The list of benefits that cover crops can offer a garden is extensive, and Lacy Phacelia is unique in that its predominant contribution is its pollinator-attracting power. On our farm, stands of Lacy Phacelia are a constant buzz of bee activity like no other plant with the exception, perhaps, of buckwheat in full bloom. This fast-growing annual wildflower produces very attractive, ferny foliage growing 2‒3 feet tall and topped with fascinating blue flowers that unfurl in a fiddlehead shape. As a cover crop, Lacy Phacelia aggressively out-competes weeds and will absorb excess nitrates and calcium in the ground. At our farm, we have found that this crop conditions the top few inches of soil better than almost any other cover crop we've grown. Lacy Phacelia will germinate in soil temperatures greater than 37°F, with the optimal range being 60‒70°F. Will readily re-seed if not dead-headed, and winter kills at 20°F. Recommended seeding rate: 3 ounces per 1,000 square feet or 7 pounds per acre.
Pacer Forage Turnip
Lacy Phacelia
Groundhog Daikon Radish
EcoEase Microclover And Fescue Lawn Mix
Cereal Grains and Grass
Cereal grains and grasses grow very quickly and provide quick ground cover. They can produce a tremendous amount of biomass that not only smothers weeds and prevents soil erosion, but also puts huge amounts of green matter, or green manure, back into the soil which improves the soil’s tilth. These cover crops are nature’s great nutrient recyclers. The plant’s extensive root system pulls nitrogen and other minerals from deep within the soil, and stores these elements within its roots and leaf structure. Upon turning under the crop, nitrogen and other elements are released or recycled back just underneath the soil surface so the next crop can utilize the nitrogen that once was beyond reach and leaching away.
BUCKWHEAT
(OP) Fagopyrum esculentum (A) Grows quickly to 24 inches in ordinary garden soil and has minimal nutritional needs. Should be tilled in when flowering begins (5–6 weeks after germination). The brittle plants are easy to chop up with a hoe, making it an easy cover crop to work with. Because of its dense growth, buckwheat can smother out the most tenacious weeds, even thistle! An excellent attractant for bene ficial insects as well as a good thrip trap crop. Also works as an accumulator of insoluble phosphorus that is released back into the soil when tilled in. Sow spring to summer. Recommended seeding rate: 1 pound per 500 square feet; 50 pounds per acre.
WW4416C BUCKWHEAT
1 lb 10 lbs 5 lbs
$8.95
OATS
(OP) Avena sativa (A) This valuable cover crop has many uses. Oats’ fast spring growth makes it ideal for erosion control and adds quick organic matter to the soil. As a fast germinating nurse crop, it will shade and keep the soil cooler for slower germinating legumes. Sow spring through summer. Although it will winter kill, oats can be planted in the fall and the residual plant material can be worked under in the spring to form a soft mellow seedbed. Oats will form seed heads the first year. You can mow it high to remove immature seed heads, or cut it for oat hay. Recommended seeding rate: 1–2 pounds per 1000 square feet; 50 pounds per acre.
WW4414C OATS
SUCCOTASH
(OP) Avena sativa, Hordeum vulgare L, Triticum sp (A) This mix of oats, barley, and spring wheat produces a high-protein grain blend, rich nutritious feed for livestock, along with excellent quality bedding straw. Relatively fast-growing, it’s a great selection for the self-sustaining poultry farmer, as chickens love it! A warm weather crop, Succotash should be sown in spring to summer for grain production, as it will winter kill. Seeding rate: 80–100 pounds per acre.
WW4449G SUCCOTASH ORGANIC
1
$7.95
Cover Crop Blends
ORGANIC SUMMERMAX BLEND
(OP/F1) Fagopyrum esculentum, Glycine max, Sorghum x drummondii, Avena sativa, Vigna unguiculata subsp. unguiculata (A) A fast-growing, warm weather cover crop for soil improvement, weed suppression or forage. This blend of allorganic 34% Buckwheat, 32% Soybeans, 14% Viking 210 Sorghum Sudangrass, 10% Sumo Oats, and 10% Black Eyed Cowpeas provides a very vigorous, balanced mix of broadleaf annual/legume/summer annual grass to produce enormous amounts of biomass. Cut when the buckwheat blooms. Recommended seeding rate: 40–50 pounds per acre.
TSC’S FALL MIX
(OP) (A) Take the guess work out of which cover crop to choose with this multipurpose blend that is perfect for fall sowing. Our mix will help control weeds and erosion while adding valuable nitrogen and organic matter. A balanced blend of Austrian Field Peas, Crimson Clover, Hairy Vetch, Annual and Winter Rye. Recommended seeding rate: 2–3 pounds per 1000 square feet; 100 pounds per acre.
WW4422C
TSC’S SPRING MIX
(OP) (A) This blend has the same combination of weed and erosion control as our Fall Mix while also supplementing the soil with lots of organic matter and nitrogen. This mix of 60% Austrian Field Peas, 25% Oats and 15% Hairy Vetch is a fusion of well-rounded, soil-improving varieties to maximize the benefi ts of cover crops for your garden. Recommended seeding rate: 2–4 pounds per 1000 square feet; 50–75 pounds per acre.
WW4439C
Succotash
Buckwheat
Organic Summermax Blend
Oats
TSC's Fall Mix
HERBS
Germ
Germ Code (2)
Germinates at temperatures between 60–75°F.
Larger seeds need to be covered with soil at least as thick as the seed itself. May be slow and erratic to germinate.
Need a period of cold stratification. Keep warm and moist for 2 weeks followed by temperatures of 33–35°F for 4–6 weeks.
No special requirements, but germination may be slow and erratic.
Culture
l Fertile, well-drained soil provides the best results
l Harvest and fertilize regularly to encourage vegetative growth
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
l For leafy herbs snip off flower buds as they appear
Transplanting
l Start seeds 6–8 weeks before anticipated transplant date, following our Culture Basics on page 5
l Small seeds (thyme, savory, marjoram, oregano) can be gently pressed onto surface of soil—don't cover or bury seed
l Fertilize with Age Old Grow every 10–14 days for optimum growth
l Small seedlings such as thyme, savory and sweet marjoram may be successfully transplanted in small clumps
l Hardy herbs can be transplanted after the last frost
l Transplant tender herbs after last frost when weather has stabilized
Harvest & Storage
l Fresh use: Harvest only as needed
l Drying: Harvest at peak maturity, hang small bunches from ceiling in a dry, warm (80‒90°F), dark location with good ventilation for 1–2 weeks
l Distilling: Harvest when blooms are just beginning to appear; at this point the leaves contain the highest level of essential oils
KEY TO SYMBOLS
20 Gallon Root Pouch With Handles
These roomy, heavy-duty planting bags are big enough for a small garden or larger tree! Constructed from recycled water bottles and natural fiber, the lightweight, 20 gallon pots are durable, reusable and long-lasting. Measures 14 ½ inches tall and 18 inches in diameter with 2 stout handles securely sewn in the top. See page 142 for full description. ZPT737 1 pot
Anise Hyssop
Ashwagandha
Agastache rugosa (P)
Germination code: (1)
BLUE
A wonderful plant that benefi ts the gardener and wildlife alike. Honeybees and butterflies love the nectar from the indigo-violet to blue flowers. Gardeners love the tea made from the leaves. The 3–4 foot tall plants will produce their flowers on dense spikes 2–6 inches long. Hardy in zones 5 and above. Approximately 2200 seeds per gram.
HR1011C BLUE
HR1011T BLUE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $7.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GOLDEN JUBILEE
Hummingbirds, butterflies, and bees alike all adore the 3 inch, soft lavender-blue flowers that grace this AAS and Fleuroselect Award winner. The blooms contrast wonderfully with the chartreuse-yellow foliage—especially striking when planted alongside red-foliaged plants. The highly aromatic leaves can be used for teas or dried for potpourris, and the flowers can be sprinkled on salads for a dash of color. Also excellent as a cut flower. The 2–4 foot plants bloom July through August. Hardy in zones 6 and above.
HR1003C
HR1003T
Withania somnifera (TP)
NEW ASHWAGANDHA
Build your medicinal herb garden with this traditional Ayurvedic plant. Herbalists typically make preparations of the plant’s roots for healing. This easy-care crop is drought tolerant and requires slightly alkaline soil and little to no fertilizer. The plant will produce fruit with papery husks (like tomatillos) that will dry when the roots are ready for harvest. Perennializing in zones 7 and warmer, overwintered plants can reach up to 36 inches tall.
HR1030T ASHWAGANDHA TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $11.45 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Angelica
Angelica archangelica (B)
Approximately 200 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1)
ANGELICA
Perfect for cooks and herbalists alike, this biennial is used in traditional medicine to treat numerous ailments and, all parts of the plant are edible. The herb itself makes a statement in any garden, rising 6 feet tall with tropical-looking foliage and stiff hollow stems. In the second year it really shows off by blooming spectacular white and green firework-shaped flower clusters.
HR1010C
Basil
THAI BASIL
(A) Spicy and distinctive, Thai basil is a popular culinary herb that adds a welcome tingle to any meal. 14 inches tall, this plant isn’t just delicious but beautiful. Its gentle green leaves are offset by rich purple flowers reaching for the sky.
HR1064G THAI BASIL ORGANIC
Blue
Golden Jubilee
Angelica
Ashwagandha
ROSIE
(A) A dreamy purple-colored basil with deep red hues and slightly serrated leaves, Rosie would be just as enchanting in a bouquet as it is delicious in dinner. The perfect plant for herb and container gardens.
HR1071G ROSIE ORGANIC ¼
MAMMOTH SWEET
(A) The beginnings of a culinary masterpiece! Hailed by the chefs of Italy, we bring you the largest-leaved basil we have seen. Sought after for its culinary wrapping qualities, Mammoth Sweet has large yellow-green leaves with slight puckering and the most heavenly aroma.
HR1055C MAMMOTH SWEET
½ gram ½ oz 4 grams
$3.85 $5.45 $8.85
HR1055T MAMMOTH SWEET TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$6.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
EVERLEAF EMERALD TOWERS
(A) A robust, Genovese basil that’s been bred to flower up to 8 weeks later than standard varieties. Everleaf is a fast-growing, tidy, well-branched columnar plant with delicious, robust flavor. Great for container or in-ground growing, you’ll have continuous harvests of fresh leaves without the worry of the plant blooming and turning the foliage bitter. Resistance to downy mildew and Fusarium mean extra healthy plants all season!
HR1067C
SWEET BASIL
(A) Our strain of Sweet Basil is a great culinary extravaganza, allowing several harvests over the season from 18 inch tall plants. Use leaves of all sizes in salads or to make pesto.
HR1054C SWEET BASIL
HR1054G SWEET BASIL ORGANIC
HR1054T SWEET BASIL TRANSPLANT
EMILY
(A) A classic Genovese basil with a sweet aroma, compact habit and disease resistance. Emily is a versatile, premium-quality variety that is well suited for garden or container cultivation. Reaching 12–18 inches tall, the plants offer lots of long, succulent leaves for repeated cutting thanks to its rapid regrowth. IR: F.
HR1049C EMILY
HR1049T EMILY TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $6.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BASIL
Ocimum basilicum
Soil Temp. for Germ.
Days to Emergence
(A) An improved selection of our gold standard in Genovese-type basil varieties, Aroma II boasts the same heavenly fragrance and flavor you’d expect in a fine, culinary basil with enhanced disease resistance. Longlasting plants grow 20–24 inches tall with thick, glossy, dark green, 3 inch long leaves. Intermediately resistant to Fusarium wilt.
HR1042G AROMA II ORGANIC
Culture
l Basil is a fast-growing annual that requires fertile, well-drained soil
l Apply 1 cup of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
l For best flavor harvest when plants are young, avoid extreme heat or environmental stress
l Flavor declines after plants bloom
Direct Sowing
l Not recommended until nighttime temperatures are consistently above 50°F
l Germination code: (1)
Transplanting
l Start 3‒4 weeks before anticipated transplant date
l Plant well after frost when weather has stabilized
l Fertilize every 10–14 days with Age Old Grow
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Aphids, spider mites, thrips, stink bugs, Japanese beetles
l Pest control: Keep plants covered with row cover, spray with Pyrethrin
l Common diseases: Fusarium, powdery mildew, downy mildew, bacterial leaf spot
l Disease prevention: Avoid crowding plants and wetting foliage, treat with Zonix for mildew
Harvest & Storage
l Flowers range from white to shades of pink and purple and begin to appear from late July into August
l Harvest continually and pinch off flowers to encourage leaf growth
DOLCE FRESCA
(A) This Genovesestyle basil is a new introduction and has taken the gardening, culinary and ornamental world by storm by winning an AAS award in 2015. The dark green, glossy leaves are sweet and fragrant for delicious pesto or caprese. Dolce Fresca’s compact plants reach 10–14 inches tall, 10–12 inches wide, and the stems resist stretching, which means more foliage in a handsome, mounding form. Reluctant to flower, the plants spend their energy producing leaves for continuous harvest until very late in the season.
HR1058C DOLCE FRESCA
Sweet Basil
Rosie
Aroma II
AROMA II
Emily
Everleaf Emerald Towers
Mammoth Sweet
Finissimo Verde A Palla FINISSIMO VERDE A PALLA
O. b. minimum (A) This astonishing bush basil comes to us from one of Italy’s oldest specialty herb seed companies. It is so refined that it forms a perfect globe shape that looks pruned. The bush can reach up to 10 inches in diameter. The leaves are very small, thin, and strongly scented. Perfect for culinary purposes, in window boxes, beds and borders.
HR1050C FINISSIMO VERDE A PALLA
gram ¼ oz 2 grams
$4.95 $7.95
PESTO PERPETUO USPP16260
Borage
Borago spp (A) Approximately 50 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1)
ALBA
B. officinalis var. ‘Alba’ The beautiful and rare ivory version of blue-flowered borage. The plants are easy to grow and perform identically with the sole distinction of the flower color. Use the tasty blooms as garnishes on everything from beverages to desserts, and add the foliage to salads. Bees, hummingbirds and other pollinators adore the flowers making borage an excellent garden companion plant.
HR1089C ALBA
GERMAN CHAMOMILE
Matricaria recutita (A) The Germantype Chamomile is the most proli fic producer of flowers. They are used fresh or dried to make a wonderfully relaxing tea or a refreshing facial. Grows to a bushy 16 inches by 16 inches. Approximately 7600 seeds per gram.
Germination code: (1)
HR1104C GERMAN CHAMOMILE
Chives
Allium spp. (P) Germination code: (1)
O. b. citriodorum (TP) The beauty and flavor of this basil will earn it a prominent place in your herb garden. Not only is Pesto Perpetuo a superb culinary plant, but its light green and cream variegation makes it an eye-catching gem. The non-flowering, columnar plants grow up to 48 inches tall, furnishing enough foliage for pesto by the pound! With substantial light, this tender perennial will be happy indoors during winter months. Hardy in zones 9–11.
HR1060T PESTO PERPETUO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$8.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
BAY LAUREL
Laurus nobilis
(TP) Also called Sweet Bay, spaghetti sauce and stew aren’t complete without it. The flavor imparted by the leaves complements just about any meat, fi sh, or poultry dish. Now you can always have fresh bay leaves for your favorite recipes! These aromatic evergreens thrive in rich peaty soil with abundant moisture but are very forgiving when neglected. Bay Laurel is a tender perennial that can get very tall (over 12 feet) in warm climates and stays shrub-like in moderate climates. Hardy in zones 8–11. Sorry, not available to SC.
HR1075T BAY LAUREL TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$9.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
BORAGE
B. officinalis The star-like flowers can be frozen in ice for summer drinks, and the flowers and cucumber-flavored leaves are tasty in salads. Borage stays attractive and green long into the fall and readily self-sows for the next season. A favorite of the bees!
HR1086C BORAGE
HR1086G BORAGE ORGANIC
VARIEGATED CAT GRASS
Hordeum vulgare (A) Speedy from seed and simple to grow, it’s excellent for a windowsill or garden beds where your kitty roams. Even if you don’t have a feline to pamper, it’s a gorgeous ornamental and eager to fill in as a great, contrasting accent plant in containers or beds. When left unmunched, plants can reach 2–3 feet. Approximately 1100 seeds per ounce.
Germination code: (1)
CHIVES
A. schoenoprasum A mild member of the onion family. The leaves and pink flowers are edible and add a fresh, mild, green-onion flavor to salads, potatoes, and other favorite recipes. Grow in clumps 12 inches apart. Hardy in zones 4 and above. Approximately 900 seeds per gram.
HR1110C CHIVES
GEISHA GARLIC CHIVES
A. tuberosum Vigorous plants grow in upright tufts, 11 inches tall, coiffed with explosions of white blooms in late summer. A slightly flattened profile gives the foliage a thick ribbony effect. Winner of a 2015 AAS award for its carefree, rapid growth, beauty and sweet garlic flavor to please even the most discriminating palate. Approximately 200 seeds per gram.
HR1113C GEISHA GARLIC CHIVES
½ gram
$3.75
Chives
Variegated Cat Grass
Borage
German Chamomile
Alba
CHERVIL
Anthriscus cerefolium (A) Chervil is a delicate, ferny plant with an equally subtle and refined flavor that shines through when the herb is used fresh. Pretty enough to use as a garnish, the feathery leaves are reminiscent of carrot foliage with a slightly curled texture. Flavored like a mild parsley with a hint of anise, Chervil complements egg, fish, and seafood dishes as well as soups, veggies, cream sauces and salads. Plants reach up to 12 inches wide and 20 inches tall. Approximately 110 seeds per ¼ gram. Germination code: (1)
CHERVIL
Coriander/Cilantro
Coriandrum sativum (A) Germination code: (2)
MARINO
There’s no substitute for fresh-picked cilantro in a dish, and this is a remarkably reliable option for high yields. Deep green, ferny leaves are sweet and fragrant. For garden or greenhouse, Marino is quick to emerge, grows vigorously, and resists bolting for lots of continual picking. Approximately 110 seeds per gram.
HR1131G MARINO ORGANIC 1 gram ¼ oz 4 grams
$3.95 $4.85 $6.95
CRUISER PVP
This impressive variety is a very vigorous grower and extra slow to bolt for a continuous supply of glossy, dark green, tasty greens. Our plants reach a compact 7 inches tall with excellent branching. Approximately 90 seeds per gram.
HR1132C CRUISER
1
$3.75
CALYPSO
Most gardeners resort to successive plantings of coriander seed if they want lengthy harvests of fresh cilantro, but Calypso is changing that! The slowest bolting variety we’ve found, it consistently holds 3 weeks longer than our most popular variety. This robust grower produces lots of deliciously clean-flavored leaves for fresh-tasting dressings, dips and sauces. Approximately 110 seeds per gram.
HR1133C CALYPSO
AMERICAN GINSENG
Panax quinquefolius (P) Wild specimens of American Ginseng have been threatened by poaching and over harvesting. Increased cultivation has helped to preserve this traditional herb. Studies have found ginseng to have energizing, cognitive-enhancing, cancer fighting and overall immuneboosting properties, among others. Native to woodland understory habitats throughout the eastern and central United States, it grows best in 70–90% shade and is ready for harvest in 3–10 years. Fresh seeds can take up to 2 years to germinate, but ours come pre-stratified for fall sowing to emerge the following spring. Ships in September/October. Detailed growing information included. Hardy in zones 3–8.
HR1175C AMERICAN GINSENG
Dill
Anethum graveolens (A) Germination code: (1)
HERA
An exceptional selection for dill weed, Hera produces masses of feathery, blue-green foliage with exceptional aroma and flavor. Plants are reluctant to flower, so you’ll have a long season of leaf production before they go to seed. Approximately 550 seeds per gram.
HR1153G HERA ORGANIC
LONG ISLAND MAMMOTH
Early settlers called dill the “meetin’ seed” because children were given dill seed to chew on during long sermons. Long Island Mammoth is a vigorous plant that matures quickly. Large umbels are covered with masses of seed. Approximately 450 seeds per gram.
HR1152C
FERNLEAF
This unique dwarf dill is suitable for containers and makes a striking annual border plant in the garden. A long-season producer of fresh dill weed on 20 inch tall plants. Approximately 500 seeds per gram.
HR1151C FERNLEAF
DUKAT
This special selection produces much more foliage before forming seed than most dills. Dukat has a particularly fine bouquet and flavor; excellent used fresh or dried. Ten inch seed heads. Approximately 450 seeds per gram. HR1150C DUKAT
Dukat
Fernleaf
Cruiser Marino
Hera
Calypso
American Ginseng
Chervil
Lavender
Lavandula spp. (P) The name lavender is derived from the Latin word lavare, which means to wash. The clean, refreshing fragrance and vibrant flower spikes make lavender a wonderful choice for drying and floral crafts. Hardy in zones 5–9, unless otherwise noted.
BANDERA DEEP ROSE
L. stoechas An exquisite Spanish lavender and a first of this type for us to offer as live plants or from seed. These pink-blooming, fragrant plants have a very attractive, dense, compact, mounded habit. They bloom earlier in the season than many other Spanish varieties. Growing 7–9 inches tall and 10–12 inches wide, the plants cover themselves in large blooms with deep rosy flowers topped with lighter pink flags. You’ll see the first bloom in spring and a second, lighter flush in late summer. Hardy in zones 7a–10b. Germination code: (1)
HR1209C BANDERA DEEP ROSE
LEMON BALM
Melissa officinalis (P) Rub the leaves to enjoy a burst of lemon fragrance, or use it in fresh bouquets for aromatherapy. Tea made from the leaves is truly delightful. Spreads rapidly. Hardy in zones 4 and above. Approximately 1950 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1)
HR1219C LEMON BALM
¼
HR1219G LEMON BALM ORGANIC
¼
ELLAGANCE SERIES
L. angustifolia The beauty and fragrance of lavender, but without the wait! In the first year from seed, our Ellagance Series has out-performed other varieties, reliably growing breathtaking, bushy plants with loads of flowers. The plants grow impeccably uniform at 12–14 inches tall, and explode with lush, dense spires of perfumed blooms in vivid colors unlike any other in its species. Ellagance Snow blooms with white flowers, and Elegance Purple in deep purple. Germination code: (1)
HR1214C ELLAGANCE PURPLE
HR1212T ELLAGANCE SNOW TRANSPLANT
HR1214T ELLAGANCE PURPLE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $8.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
GROSSO
L. x intermedia People who grow lavender for market usually grow this variety. Grosso is used in aromatherapy oils because of its wonderful fragrance. The very attractive 24 inch tall plants will produce long violet flower spikes. Grosso flowers are true blue when dried.
HR1206T GROSSO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $9.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
LEMONGRASS
PHENOMENAL
L. x intermedia This beautiful, fragrant, uniform, and disease-resistant selection is especially cold hardy, maintaining thick foliar cover on its strong, even branches without the winter die-back seen in other lavenders. Also tolerant of extreme heat, humidity, and drought conditions, Phenomenal’s mounding-habit and silvery foliage demonstrate consistent growth. Healthy plants are resistant to common root and foliar diseases as well as feeding by critters. Great in containers, borders, or mass plantings, the 24–32 inch plants are prolific bearers of elegant and aromatic purple-blue flower spikes from mid-June.
HR1208T PHENOMENAL TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $9.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
LEMON VERBENA
Cymbopogon flexuosus (TP) Lemongrass imparts a pleasant, subtle citrus flavor and aroma in foods. Frequently it’s an ingredient for soups, teas and curries in southeast Asian and Indian recipes, and also valued for its essential oil and medicinal uses. Grows as an annual throughout most of the US, because it is not frost tolerant.
HR1215T LEMONGRASS TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $8.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Aloysia triphylla (P) Lemon Verbena is prized for its lemony scent and sweet, bitter-free flavor. Use the leaves and flower tops to flavor lemonade, teas, and desserts. The dried leaves retain their scent for years, a virtue that is indispensable for potpourri or culinary use. The plants will reward you with their enticing essence each season if protected from the cold and given plenty of water. Height: 4–5 feet. Hardy in zones 8–11, but can be grown as an annual elsewhere.
HR1220T LEMON VERBENA TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $8.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Bandera Deep Rose
Phenomenal
Ellagance Snow & Purple
Grosso
Lemon Balm
Lemon Verbena
Lemongrass
Mint
Mentha spp. (P) Mint plants are not available to AK, ID, HI, MN, MT, NV, UT, WY, US Territories, or Canada.
MOJITO
M. x villosa Genuinely Cuban, this spectacular culinary herb provides the distinct, aromatic and complex taste to the celebrated beverage. Don’t let the name fool you, however, as the leaves may be used fresh or dried in a bevy of dishes and drinks from around the world. The plants will reach 18–24 inches tall. Hardy in zones 6 and above.
HR1249T MOJITO TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $7.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
MINI MINT
GINGER MINT
M. x gracilis
One of the prettiest and most aromatic mint we’ve grown, Ginger Mint’s pinkish stems and golden-streaked, tooth-edged leaves are a standout in the ornamental and herb gardens alike. This easy-to-grow variety thrives in moist soil and reaches about 12 inches tall. Bees and other pollinators love the summer blooms. Plant in large planters to contain the spreading runners. Hardy in zones 5–9.
HR1251T GINGER MINT TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $7.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
M. requienii A Corsican mint, Mini Mint makes a heavenly fragranced, spreading, ornamental ground cover that hugs the ground, reaching only 1–2 inches tall. Easy to grow, it prefers ample moisture and some protection in the hottest time of the year. Planted in between stepping stones, it releases its refreshing, minty aroma when crushed or bruised. Summer brings tiny, pink blooms atop the dense mat of petite, round foliage. Mini Mint may dry to dormancy if insufficiently irrigated in summer’s heat, but usually returns once the weather cools. Delightful in containers, fairy gardens and as an underplanting groundcover. We find its flavor too strong for culinary use. Each multi-seed pellet contains 8–12 seeds and is very easy to handle. Hardy in zones 6–9. Germination code: (1)
HR1275P MINI MINT PELLETED
10 multi-seed pellets
$5.95
Nigella sativa (A) At first glance this may appear to be the unassuming, old fashioned cottage flower, Love-in-a-Mist, but this species has a powerful twist. It’s also known as Black Seed, Black Cumin, Fennel Flower, and other misleading names, as it is neither cumin nor fennel. Its seeds are used in Eastern dishes for adding a bracing zest as well as medicinally for treating a laundry list of maladies. These undemanding plants will reach 8‒10 inches tall with a very similar look to its Love-in-a-Mist cousin. Once the balloon-shaped seed pods mature, you can collect the seed for grinding as a seasoning or extracting the delicious oil. Approximately 350 seeds per gram. Germination codes: (1 & 4)
HR1250G
Nettles
Urtica dioica (P) Hardy in zones 3–10. Approximately 875 seeds per ⅛ gram. Germination code: (4)
STINGING NETTLES
If you know, you know. To some, nettles is an irritating weed, but like many strongwilled plants, it has its powerfully healthful properties, too. A folky herb, nettles offers an abundance of very valuable health-promoting qualities and has been employed for generations for human and animal consumption. As its name reveals, the plant has defensive, spiny hairs that can pierce bare skin, introducing a mixture of irritating compounds. Handling the fresh herb requires some care— gloves and long sleeves—but the offending spines break down easily with heat or drying. Use the leaves, stems and roots in teas, cooking, topical ointments and more. When sowing do not bury seed.
HR1320C STINGING NETTLES
Oregano
Origanum spp. (P) Hardy in zones 5 and above.
ZAATAR
O. syriaca/labiata This ancient herb is a common ingredient in Middle Eastern cuisine, the foundation and namesake for the delicious bread condiment. Pungent and very flavorful, the velvety leaves impart a strong taste and aroma of oregano that’s been used for centuries both in cooking and medicinally for its antiseptic properties. Cold-hardy plants spread to 16 inches, topping out at 6–8 inches tall. Approximately 4,600 seeds per gram. Germination code: (4)
HR1267G ZAATAR ORGANIC
⅛ gram $7.95
OREGANO
O. vulgare Oregano’s power to heal and preserve was well known in the ancient world. Today it is used to spice up various Italian dishes and meats. This variety imparts a mellower flavor than its intense cousin, Greek Oregano. Oregano’s foliage is dark green and the blooms are pink to deep purple. Approximately 10,500 seeds per gram. Germination code: (4)
OREGANO
OREGANO ORGANIC
GREEK
O. vulgare hirtum A true oregano collected from the mountains of Greece. You will be surprised by its spicy flavor. It has tiny white flowers and is very hardy when established. Imparts a wonderful, wild mountain aroma in the garden. Approximately 10,500 seeds per gram. Germination code: (4)
HR1265C GREEK
HR1265T GREEK TRANSPLANT
Mojito
Ginger Mint
Zaatar
Mini Mint
Stinging Nettles
Nigella Sativa NIGELLA SATIVA
Rosemary
FOXTAIL
This dramatic variety has fine foliage that grows densely into an incredibly beautiful plume habit. Rising 1–3 feet tall and boasting the classic rosemary flavor and pungent aroma, this edible ornamental produces lots of foliage for cooking and looks stunning too. Stellar in landscapes or containers. In summer the plant bursts into radiant blue blooms. Hardy to zones 8–10.
HR1297T FOXTAIL TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
See Transplant Order Form for more information
$8.65
SIMPLYHERBS™ ROSEMARY
Our first rosemary from seed! We’re very excited to offer this innovation for cultivating rosemary. These convenient and economical seed pellets are easy to handle and offer a very high rate of success. Fragrant, deep green plants will reach 12–24 inches tall and wide. Hardy to 5°F, or zone 7. Germination codes: (1 & 2)
HR1285P SIMPLYHERBS™ ROSEMARY PELLETED
10 multi-seed pellets
$5.95
Surviving down to zone 5 with minimal protection, Arp is about as hardy as rosemary gets. This means savory, fresh rosemary all year long! Arp has pale blue flowers that bloom mid-summer through fall, and tease the senses with a hint of lemon fragrance. Airy green-gray foliage. Reaching 4 feet tall, Arp makes a great border or mass planting.
HR1292T ARP TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
See Transplant Order Form for more information
GROWER’S FRIEND
S. officinalis (P) If you’re looking for an outstanding culinary sage, then Grower’s Friend is for you. Unlike other sages that tend to have altered flavor after flowering, Grower’s Friend rarely, if ever, blooms. The robust plants grow to 18 inches tall and when dried and ground, the leaves make a wonderful rub for poultry or fish. Hardy in zones 6–9.
HR1305T GROWER’S FRIEND TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
$7.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
SMUDGE
S. apiana (P) Valued for its highly aromatic, volatile oils, its leafy branches are traditionally dried upside-down, bundled together and wrapped with thread to make smudge sticks. New leaves unfurl with a crinkly texture and grayish-green color. As they develop and mature, the foliage smooths and takes on a silvery-white sheen with a lightly fuzzy finish. Earning its species name—roughly ‘for the bees’ in Latin—the tall spikes of white flowers beckon bees of all kinds. In ideal conditions Smudge sage may grow up to 5 feet tall and wide. Hardy in zones 8–10, but note that this desert plant resents excessive water.
HR1306T SMUDGE TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $8.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
SUMMER SAVORY
Satureja hortensis (A) The annual cousin to perennial Winter Savory, this variety offers a delicious, spicy, pungent, herby flavor and aroma to a vast repertoire of dishes including meat, fish, mushroom, bean, sauces and more. Used fresh, your summer cuisine will shine with the complex taste of the leaves and tender stems. The bees absolutely adore Summer Savory’s later-season blooms, and, if allowed, the plants willingly re-seed. Approximately 1650 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1)
HR1322C SUMMER SAVORY ⅛ gram ⅛ oz 1 gram
$3.35 $6.15 $10.95
HR1322T SUMMER SAVORY TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $7.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
STEVIA
Stevia rebaudiana (TP) Stevia is probably the sweetest plant in the world. It contains steviaside, which is 300 times sweeter than sugar but without the calories! Add a fresh bruised leaf to iced tea, or harvest the leaves, dry, and grind to a powder for use in drinks and cooking. This vigorous tender perennial is used in many parts of the world in place of arti ficial sweeteners. Approximately 2500 seeds per gram. Hardy above zone 9. Germination codes: (1 & 4)
HR1318C STEVIA 20 seeds
STEVIA ORGANIC
SAGE
S. officinalis (P) “How can a man grow old who has sage in his garden?” is an ancient Chinese proverb. Sage with its lemony-camphor fragrance and delicate blue flowers is an important part of many fine recipes, medicinal remedies, and landscapes. Can grow to 2 feet. Hardy in zones 6–9. Approximately 150 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1)
$8.65
Foxtail
Arp
Smudge Sage
Simplyherbs™ Rosemary
ARP
Stevia
Grower's Friend
Summer Savory
Rosemarinus officinalis (P)
Salvia spp.
Artemisia dracunculus (P) This is the true French tarragon, which cannot be grown from seed. Growing to 36 inches, this dark green tarragon has a wonderful flavor suggesting anise or mint. Needs well-drained soil and full sun. Hardy in zones 5–9.
HR1345T FRENCH TARRAGON TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant
See Transplant Order Form for more information
$8.65
Thyme
FOXLEY
T. pulegiodes When you're not using Foxley for a delightfully savory touch to almost any mouthwatering dish, it provides a cheery, variegated accent to herb gardens, containers, and borders. Broad, green leaves are outlined in cream on billowy, 8 inch, upright plants. Cooler temperatures bring out a pink blush to the already beautiful variegation. Topped off with a sprinkling of pink blossoms and you've got a matchless ornamental and culinary combination.
HR1360T FOXLEY TRANSPLANT
1 Transplant $7.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
ENGLISH
T. vulgaris No herb garden is complete without English thyme. This upright shrub with grey-green foliage is usually what one thinks of when they desire that true, robust, thyme flavor. Grows to about 12 inches tall.
HR1357T ENGLISH
CREEPING
T. serpyllum This hardy little creeper is an excellent choice for rock gardens, between stepping stones, or any other place that needs a mat-forming ground cover. Easily started from seed and has excellent vigor, with small pink flowers late in the season. Takes light foot traf fic and gives a wonderful woodsy aroma. Approximately 4000 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1)
HR1356C CREEPING
GERMAN/WINTER
T. vulgaris A very popular culinary herb. Thyme is used as a salt and pepper substitute. This evergreen landscape plant with pale pink flowers is a popular bee plant. Reaches 10–12 inches. Approximately 3400 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1) HR1355C GERMAN/WINTER ⅛ gram ¼ oz 1 gram
$3.65
Turmeric
TURMERIC
Rich in historical, culinary, ornamental, and therapeutic value, these golden yellowfleshed roots are a key ingredient in curry blends and make a beautiful, saffron-hued fabric dye. This ginger relative is native to the tropics and thrives in a warm, moist environment. The plant forms upright stalks of lush, broad foliage and, given a long enough growing season, will reward you with exotic, white flowers. Keep warm—at least 65°F—well watered and in the brightest sun available. The roots will be ready to harvest at the end of the growing season.
HR1365T TURMERIC TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $9.65
See Transplant Order Form for more information
Yerba Buena & Yerba Maté
NEW YERBA BUENA
Grow your own tea! Yerba Buena grows up to 6 feet long and offers aromatic foliage in a cascading green overhang. Perfect for hanging baskets or draped over a wall. Its vigorous growth makes it a good groundcover, especially once its white flowers appear in midsummer. Harvest the leaves for a delicious, caffeine-free, minty tea that can be brewed hot or cold.
XF180C YERBA BUENA 1 plant $24.95 Shipped end of April/ beginning of May
YERBA MATÉ
Yerba Maté has been enjoying a growing popularity in the US as a tea and nutritional supplement thanks to its effects including the uplifting strength of coffee, the health benefits of green tea, and the joy of chocolate. Attracting the attention of the scientific community, it’s been shown that there is much truth to its claims! According to medical studies, tea made from the dried leaves and stems of the Yerba Maté plant has a vast number of health-promoting compounds. This South American native shares the holly genus, and has been used by indigenous peoples for generations. The plant is evergreen, easy to grow, and can be harvested continuously for its leaves and stems. Although it’s a sub-tropical plant, it’s simple to cultivate in a container. In zones colder than 9, bring the plant indoors to a bright window during the cold months.
XF190C YERBA MATÉ 1 plant $24.95 Shipped end of April/ beginning of May
Yerba Buena and Yerba Maté plants ship at the end of April/beginning of May in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed instructions are included with each order, and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
Creeping
English
Yerba Buena
Foxley
Turmeric
French Tarragon
Thymus spp. (P) Hardy in zones 5 and above.
Curcuma longa (P) Hardy in zones 9 and above.
Satureja douglasii & Ilex paraguariensis (TP) Hardy in zones 9 and above.
FLOWERS
Germ Code (1)
Germ Code (2)
Germ Code (3)
Germ Code (4)
Germ Code (5)
Germ Code (6)
Germination occurs between 70–85°F and within 6–15 days. Sow indoors and cover lightly.
Needs to pre-chill. See website for more details.
Needs darkness to germinate. Remove cover as soon as germination occurs.
Direct sow in the garden as soon as the soil warms to at least 55°F.
Germination may be slow and erratic. Temperatures of 75°F during the day and 50°F at night may help.
Needs at least 12 hours of light per day to germinate. Press into the medium but do not cover. Keep moist.
Note: For those varieties that indicate a (1) or (6), a light covering of vermiculite will allow adequate light to the seed and keep it uniformly moist.
Culture
l As a general rule, flowers can be sown when soil has warmed to at least 55°F
l Apply 1–2 cups of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 5 row feet, and 1 inch of compost
l If you prefer to soak your seeds: soak in 85°F water for 1–3 hours and plant immediately — longer soaking times are often detrimental; seeds need air to live
Direct Sowing
l Seeds should be buried 2 times their narrowest dimension and covered with finely raked soil or vermiculite unless otherwise noted
l Some varieties can take over a month to germinate so mark your rows, keep them moist, and for larger seeds like sunflowers, use bird netting
Transplanting
l Sow 5–6 weeks prior to anticipated transplant date
l If seeds need darkness, cover with 2 sheets of newspaper or plastic, remove upon the first signs of germination
l We recommend feeding your seedlings Age Old Grow, diluted to ¼ strength
Pests & Diseases
l Early watering and good weed control will generally alleviate most problems
l Pyrethrin will control most insects
Harvest & Storage
l For fresh-cut flowers: Harvest in the morning when flowers are their freshest and petals are just opening
l Cut with a clean knife that has been dipped in a solution of 10% household bleach
l A few drops of bleach in the vase will prolong their beauty
Asclepias/Milkweed
Asclepias spp. (P) Help rebuild the Monarch butterfly's habitat with these showy plants. As the host of choice for this delicate insect, Asclepias foliage is the singular food source to the Monarch larvae. The blooms are a rich source of pollen and nectar for the adult butterflies and also attract hummingbirds, bees and other beneficial insects. Typically durable plants, they are adaptable, drought tolerant and deer resistant. Germination code: (1) or (4)
A. tuberosa Neon orange and yellow-hued flower clusters top the 1‒3 foot tall plants from mid-summer to fall. This beautiful landscape plant is native to all but 7 of the lower 48. The exceptions include the Paci fic Northwest, Nevada, Wyoming, Montana and North Dakota. Hardy in zones 3–9. Approximately 230 seeds per gram.
FL2095C BUTTERFLY
A. incarnata Native to the eastern US, this resilient milkweed is tolerant to both boggy and well-drained soils. The clumping plants reach 3–4 feet tall, topped with fragrant pink flower clusters. An excellent choice for attracting pollinators to rain gardens and stream sides. Hardy in zones 3–6. Approximately 200 seeds per gram.
FL2093C SWAMP MILKWEED
SHOWY MILKWEED
A. speciosa Strong, upright plants reach about 40 inches tall with blue-green, hairy foliage. Summer finds the plants topped with 4 inch clusters of fragrant, star-shaped blooms in rose pink. A widespread native found in the central and western US and Canada. Hardy in zones 3–9. Approximately 180 seeds per gram.
FL2097C SHOWY MILKWEED
Bells of Ireland
Moluccella laevis (A) Approximately 140 seeds per gram. Germination code: (2) or (6)
NEW BELLS OF IRELAND
Add that classic Victorian touch to your garden with these vibrant chartreuse flowers on tall, striking spikes. This cool-season annual reaches peak bloom in mid-August, with green apple, bell-like flowers covering the entire spike in whorls of 5. Plants can be single-stemmed or branched and make for a brilliant addition, either fresh or dried, to cut flower arrangements.
FL2211C BELLS OF IRELAND 1 gram 10 grams $4.95 $29.95
Asters
Callistephus chinensis (A) Germination code: (1) or (4)
TOWER SERIES MIX
These divinely sumptuous blooms are reminiscent of football mums—big, billowy and colorful. An easy-to-grow border/cutting flower, this series is very heavy blooming, growing on 20 inch tall, semi-branching plants. The 3–4 inch flowers reveal a central yellow disk when fully open. Excellent vase life. Mix of pinks, purples, white, red and salmon.
FL2117C TOWER SERIES MIX
FL2113T TOWER SERIES
See Transplant Order Form for more information
Butterfly Milkweed
Swamp Milkweed SWAMP MILKWEED
Showy Milkweed
Tower Series Mix, Tower Series Chamois
Bells of Ireland
Calendula
Calendula officinalis (A) Germination code: (1) or (4)
CANTALOUPE
A juicy blend of sunny colors from creamy ivory to lemon and through shades of apricot and orange. Cantaloupe produces big, double blooms throughout the summer, but keep in mind that deadheading encourages the production of flowers. An exceptional pollinator attractor as well as cutting flower. Approximately 100 seeds per gram.
FL2260C CANTALOUPE
¼
Neon is a true showstopper in our flower trials. The ultra-double flowers glow with a brilliant orange, edged in burgundy. The 25–27 inch tall plants boast 1 ½–2 inch blooms and provide non-stop color from spring through the first light frosts. Approximately 150 seeds per gram.
FL2256C NEON
Celosia
Coreopsis
Celosia argentea var. cristata (A)
Germination code: (1) and (6)
NEW DRACULA
This showstopper is sure to draw attention! With deep, velvet cockscomb flowers and dense black-red foliage, Dracula is an excellent addition to a gothic garden or contrast for brighter and softer colors. Grows 15 inches wide and 8 inches tall with sturdy stems. Blooms spring through late summer. Prefers full sun and the colors darken with more sun exposure.
FL3015C DRACULA
15 seeds 30 seeds
$8.95 $15.95
NEW SYLPHID
Named after sylphs, the invisible air beings theorized about in the writings of 16th-century philosopher and alchemist Paracelsus, this celosia is bright and airy with lime green, feathery plumes sitting atop long, straight stems. This sun-loving summer annual is perfect for the flower garden and fresh cut bouquets. Prefers moist, well-drained soil.
FL3026C SYLPHID
STRAWBERRY BLONDE
A head-turning beauty, Strawberry Blonde brings a charming glow to the garden, container, floral arrangements and even salads! Glowing creamy coral petals have cheery, contrasting bright red backs, and the well-branched, fast-growing plants produce loads of blooms. At 18–24 inches tall, the stems make great cut flowers for both fresh and dried applications. Approximately 100 seeds per gram.
Coreopsis verticillata (P)
CRÈME CARAMEL
Crème Caramel is an exceptional variety with very fine, narrow foliage and masses of pollinator-attracting blooms. Drought and heattolerant plants reach a compact, dense mound 18 inches tall and 24 inches wide. Late spring and throughout the summer, the continuous show of blooms offers a range of shades from copper, fading to apricot and finally pale peach with time. Hardy in zones 5–9.
FL4310T CRÈME CARAMEL TRANSPLANT 1 Transplant $11.15 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Cosmos
Cosmos bipinnatus (A) Approximately 85 –160 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1) or (4)
APRICOTTA
This award-winning introduction shines with big, peach-colored, single blooms highlighted in iridescent, hot pink. Tall, floriferous plants reach 40 inches high for a head-turning floral display in the garden and the vase.
FL2414C APRICOTTA
XSENIA
Xsenia’s luminous single blooms are a melding of fluorescent pink and tangerine punctuated with a bright yellow button for a glowing effect. This award-winning variety grows to a manageable 24 inches tall, so it’s just right for bedding, big containers and the cutting garden.
FL2411C XSENIA
Strawberry
Blonde
Cantaloupe
Crème Caramel
Xsenia
Apricotta
Sylphid
Dracula
NEW ANTIQUITY
A classic garden flower in beautiful, vintage shades. Reaching up to 22 inches tall, each plant boasts multiple colors of blooms, from velvety mauve to dusty wine and burnt purple. With the mix of colors, you can make a stunning arrangement from just one plant! Once mature, cosmos thrive in dry or infertile soil. The feathery foliage and dainty blooms make it a great addition to any garden.
FL3023C ANTIQUITY
½
CUPCAKES MIX
This unique mix features fused outer petals that give the flower the appearance of a flared out cupcake paper wrapper! A portion of the captivating blooms develop into a semidouble form. Inside the delicate halo huddles a cluster of smaller petals tucked around the central, yellow button. At 4 feet tall, these sturdy plants shimmer with a mix of clearcolored blooms in white, pink and rose.
A sunny diversion from the standard, this pastel lemon yellow-colored, dwarf cosmos offers the same showy flowers as its pinkpaletted brethren. Among the first of all our cosmos to bloom, Xanthos displays on compact plants that reach only 10–24 inches tall. A beautiful selection for containers, beds and borders, and it requires no staking! 2016 Fleuroselect Gold Medal winner.
FL2410C XANTHOS
¼ gram ⅛ oz 1 gram
$4.95 $10.85
Colocasia
Daucus
Colocasia esculenta (TP)
NEW ROYAL HAWAIIAN® WAIKIKI
Add an eye-catching tropical vibe to your garden with this striking elephant ear. Producing earlier than other variegated Colocasia, Royal Hawaiian® Waikiki boasts dark burgundy stems supporting a plethora of large, glossy green leaves with creamy white centers and bright pink veining. This lush, water-loving plant thrives in full sun to part shade, tolerates drought, and holds up well to rain and wind. Grows 3 feet by 3 feet and is perfect for containers. Zones 8–11.
XF2082C ROYAL HAWAIIAN® WAIKIKI
1 plant $24.95 Ships beginning of May
Colocasia plants ship beginning of May in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
Delphinium
Delphinium elatum (P) Germination code: (4) or (5)
AURORA SERIES MIX
Early blooms, outstanding uniformity and breathtaking color make Aurora Mix a champion delphinium. At 35–47 inches tall, the showy spikes of blues, purples, lavender and white make a magnificent display in both the flower garden and vase. A long-lived perennial, the plants produce tall, sturdy flower stems that fill with big, double florets. Hardy in zones 3–8.
Daucus carota (A) Germination code: (1) or (4)
NEW DARA
Commonly known as Queen Anne’s Lace, this stunning plant grows up to 4 feet tall with abundant flower heads spanning 4 inches across. Colors range from deep burgundy to beautiful shades of light pink and white. Perfect for attracting pollinators.
Camelot elevates the traditional foxglove to a level that’s truly fi t for a king. Reliably blooming the first year from sowing, these regal plants produce spires of blooms in a range from creamy white through pink, lavender and magenta with the throat of each trumpet-shaped floret showered in a spangle of midnight blue freckles. Second year plants produce more abundant, 3–4 foot tall stems of blooms that require no staking.
Cupcakes Mix
Xanthos
Antiquity
Royal Hawaiian® Waikiki
CAMELOT MIX
Camelot Mix
Aurora Series Mix
Dara
Echinacea
POWWOW® WILD BERRY
E. purpurea This AAS winner is reliably lavished with extra large blooms in a vibrant, rosy fuchsia with a dark rose button. An unequalled, durable perennial, they grow to a tidy, 20–24 inches tall, and are equally cold hardy as they are heat tolerant. Will flower the first year from seed and is hardy in zones 3 and above.
FL2556C POWWOW® WILD BERRY
CHEYENNE SPIRIT
E. hybrida Cheyenne Spirit is a spectacular blend of colors that encompasses a broad range from white, cream, and pale yellow, to deep pink, purple, and reds. The plants will grow 18–30 inches tall with a spread of 10–20 inches. Hardy in zones 4–9.
FL2557C CHEYENNE SPIRIT
15 seeds 50 seeds
Iris
$7.95 $23.95
NEW PURRING TIGER
An ideal addition to any iris collector’s garden, this dwarf variety features a richly detailed flower adorned with intricate streaks of deep indigo, electric purple, golden yellow, and black. Despite its compact size, this plant is sure to command attention when it roars to life in early summer. Drought tolerant.
XF219C PURRING TIGER
1 plant
$29.95 Ships late April
Iris plants ship late April in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
Marigolds
Tagetes patula (A) Native to the Americas, marigolds are easy to grow, making them popular as cut flowers and border plants. If deadheaded regularly, they’ll bloom all summer long ‘til frost. Approximately 300 seeds per gram unless otherwise noted. Germination code: (1) or (4)
NEW DURANGO® RED
Large, fragrant, proli fic blooms in shades of dark red and deep burnt orange sit atop bushy, uniform plants. Growing up to 12” tall and 6-8" wide, Durango® Red is an excellent addition for spring and summer plantings in beds and containers.
FL3011C DURANGO® RED
$7.75
COLOSSUS
Dynamic, bicolor blooms in orange and deep red cover the mounding, 12 inch tall plants. Colossus puts on a vibrant show when massed in a border, or garnish your veggie garden with these colorful, beneficial companion plants.
FL2927C COLOSSUS
Lupine
Lupinus polyphyllus (B) Approximately 50 seeds per gram. Germination code: (4)
NEW RUSSELL MIX
A classic garden plant in vibrant pinks and purples with tropical sunset accents. This lupine will add eye-catching height to your garden and provide a bright display for pollinators. Lupine seeds have a very tough seed coat and will bene fi t from either scarifying the seed or soaking for 24-48 hours before planting.
FL2099C RUSSELL MIX
BROCADE MIX
A stately marigold that brings a welcome charm to the garden. Brocade Mix produces 2 inch blooms that perch atop 10–12 inch tall plants. Blossoms display regal colors of gold to mahogany.
FL2918C BROCADE MIX
Larkspur
Consolida ajacis (A) Please note that care must be taken with this plant as all parts are poisonous. Approximately 85 seeds per ¼ gram. Germination Code: (3) & (4)
MISTY LAVENDER
Purple-gray flowers are enjoying some welldeserved attention lately. You’ll see this silvery tone featured in landscapes, florist shops, wedding bouquets and more, and Misty Lavender larkspur is an outstanding example of the color. Vigorous plants reach 36–48 inches tall and produce branching stems with lustrous lavender-gray double blooms on long stems.
FL2804C MISTY LAVENDER
Misty Lavender
Purring Tiger
Russell Mix
Colossus
Brocade Mix
Durango® Red
PowWow® Wild Berry
Cheyenne Spirit
Iris sibirica 'Purring Tiger' (P) Hardy zones 3–9.
Mexican Sunflower
Tithonia rotundifolia (A) Approximately 95 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1) or (4)
FIESTA DEL SOL
A sure way to attract butterflies, bees, and hummingbirds to your later summer garden, this AAS winner is a dwarf version of the Mexican Sunflower. Reaching 30 inches tall with lots of branches and blooms 2–3 inches in diameter, Fiesta Del Sol is easy to grow in beds, containers, or as a border. Heat and drought tolerant, and deer resistant.
FL2948C FIESTA DEL
Mimulus
Nasturtiums
Tropaeolum spp. (A) By providing adequate water and clipping seed heads, your nasturtiums will reward you with a profusion of 2 inch blooms from July to fall’s first frost. The flowers make a lightly spicy edible garnish too! Approximately 7 seeds per gram, unless otherwise noted. Germination code: (4)
BLACK VELVET
T. majus The deepest, darkest, richest, rubyblack blooms grace tidy plants. Black Velvet provides maximum contrast to light-colored flowers or a provocative mix with purples and reds. Mounding plants reach 12 inches tall.
TIP TOP ALASKA SALMON
T. minus Warm peach-colored blooms set against the cream-speckled leaves make this charming nasturtium a beautiful addition to sunny plantings and containers. Growing in compact mounds, the 8 inch tall plants
Mimulus x hybrida (A) Germination code: (1)
MAGIC SPRING BLOSSOM MIX
A very fun, easy and fast variety to brighten early spring gardens and containers. These compact plants form 8–10 inch tall and wide overflowing mounds of white, rose, yellows and beautiful bicolors. Summer heat will slow down the blooms, so protect the plants from hot afternoon sun and water regularly!
TIP TOP ALASKA
Tip Top Alaska
T. minus An absolute standout in our trials. A riot of color against light green variegated foliage. Compact 8 inch plants with old-fashioned single flowers create a dazzling display of color from yellow to orange to deep red.
FL2995C TIP TOP ALASKA
NIGHT AND DAY
Night and Day
T. majus Pale ivory-yellow contrasted with bold mahogany adds an appealing zest to any container or border. The compact, 12 inch plants are covered with a vivid flush of either color.
TALL TRAILING MIX
T. majus This proli fic trailing plant can easily reach a length of 8–10 feet by summer’s end. A perfect choice for a flower bed above a retaining wall, along a driveway, or for edging the yard. Blooms range from light yellow to oranges, peppered with occasional reds.
Black Velvet
Tall Trailing Mix
Tip Top Alaska Salmon
Magic Spring Blossom Mix
Fiesta Del Sol
Ornamental Grains & Grasses
Amaranth
Amaranthus caudatus (A) Approximately 1,500 seeds per gram. Germination code: (1) or (4)
NEW GREEN TAILS
This ornamental amaranth is guaranteed to turn heads! An easy-to-grow annual, the vibrant green cascading “tails” and tall, upright habit (up to 5 feet) make it a fantastic backdrop for other flowers. Perfect for adding unique texture to bouquets or as a dried flower. Pollinator- and bird-friendly. Pairs wonderfully with Coral Fountains.
FL3020C GREEN TAILS 1 gram 4 grams
$5.55 $8.95
NEW CORAL FOUNTAINS
Dreamy coral pink blossoms trail up to 18 inches from vibrant green foliage. Makes for an unusual addition to your flower garden and pairs well with Green Tails amaranth. The tassels can be dried to use in decor and arrangements. Attracts pollinators. Produces edible, protein-rich seeds that can be harvested or left for the birds to enjoy.
FL3021C CORAL FOUNTAINS
1 gram 4 grams
$5.55 $8.95
NEW ELEPHANT HEAD
Elephant Head really lives up to its name, boasting huge, dark burgundy plumes on sturdy stalks growing up to 3 feet tall. Beautiful grown alone, mixed with sunflowers, or as the height interest in your flower bed. Makes a dramatic cut flower!
FL3022C ELEPHANT HEAD
1 gram 4 grams
$5.55 $8.95
Millet
Pennisetum glaucum (A) Approximately 175 seeds per gram. Germination code: (4)
NEW PURPLE MAJESTY
Remarkably tall plants with black foliage and large, purple heads. This millet will really catch the eye in mixed plantings. Perfect combined with just about any color flower. Attracts birds and makes a unique addition to cut flower bouquets.
FL3012C
NEW JADE PRINCESS
Add biodiversity and intrigue to your garden with Jade Princess millet! Rich brown pollenless panicles emerge from chartreuse foliage. Fast growing, reaching up to two feet tall and wide with a mounded habit. Blooms late spring through fall and matures into seed millet.
FL3019C JADE PRINCESS
Sorghum Grass
Sorghum bicolor (A) Approximately 35 seeds per gram. Germination code: (4)
NEW PRAIRIE PEARLS MIX
(OP) 60 days. Standing at four feet tall, this ornamental sorghum is easy to grow and a proli fic producer. Drought tolerant and perfect for adding a pop of color while also providing a food source for the birds. This mix contains 30% each of bronze and pink, 25% cream, 10% white, and 5% burgundy.
FL2096C PRAIRIE PEARLS MIX
NEW No 12 Saw French made since 1890, this handsaw is ideal for cutting large stalks and accessing hard-to-reach vines and small branches up to approximately 3 inches in diameter. Constructed with a durable carbon blade protected by an anti-corrosion coating, this tool has a double row of ultra-sharp teeth angled toward the handle for smooth and easy cutting.
ZTO154
$37.95
Green Tails
Coral Fountains
Elephant Head
Purple Majesty
Jade Princess Prairie Pearls
Petunia
(1) and (6)
SOPHISTICA® BLACKBERRY
PP7642436
Whether you’ve got an eye for contrast or you’re a goth gardener, you’ll love this shadowy petunia. Sophistica® Blackberry is the blackest petunia we’ve grown from seed. Growing 10–15 inches wide and tall, the mounding plants are blanketed with big, velvety blooms in dusky black with subtle purple-red undertones. Add to large containers, hanging baskets or beds for a continual show of these stunning, dark flowers.
FL3059C SOPHISTICA®
15
$5.95
Loopytunia Mix
NEW TUMBELINA PETUNIA COLLECTION
Enjoy classic double trailing petunias with this gorgeous collection. Each variety boasts a compact habit perfect for tumbling from pots or hanging baskets. Belinda dazzles with its early-blooming, deep blue, fragrant flowers; Margarita Improved's striking white petals are adorned with dark purple veins; Priscilla stands out with its larger, intricately veined blooms in shades of purple and mauve. This collection includes 6 plants—2 each of Belinda, Margarita Improved, and Priscilla—perfect for creating a vibrant floral display.
FL4501T TUMBELINA COLLECTION TRANSPLANTS 6 plants $20.65 See Transplant Order Form for more information
LOOPYTUNIA MIX
Chances are you have never seen a petunia this fancy! Super fluffy, ruffled and curly single blooms in a vibrant mix of colors with contrasting throats. These huge, 3–4 inch wide flowers provide an astounding display of white, pinks and purples, and as added intrigue, the throats of every bloom are highlighted by dark, nearly black veining. The robust plants are first-rate candidates for mixed containers, hanging baskets and bedding.
FL3054C LOOPYTUNIA MIX
30 seeds
$5.95
FL3054T LOOPYTUNIA MIX TRANSPLANTS
6 plants $17.95 See Transplant Order Form for more information
SHOCK WAVE® PURPLE TIE DYE
The most dynamic petunia on the market, this newest member of the Wave ® family is sending ripples of delight through the bedding annual world. Mounding plants grow 7–10 inches tall and spill 20–30 inches wide, showered with smaller blooms that really pack a punch! Each flower has its own individual personality with a combination of bright white and deep purple in exciting patterns. These petite blooms are resilient to weather and keep the color in hanging baskets, mixed planters or the landscape all summer long.
FL3058C
NEW INGRID
Enjoy the colors of the sunset any time with these beautiful petunias. Rich creamy yellow with unique golden-brown veins and hints of pink are on display with blooms up to 2 ½ inches across. At 13 inches tall and wide, these are a perfect option for containers, baskets, or beds.
FL3010C INGRID
30 seeds 100 seeds
$7.95 $29.95
FL3010T INGRID TRANSPLANTS
6 plants $17.95
See Transplant Order Form for more information
NEW ALENKA
If you love petunias but want something with a little pizzazz, Alenka petunia is the answer. This stunning, compact petunia produces large flowers up to 2 ½ inches across. With muted pink edges fading into a soft, buttery ivory interior and pale yellow veins throughout, these blooms are perfect on their own or mixed in with other annuals. Standing at 13 inches tall and wide, they are great in containers, baskets, or beds.
FL3027C ALENKA
30 seeds 100 seeds
$7.95 $29.95
Shock Wave® Purple Tie Dye
Sophistica® Blackberry
Ingrid Alenka
Priscilla, Margarita Improved, Belinda
Flower Mixes
(A & P) Broadcast the following flower mixes at a rate of 2 grams per 17 square feet or 1 ounce per 250 square feet unless otherwise noted. Mix an ounce of seed with a gallon of sand or fine vermiculite for a more even sowing. For complete species listings, see our website. Germination code: (4)
A Bouquet Every Day
A BOUQUET EVERY DAY
(A) If you appreciate fresh cut flowers as much as we do, you’ll need this exclusive mix! We’ve blended our earliest, most floriferous, direct-seeded cutting flowers to create a gorgeous selection of colorful blooms and accents for your arrangements and bouquets or just for a jaw-dropping garden display. Our mix includes 27 different annual flowers.
FL2450C A BOUQUET EVERY DAY
Beneficial Bug Mix BENEFICIAL BUG MIX
This mixture will attract beneficial bugs to your garden! The 17 species mix includes varieties such as Bishop’s Flower, dill, and rockcress. Attracts lacewings, lady beetles, syrphid flies, tachinid flies, and trichogramma wasps. Best planted spring, early summer, and fall. Planting rate: 3 ½–6 ½ ounces per 1000 square feet; 9–18 pounds per acre.
BEE FEED MIX
Keep the bees coming back with this colorful blend of 18 types of flowers specially selected for their nectar and pollenproducing ability. Providing an entire season of food for honey bees, bumble bees and other native species of bees, this mix is ideal to support their population. Increasing bee populations throughout the summer means that your veggies will have plenty of pollinators to keep the yields at a maximum. Planting rate: 3–6 ounces per 1000 square feet; 8–16 pounds per acre.
FL2438C BEE FEED MIX
TOWERS OF FLOWERS
Give your summer flower garden wings with this glorious blend of stately sunflowers and climbing bloomers! The 6–7 foot tall sunflowers provide the structure to support a mix of morning glory, thunbergia, cowpea and firecracker vine. Direct sow a row of Towers of Flowers and the resulting display is a solid wall of interlacing blooms. Exceptional as a living and blooming privacy screen, partition for a bistro vignette or garden room and, of course, a strong draw for pollinators and hummingbirds. Planting rate: 5 grams per 9 square feet.
FL2447C TOWERS OF FLOWERS
NEW No 10 Billhook
Constructed with a stainless-steel curved blade that is beveled on both sides. At 4 inches long, this billhook is perfect for pruning and harvesting cut flowers. Thanks to its addition of chrome, it is anticorrosive and doesn't require any special maintenance.
BOHEMIAN RHAPSODY
A compact, well-balanced carpet of color in your garden. Free flowering all summer long with an ever-changing shift of blooms, its height will not exceed 16 inches. Contains a mix of over 2 dozen varieties of selfsowing annuals including Swan River Daisy, Dwarf Chrysanthemum, Livingstone Daisy, Candytuft, Nigella, Phlox and Viola.
FL2428C BOHEMIAN RHAPSODY
BUTTERFLY GARDEN MIX
Build your butterfly habitat with these essential plants that provide the food for both the larvae and adult Monarchs. Without both components these beautiful creatures cannot survive and will search elsewhere for sustenance and host plants. This colorful blend contains milkweeds, which are the food of choice for monarch caterpillars, and a selection of native wildflowers and garden flowers to supply the nectar that the adult butterflies require.
FL2442C MONARCH
Towers of Flowers
Bohemian Rhapsody
Bee Feed Mix
MONARCH
Monarch Butterfly Garden Mix
MOW NO MORE MIX
We are proud to offer this exclusive fusion of low-growing, durable ground cover varieties to use in lieu of grass. Our mix contains annual and perennial flowering plants blended with a fine, tufted bunch grass to create a colorful, low-maintenance lawn substitute. None of the varieties will grow taller than 12 inches, so mowing is optional unless you prefer a uniform, tailored appearance. Tolerates light foot traf fic. Planting rate: 4 ounces per 1000 square feet; 5–10 pounds per acre. FL2434C
2
$49.85
HUMMINGBIRD MIX
Hummingbird Mix
Plant a portion of your landscape to attract and feed our hummingbird friends. Our blend is made up of 24 species selected to attract and provide nectar for hummingbirds for the entire season. The wide medley of flowers and brilliant colors that spring forth will appeal to other wildlife as well. Hummingbird Mix is 45% annuals and 55% perennials, providing lasting beauty. Seeding rate: 1 pound per 4600 square feet; 8–13 pounds per acre.
FL2430C HUMMINGBIRD MIX
2 grams 1
$4.55 $6.95 $12.95 ½
$49.85 $83.95 Mow No More Mix
SHADE MIX
Equal planting for sun-challenged gardens! This spectacular mix still needs some sun, but will provide a gorgeous display of colorful blooms with only 1–4 hours of direct sun daily or a location with just strong filtered light. A blend of 18, shade-tolerant annual and perennial varieties. Plant at a rate of 5 ounces per 1000 square feet or 7–14 pounds per acre.
FL2440C SHADE MIX
2
$4.55
DEER RESISTANT MIX
Are you planting a smorgasbord for the deer? Well, no more. With this collection of deer-resistant annuals and perennials, you can enjoy beautiful flowers in your garden once again. A mix of 15 varieties that includes Four O’Clocks, French Marigolds, Bergamot, and Oriental Poppies.
FL2433C
Regional Wildflower Mix
(A & P) Our custom mix contains approximately 15 varieties of annual and perennial, native and naturalized species for the Pacific Northwest. This blend produces a profusion of color beginning in spring and changing throughout the season. For a complete list of varieties, please visit our website. Germination code: (4)
PNW Native Wildflower Mix
PNW NATIVE WILDFLOWER MIX
Pacific Northwest gardeners can help support native fauna with this beautiful blend of 15 native annual and perennial wildflower species. Selected from species native to northern California, western Oregon, western Washington and coastal British Columbia at elevations of 7000 feet and under. Sow at 6 ounces per 1000 square feet; 9–18 pounds per acre.
FL3448C
Hummingbird Plant
Dicliptera suberecta (TP)
NEW TRUMPET HUMMINGBIRD
Attract hummingbirds while adding a pop of color to your yard or garden. Felty grey leaves act as the perfect backdrop to the clusters of tubular orange flowers that cover the plant late spring through fall. The flowers produce nectar the hummingbirds love. Heat and drought tolerant, grows up to 20 inches tall with a 3-foot spread. Hardy in zones 7–10.
XF217C TRUMPET HUMMINGBIRD 1 plant $24.95 Ships late April
Trumpet Hummingbird plants ship late April in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
Universal Mobile Phone Microscope 60x
This very simple to use tool clips onto your smartphone, aligning with the camera lens, and instantly brings tiny subjects into focus. A 60x magni fication and integrated UV and LED lights allow you to meticulously examine your plants, insects and anything else. Record your observations with your phone’s camera, or remove the clip to use the microscope without the phone. Complete with storage cover and batteries.
ZTO918
$13.95
Deer Resistant Mix
Trumpet Hummingbird
Pansy
California Poppy
Poppies
Viola spp. (A) Germination code: (1)
NEW SORBET® LAVENDER PINK
V. cornuta This pansy is the full package! Perfect for spring and fall, the compact plants are tolerant to frost, water, and shade. Add in its fragrant flowers that attract bees and its low maintenance mounded profile, and you have a selection that’s sure to be on your planting list year after year.
FL2900C
NEW COOL WAVE® WHITE
V. x wittrockiana Looking for a trailing flower for spring and autumn? Look no further! The Cool Wave® White pansy is long lasting and fast growing. With creamy white flowers growing in a cascading mounding habit, this selection is perfect for hanging baskets and mixed containers.
V. cornuta Expect extra-large, mauve, and deep purple bicolor flowers atop strong stems from this prolific pansy. Its very uniform, compact growth is perfect for cool-season gardens and attracts bees, butterflies, and hummingbirds.
FL3013C MATRIX® ROSE BLOTCH
50 seeds 150 seeds
$4.95 $10.35
Eschscholzia californica (A) These simple flowers are native to western North America and bring endless enjoyment. Sow in the spring for blooms all summer long. Sow in the fall and yours will be the first to bloom in spring. Will self sow. An outstanding border plant. Approximately 600 seeds per gram.
CALIFORNIA ORANGE
This is the true orange California Poppy. Although common, this is a favorite of gardeners throughout the West. Very attractive cultivated in flower beds, and especially nice when naturalized along driveways and in fields. Height: 8–12 inches.
FL3086C
THAI SILK FORMULA MIX
This mix is the fanciest of the California poppies. The flowers are semi-double with fluted petals and a silky, chiffon-like texture. The finely divided, gray-green foliage sets off a summer-long display of shimmering, 3-inch, jewel-tone blooms. The vivid colors range from sunny yellows and tangerines to magenta. Height: 10–14 inches.
XL JELLY BEANS
By far one of the brightest, most irresistible of the California poppies that we’ve grown. Absolutely bursting with vibrant, sugary colors. Sweet and tempting semi-double blooms have splashes of bubble gum pink, lemon yellow and raspberry red against feathery, silver-blue foliage. Height: 8–12 inches.
FL3090C XL JELLY BEANS
QIS® BOWLING BALL
P. somniferum
The biggest rattlepods we’ve seen! Bowling ball isn’t too much of an exaggeration when describing this poppy’s seed head, but tennis ball size is closer to the truth. Fleeting, pink-petaled blooms fade to developing the enormous pods on sturdy, 36–48 inch tall stems. For the largest pods, direct sow the seed in late summer to fall, and the overwintered crop will yield magnificent crops for a statement in dried arrangements. Approximately 2200 seeds per gram.
FL3076C
FALLING IN LOVE
P. rhoeas Held atop 30 inch stems, the delicate, semi-double and double blooms are a mix of picotees and bicolors in rose, salmon and coral. They were one of the first poppies to bloom at our trial grounds and will surely win your heart! Approximately 9200 seeds per gram.
FL3108C
Falling In Love
QIS® Bowling Ball
Thai Silk Formula Mix
XL Jelly Beans
California Orange
Sorbet® Lavender Pink
Cool Wave® White
Matrix® Rose Blotch
P. rhoeas Subtle hues in a mingling of silvery gray, blushed rouge, white and elusive, bluish pastels. Rising to 12–18 inches, each ethereal bloom is unique, but all have delicate, crepe paper-like petals and bear a coal-black ring at their center. This elegant and graceful strain was developed by Sir Cedric Morris.
Approximately 8000 seeds per gram.
PEARL
JIMI'S POPPIES
P. somniferum Easy-to-grow breadseed poppies produce breathtaking single blooms followed by attractive pods filled with edible seed. Allow the pods to dry on the plants, and use them in flower arrangements and dried wreaths. The tiny seeds are delicious in breads and muf fins. Plants reach 2–3 feet tall overall. Approximately 3000 seeds per gram.
JIMI'S FLAG MIX
A psychedelic blend of reds, purples, pinks and whites with lots of multi-hued blooms.
JIMI'S SNOWFLAKES
Out of this world beauty. Shredded petals in crystalline white.
JIMI'S PURPLE HAZE
Electrifying bicolor combination of brilliant purple on mellow lilac.
PANDORA
P. rhoeas We can’t get enough poppies, and these Shirley poppies offer the most intriguing, wine color streaked with pearl. Sturdy, yet delicate-looking, the plants reach 24–30 inches tall with slender stems holding the nodding blooms. As the semi-double to double flowers mature, their colors transform in an ever-changing palette of velvety tones. Approximately 7000 seeds per gram.
FL3103C PANDORA
gram ⅛ oz 1 gram
$7.65 $17.95
Rudbeckia
Scabiosa
Scabiosa atropurpurea (TP) Approximately 50 seeds per ⅛ gram. Germination code: (6)
BLACK KNIGHT
The darkest of the Scabiosas, Black Knight offers the deepest red you’ll find on the market paired with a velvety texture. Grows up to 3 feet tall with long, straight stems. Large flowers stay for weeks and make a wonderfully striking addition to a cut flower bouquet. Perfect for your pollinator garden.
FL2083C BLACK KNIGHT
Rudbeckia hirta (A) Rudbeckia thrives in almost any soil and location. Cheery blossoms are long-blooming, beginning in early summer and lasting until frost. They are a low maintenance favorite in borders and flower gardens. Germination code: (1) or (4)
MOPPETS
A brand-new explosion of Rudbeckia charisma, Moppets burst on the scene to the awe of everyone who met them. Vivacious displays of semi and fully-double, grapefruit-sized blooms develop and last on or off the plant! Producing plenty of golden flowers to show off in the garden and cut in arrangements, the robust plants reach 30 inches tall and 24 inches wide.
SAHARA
A blend of brunette, warm cinnamon, golden flax, cabernet and rosy salmon, these exquisite, mostly semi-double blooms capture the hues of a summer sunset. Compact, upright plants reach about 20 inches tall and 12 inches wide for placement in the front of the border or large container. The rich palette makes stunning displays with vibrant reds and purples or wherever you need a sultry touch.
Jimi's Flag Mix, Snowflakes, Purple Haze
Mother of Pearl
Moppets Sahara
MOTHER OF PEARL
Black Knight
NEW
Pandora
NEW LEMON CUTIE™
(F1) Are you looking for a short sunflower with brilliant yellow flowers? Look no further than Lemon Cutie™. This bushy, multibranching selection grows to about knee height and provides vibrant lemon-colored, semi-double flowers that hold their freshness longer than other options. Great in pots, borders, and mass plantings. Pollenless but perfect for pollinators.
FL3272C LEMON CUTIE™
SUNRICH™ LIME
(F1) Very uniform crop maturing after ProCut® series. Sturdy plants reach 4–5 feet tall with single-stem blooms 4–6 inches across. Very attractive yellow petal/ lime disk contrast. Pollenless.
FL3267C SUNRICH™ LIME
SUNRICH™ LEMON
(F1) This beautiful, uniform variety boasts 6–8 inch wide blooms with 4 inch, jet-black centers framed in rich lemon-colored petals. The single-stemmed, pollen-free flowers reach 3 ½ feet, and its strong root system helps anchor plants in windy areas. Approximately 20 seeds per gram.
FL3278C SUNRICH™ LEMON
STARBURST MIX
(F1) Our most opulent of sunflower blends, these semi-double to double blooms open in a spectrum of summer colors from lemon-lime through golden orange to red sangria. The robust, well-branched plants reach 4–5 feet and produce magnificent, plush blooms that are all pollen free. An unrivaled cutting sunflower, the long-lasting flowers open to expose bright green or dusky coffee centers that exquisitely accent the surrounding petals.
FL3262C STARBURST MIX
STARBURST PANACHE
(F1) Starburst Panache literally vaulted into view, outshining other varieties in our sunflower trials. Thistle-like buds burst into a luxurious golden saffron mane surrounding a brunette central disk. The pollen-free, 4–5 inch blooms beg to be cut for a showoff arrangement. Plants reach 5 feet tall. Approximately 25 seeds per gram.
FL3304C STARBURST PANACHE
SUNFLOWERS
Helianthus annuus (A)
Direct Sowing
l To promote deep roots and strong stems, water deeply but infrequently
l One to two cups of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 10 row feet in the spring is adequate for the year
l Germination code: (4)
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Cutworms, weevils and birds
l Pest control: Pyrethrin
l Pest control: BirdBlock Netting (see page 149) or flash tape
l Note: Avoid wetting foliage to prevent rust
Harvest & Storage
l Cut flowers in the morning just after they open
l Use a clean knife, a clean vase, and a few drops of chlorine bleach in the water
l Cutting the mature central flower head will promote side-shoot flower production
l For seed-eating gardeners, harvest the heads when the bracts begin to shrivel, and hang the flowers upside down in a barn or shed
l Gray and white striped sunflower seeds are the best choice
l Salting: When dry, rub the seeds off the heads and soak overnight in 1 gallon of water with 1 cup of salt added, drain, and dry in a 250°F oven for 4–5 hours and store in an airtight container
THE JOKER
(F1) Colors of red, orange, brown, gold and all the bicolors in between create a literal blanket of color in your garden. Multi-branched and growing to 6 feet in height. The mainstem flowers are 6–7 inches across and branch blooms typically are 4–5 inches. Pollen free. Approximately 20 seeds per gram.
FL3271C THE JOKER
MONGOLIAN GIANT
(OP) Enormous, vibrant yellow flower heads span 18 inches across, towering up to 14 feet tall. Once the blooms fade, you’ll be rewarded with bushels of edible, huge, 1 ½ inch long seeds. Approximately 10–12 seeds per gram.
FL3303C MONGOLIAN GIANT
Lemon Cutie™
Starburst Panache
Starburst Mix
Mongolian Giant
ZOHAR
(F1) An organically-produced sunflower! Zohar is a classic, single-stemmed, pollen-free sunflower for cutting or showing off in the garden. Strong, vigorous plants reach 4–5 feet tall topped with 4–6 inch blooms in golden orange with a velvety black button.
FL3265G ZOHAR ORGANIC
FLORISTAN
(OP) This beautiful, bicolor sunflower is delightful in group plantings in sunny beds or borders. It is also well suited for cut flower production. Uniform plants reach a height of about 3 feet and produce 1 ½ foot long side branches. Each flower has a dark center disk, surrounded by striking reddish-brown rays tipped in yellow. Approximately 45 seeds per gram.
FL3281C FLORISTAN
AMERICAN GIANT
(OP) If this sunflower was any taller, you would need a flashing light on top of it to warn passing airplanes! Not only is this one of the tallest sunflowers that we have seen, it has the stalk to support it. The 10 inch golden blooms sit atop plants that can reach 16 feet. A perfect “living wall”. Approximately 10 seeds per gram.
FL3300C AMERICAN GIANT 1 gram 8 grams 4 grams
$3.35 $4.85 $7.65
SNACK MIX
INFRARED MIX
(F1) If you like your sunflowers red, start planning your sunflower patch now. Infrared’s colors range from the darkest to the softest reds, including many bicolors. Pollen free, they are ideally suited for borders and cutting. The average height is around 6 feet. Approximately 30 seeds per gram.
FL3289C INFRARED MIX
WAOOH
(F1) This little guy will have you shouting with delight! Reaching only 2–3 feet tall, Waooh is a compact, sturdy, bushy plant with masses of 4 inch blooms that seem to cover the entire plant. Pollen-free flowers are radiant, golden auras surrounding velvety, charcoal center disks, and appear later in the season when most sunflowers are fading. The semi-dwarf plants are small enough for containers or steer them to march across a border for a solid wall of sunflower glory. Approximately 35 seeds per gram.
FL3306C WAOOH
RED SUN
(OP) Red Sun is our favorite mix for long bloom-time displays in the garden and the vase. Tall, strong plants reach 5–8 feet tall with well-branched stems for lots of buds and flowers. You’ll get a variety of blooms from straight yellow to all red, streaked red and yellow and red with a deep corona—all exquisite! Approximately 20 seeds per gram.
FL3285C
GUMMY BEAR
(OP) The spunky Gummy Bear stands out like a fabulous lion's mane. The pride of any garden, these fully double flowers are 3–5 inches in diameter and reach 36–48 inches tall. A yellow version of the fashionable Teddy Bear variety. Approximately 18 seeds per gram.
FL3259C GUMMY BEAR
TEDDY BEAR
(OP) Kids really fall for Teddy Bear. This unusual member of the sunflower family is unlike regular types. It has cuddly-looking, 4–5 inch, fully-double yellow flowers that are held up on sturdy dwarf plants 2 ½–3 feet tall. Kids can get a real eyeful! A unique addition to larger floral arrangements, or displayed alone in a vase. Approximately 60 seeds per gram.
FL3284C TEDDY BEAR
SUNSEED
(F1) We recommend Sunseed speci fically for its delicious sunflower seeds. It produces an abundance of large kernels that are great for snacking, and can be used for making sunflower oil, too. The earliest maturing variety in its class, Sunseed makes 10–14 inch heads on 4–5 foot tall plants. Approximately 14 seeds per gram.
FL3279C SUNSEED
$6.95
(F1) Doubly delightful, this colorful blend of summer’s favorite flower provides a festive display plus a bonus of nutritious munching after the blooms fade. The plump, flavorful seeds offer a healthy, natural, and homegrown alternative to chips. When lightly roasted they release a nutty, tantalizing aroma, and are irresistible with or without a touch of salt. Grows to 5–7 feet tall. Approximately 10 seeds per gram. FL3302C
Waooh
Floristan Zohar
Snack Mix
Red Sun
Gummy Bear
Teddy Bear
American Giant Infrared Mix
Sunseed
Snapdragons
Antirrhinum majus (A) Germination code: (6)
POTOMAC™ SNAPDRAGONS
We’ve trialed so many snapdragons over the years, and the Potomac™ series consistently outperforms all the others. The sturdy, robust plants produce strong, tall stems topped with well-stacked, spectacular bloom spires. Here in Oregon, the Potomac™ snaps bloom in summer, rest for a short period, and then show off again with another burst of color before frost. With 39–60 inch tall stems, these are the most exceptional varieties for cutting and tall borders. Very productive in high light, long day periods.
POTOMAC™ APPLEBLOSSOM Bicolor white and pink blooms
POTOMAC™ EARLY ORANGE Golden orange blooms
POTOMAC™ RED Brilliant carmine blooms
MADAME BUTTERFLY
MIX
The most elite of snapdragons, the Madame Butterfly series flaunts tall columnar stems summited with stacks of seemingly detonated, double blooms like no other snap. Rising up to 3–4 feet, these branching, strong plants produce bundles of blooms in a range of colors from white, cream, pink, coral, red, yellow and bicolors.
FL3205C MADAME BUTTERFLY MIX 50
Stock
Matthiola incana (A) Germination code: (1)
QUARTET RAINBOW
Early to bloom, this exquisite variety produces spicy-sweet fragrant stems of multi-hued florets in creamy yellow with rosy edges. The plants reach a manageable 24 inches tall and benefi t from a pinching at transplant time to encourage branching.
FL3244G QUARTET RAINBOW ORGANIC
25 seeds 250 seeds 100 seeds
$3.95 $6.65 $12.95
FL3244T RAINBOW QUARTET TRANSPLANTS
6 plants $18.15 See Transplant Order Form for more information
Strawflower
Helichrysum bracteatum (A) Germination code: (4) and (6)
ENDLESS SUMMER STRAWFLOWER MIX
An absolute must-have for the dried flower lover! This blend produces the most vibrantly colored, double blooms on tall stems throughout the summer. Well-branched plants reach 36 inches tall and produce lots of flowers for cut arrangements and dried crafting.
FL3257C
KING SIZE NAVY BLUE
With a perfume as intense as its color, King Size Navy Blue sweet pea is one of the most intriguing varieties available. Big, gently ruffled blooms are a true, deep blue and cluster in groups of up to 5 flowers on each stem. Strong vines climb 6–10 feet.
Sweet Peas
Lathyrus odoratus (A) Approximately 12 seeds per gram. Germination code: (4)
HIGH SCENT
If you adore sweet peas and can’t get enough of their scent, then we’ve got just the selection for you! High Scent is one of the most strongly scented varieties. The gorgeous blooms are cream edged in violet. Plant it near a sunny porch or trellised near open windows where you can fully enjoy its perfume.
FRAGRANTISSIMA
Considered by experts to be the most fragrant sweet pea varieties available to home gardeners. Its heavenly perfume is equaled only by the assortment of shades and patterns that the mix contains. Encompassing
Fragrantissima
High Scent
King Size Navy Blue
Endless Summer Strawflower Mix
Madame Butterfly Mix
Quartet Rainbow
Potomac™ Appleblossom, Early Orange & Red
Zinnias
Zinnia spp. (A) Zinnias come in a diverse range of shapes, sizes, and colors—something for everybody. They are heat-loving plants, best sown at the same time that peppers are transplanted outside. Zinnias bloom during that part of summer when many other flowers have finished, from late July until the rainy season sets in, or until your first frost. Germination code: (1) or (4)
ART DECO MIX
Z. elegans The bold, powerful colors of this masterwork, neo-zinnia variety take charge in the flower garden. A stylish mix of big blooms in pink, purple and lavender command attention in borders, beds and freshcut in long-lasting arrangements. Large plants grow to 3 feet tall. Approximately 120 seeds per gram.
FL3494C ART DECO MIX
SWIZZLE CHERRY & IVORY
Z. elegans Quicken the pulse of a sunny border planting or container display with these dynamic, bicolored blooms. Dwarf, bushy plants grow 10–12 inches tall and wide, engulfed in exhilarating, fully double flowers. Each petal is bright cerise with an ivory tip, creating a dazzling, frosted look.
FL3484C SWIZZLE CHERRY & IVORY
ZOWIE! YELLOW FLAME
Z. elegans Add some shock factor to your garden palette with this AAS winner. The 2–3 inch, semi-double blooms have hot magenta-orange centers and are tipped with fiery yellow. They will produce a vibrant display on 24–30 inch plants all summer long.
Control gray and white molds, downy mildew, black spot, leaf spot, root rot, botrytis and more. Apply as a foliar spray or soil soak. We recommend using for preventative maintenance and wellness or a major disease outbreak.
NEW AZTEC SUNSET MIX
Z. haageana The spellbinding glow of a fleeting sunset is perfectly captured in this long lasting mix. Aztec Sunset’s flaming, double, 2-inch blooms open in a spectrum of colors from sunny yellow and orange to cerise and coffee brown with lots of bicolor combinations. At 6–10 inches, the compact, ultra-floriferous plants are fantastic in beds and containers. Rightfully awarded a Fleuroselect gold medal.
FL3492C AZTEC SUNSET MIX
NEW CORAL BEAUTY
Z. elegans Coral Beauty produces tall plants with large, uniform heads up to 4 inches wide in a soft, true coral hue. A wonderful addition to a pollinator garden, especially for butterflies. Fast growing and produces summer through autumn with long lasting blooms that make it a great cut flower.
FL3018C CORAL BEAUTY
QUEEN LIME SERIES
Z. elegans An astounding achievement in floral breeding, these unique zinnias flaunt a stunning chromatic display with a mix of semi-double and fully double blooms. Well-branched plants reach 18 inches wide, holding the bold, 2–3 inch flowers on sturdy, 25 inch stems making these ideal for long lasting cut flower arrangements.
QUEEN LEMON PEACH
Soft yellow and pastel apricot.
QUEEN LIME WITH BLOTCH
Vibrant chartreuse blooms with pink centers.
QUEEN RED LIME
Burgundy outer petals that gradually lighten to creamy lime centers.
QUEEN LIME GREEN
Glowing chartreuse.
QUEEN LIME ORANGE
Apricot outer petals fade to yellow/green and are punctuated with a deep rosy-red center.
FL3503C QUEEN LIME ORANGE
FL3522C QUEEN LEMON PEACH
FL3507C QUEEN LIME GREEN
FL3504C QUEEN RED LIME
FL3501C QUEEN LIME WITH BLOTCH
Queen Lemon Peach, Queen Lime With Blotch, Queen Red Lime, Queen Lime Green, Queen Lime Orange
Zowie! Yellow Flame
Aztec Sunset Mix
Coral Beauty
Art Deco Mix
OKLAHOMA SALMON
Cupcakes Mix
OKLAHOMA MIX
Z. elegans Oklahoma is a beloved, classic series of zinnia, and our Salmon selection is a real head-turner. Beautifully uniform, double blooms in coral, apricot and peach shades pair well with any number of colors in the garden and bouquets. Expect strong-stemmed, branching plants that reach 30–40 inches tall. Approximately 120 seeds per gram.
FL3487C OKLAHOMA SALMON
¼ gram ¼ oz 4 grams
$3.95 $10.95 $16.95
PROFUSION RED YELLOW BICOLOR
Z. hybrida Opening up to the world as bright red and yellow blooms before seeping into warm shades of apricot and pink, it’s no wonder this long-lasting bedding zinnia is a gold medal AAS winner. At 14–18 inches tall and 20–24 inches wide, these vivid colored flowers are a gorgeous bouquet growing straight out of the soil in beds and containers alike! FL3521C
GIANT CACTUS DOUBLE MIX
Z. elegans A choice mixture of giant double chrysanthemum or cactus-type flowers. Sturdy 20–22 inch stems support pin-quilled flowers in hues of soft cream to brilliant crimson. Very eyecatching. Approximately 100 seeds per gram.
FL3508C
Z. elegans A series of 30–40 inch zinnias, Oklahoma Mix is loaded with 1 ½–2 ½ inch colorful blooms. Impressive uniformity, clarity of color and sturdy stems. With less susceptibility to powdery mildew and a more extended vase life than other zinnias, these are a prime choice for late summer cut flowers. This series includes yellow, pink, scarlet, salmon, and white. Approximately 120 seeds per gram.
FL3499C OKLAHOMA MIX
CALIFORNIA GIANT MIX
Z. elegans These tall bushy plants carry masses of 5–6 inch double flowers in brilliant colors of red, yellow, orange, lavender, maroon, violet and white. Sow the seed around your sunflower patch to conceal the stalks with a curtain of color. Grows up to 3 feet tall. Approximately 110 seeds per gram.
WHIRLIGIG
Z. elegans The 2–3 inch double flowers display an attractive contrasting color at the tip of each petal. Wonderful sunny color combination of reds, whites, yellows, pinks, and oranges. Grows to 24 inches tall. Approximately 190 seeds per gram.
FL3497C
Z. elegans Cupcakes Mix is a vibrantly-colored smorgasbord of scrumptious flowers. The fully-double, 2 inch blooms burst open into puffy mounds of petals. Like singleserving temptations, they look as though they are heaped and piled with the most mouthwatering frosting. You’ll love indulging in the rainbow of delicious colors from vanilla cream through lemon, peach, cherry, and raspberry. Fill beds, borders, and planters with these delightful treats. Excellent for cutting, plants reach 30 inches tall.
FL3500C CUPCAKES MIX
BENARY’S GIANT SERIES MIX
Z. elegans Benary’s Giant dahlia-flowered zinnias make wonderful cut flower companions to Oklahoma Mix. Reaching 30 inches tall, its sturdy stems and large, fully double, 5 inch blooms make it one of the best on the market. The mix includes crimson red, lilac, rose, canary yellow, deep red, white, and orange!
FL3505C BENARY’S GIANT SERIES MIX
Giant Cactus Double Mix
California Giant Mix
Benary’s Giant Series Mix
Profusion Red Yellow Bicolor
Whirligig
Oklahoma Mix
Oklahoma Salmon
COFFEE
Coffea
(P)
YAUPON
Large Leaf
LARGE LEAF
Tea for all! This full-size, caffeinated tea plant boasts big, slightly serrated, dark green, glossy, 3–5 inch leaves for continual harvests of fresh foliage to brew into delicious teas. A handsome evergreen shrub, Large Leaf Tea will slowly grow up to 10–12 feet tall in the ground but can be easily maintained to be a smaller plant when kept in a container. Hardy in zones 7–11. Full cultivation, harvest and various tea preparation methods included with each order.
XF319C LARGE LEAF
1 plant
$25.95 Shipped April/May
COFFEE
Tea drinkers have been growing herbs to make tea for years, and now coffee drinkers can grow their own coffee! The coffee plant is a small, handsome, evergreen tree that can be grown in a large container with filtered sunlight. Although it’s not frost tolerant, it can be brought indoors during the winter months in colder climates. During the winter it prefers high humidity, moist (not soggy) soil, and a sunny, south-facing window. Glossy, dark emerald leaves set off clusters of wonderfully fragrant, white flowers from the second year on. The blooms produce ½ inch berries that begin green, ripen to yellow and finally mature to deep red. Each fruit contains 2 seeds, which are coffee beans that can be roasted and ground for brewing. Plants can reach 10–12 feet but are typically maintained at 2–4 feet.
XF325C COFFEE
1 plant
$22.95 Shipped April/May
Yaupon, tea and coffee plants ship late April to early May in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE
JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE
Helianthus tuberosus (P)
This valuable perennial is native in all but 3 of the lower 48 states and has been a food source to humans, livestock, deer, birds and pollinators. A member of the sunflower family, these tall plants produce beautiful, golden, daisy-like flowers in late summer/ early fall. Harvest the knobby, non-starchy tubers when the plants naturally die back in autumn and enjoy them roasted, boiled, in soups or even raw.
XF300C JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE 1 plant $24.95 Shipped late April
Jerusalem artichoke plants ship late April in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
Ilex vomitoria (P)
YAUPON
North America’s own caffeine source! Yaupon is a type of holly, a broadleaf evergreen, that is native to the southeastern US. Indigenous tribes valued the plant for its stimulating quality, but the plant fell into obscurity after colonists introduced tea (Camellia sinensis). More recently, Yaupon is enjoying a resurgence of interest. Leaf/stem preparation is simple, and the resulting tea has a mild, earthy flavor profile and can be compared to green or black tea minus the tannins (depending on the processing of the Yaupon leaf/stem). Yaupon’s high anti-oxidant content is an added bonus. The plants are handsome, textural shrubs with dense foliage and minimal fertility requirements. Established plants are drought tolerant, and they tolerate pruning well.
XF326C YAUPON
1 plant
$24.95 Shipped April/May
QUAD-SHOT CAFFEINATED COMBO
Fellow caffeine enthusiasts: Get brewing! Here’s your opportunity to have a variety of backyard-sourced coffee and teas with this power-packed combo. Receive one plant of each: Coffee, Large Leaf Tea, Yerba Maté (see page 114) and Yaupon. Save $38.85 over purchasing separately.
Mid-season. This compact, spherical blueberry is perfect for containers or the forefront of edible gardens. White flowers appear in spring, followed by a burst of large, flavorful berries mid-summer. Selffertile, 1–2 feet high and wide. Hardy in zones 3–8.
XF164C TOP HAT
1 plant
$24.95
Shipped early March
NORTHSKY
Mid-season. For the gardeners up in the far reaches and coldest climates, Northsky has you covered. This half-high variety really leans into its lowbush ancestry with excellent cold hardiness and flavor-packed, smaller berries. Northsky’s compact, dense habit lends itself to container plantings or hedgerows. Typically growing 2–3 feet wide and tall, its deep green leaves set off a spring show of blankets of white blooms that are followed by loads of tasty, wild-flavored berries. Warmer gardeners can enjoy this phenomenal variety, too, as it performs equally well in lower latitude areas. Zones 3–8.
XF125C NORTHSKY
1 plant
$24.95 Shipped early March
SUNSHINE BLUE
Mid-season. Warm climate gardeners will rejoice in Sunshine Blue, a heat-loving Southern Highbush variety, requiring a mere 150 hours of chilling. Thriving as far south as San Diego, it also adapts readily to northern areas, and tolerates sweeter soil. Sunshine Blue's evergreen foliage and compact, upright habit makes for a sensational landscape or container plant. It grows to 3 feet. In springtime, the hot pink blooms will lighten to white, then be followed by a profusion of delectable berries. Its autumn show is a climax of teal and burgundy foliage. For zones 5–10.
XF128C SUNSHINE BLUE
1 plant
$24.95 Shipped early March
EMERALD
Mid-season. Hey you in the Great South! Everyone deserves their own homegrown blueberries, and Emerald has your name on it! Just right for warmer regions, Emerald bears the largest fruit in its class. These handsome, rounded spreading plants yield heavy harvests of cascading bunches of huge, light blue berries that are delightfully sweet. Requires a mere 250 chill hours.
Zones 8–10.
XF126C EMERALD
1 plant
$24.95
Shipped early March
BLUE RIBBON
Early-season. A winner-take-all for the blueberry patch! Blue Ribbon makes a clean sweep with big, firm, sweet and fruity berries from the start of the season. Blue Ribbon plants are very adaptable and offer both great flavor and high production. Start off the season harvesting these crowd-pleas ing, big, firm, sweet & fruity blueberries. For zones 4–8.
XF123C BLUE RIBBON
1 plant
$24.95
Shipped early March
CHANDLER
Mid-late season. If you're looking for an enormous blueberry, Chandler's got your name on it. Easily topping the charts for size, its flavor is comparably robust. The fruit just keep coming from this hard-working variety, as its harvest window lasts up to 6 weeks. Vigorous bushes grow 5–7 feet tall with a slightly spreading habit. Zones 4–7.
BLUEBERRIES
Vaccinium corymbosum
Plants reach maturity in 5–6 seasons and produce 5–10 pounds of fruit annually. Most blueberries need at least 800 hours of temperatures below 45°F during the dormant season (unless otherwise noted). Call your local county extension agent for information about your area. Harvest from late June through late August, depending on the variety. For optimum pollination, choose separate varieties with the same or overlapping harvest windows.
HUCKLEBERRY
Vaccinium ovatum
Huckleberries are often overlooked by gardeners. The tidy native shrubs are covered with small deep green leaves throughout the year, a natural landscaping plant. They reward you in late summer with blue-black berries that have a
and shade, it stays shorter in sun —3–4 feet tall and wide—or can reach 6–7 feet tall in shade. Evergreen huckleberry makes a great container plant or can be trained and shaped into an ornamental, edible hedge. Flavorful fruit ripens in August.
XF122C CHANDLER 1 plant $24.95 Shipped early March
Blueberries are 1 year old and start shipping in early March. Plants are shipped bareroot. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
XF134C EVERGREEN 1 plant $24.95 Shipped mid to late April
Huckleberries are 1 year old and ship mid to late April. Plants are in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
Blue Ribbon
Emerald
Top Hat
Northsky
Sunshine Blue
BLACKBERRY
Cultivated for centuries, blackberries are prized for their deep purple, glossy fruit that’s so sweet and tasty. Packed with a high level of antioxidants, bioflavonoids and Vitamin C. We think our gardeners will love the fruit and appreciate the plants’ vigor, productivity and ease of cultivation.
RASPBERRY
Rubus idaeus
There are two main types of raspberries, everbearing and summer bearing. Raspberries grow best with plenty of moisture, but in well-drained soil. Take special care in preparing the bed prior to planting by adding lots of organic matter. They do not tolerate poor quality soil or weeds, and prefer slightly alkaline soil. Space rows 10 feet apart. Generally free of pests and diseases. If birds are a problem, we recommend using BirdBlock Protective Netting (see page 149).
TAYBERRY
Rubus fruticosus x R. idaeus
NEW CRIMSON GIANT RASPBERRY
Late-season primocane raspberry with very large, firm, bright red fruit. Sturdy canes grow mostly in a crown formation. Perfect for the home gardener or market grower, Crimson Giant's berries release easily when handpicking. Does well in high tunnels and for off-season production. Developed at Cornell University. Zones 4–8.
XF136C CRIMSON GIANT
1 plant $24.95 Shipped late March
DOUBLE GOLD RASPBERRY USPP24811
NEW GIANT BERRY COMBO
If you love giant berries as much as we do, you’re in luck! This combination of Big Daddy blackberry and Crimson Giant raspberry plants will be a wonderful addition to your edible landscape or berry patch. Big Daddy is thornless, producing high yields of large, deliciously sweet blackberries. Crimson Giant produces giant bright red berries that ripen in the fall and release easily when handpicking. Hardy in zones 5–9 and 4–8 respectively. Comes with 2 of each plant.
XF227C GIANT BERRY COMBO
4 plants
$59.95 Shipped late March
All fruit on this page are 1 year old and ship late March in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
(Everbearing) An exciting release from Cornell University, Double Gold lifts the raspberry to new heights. The vigorous canes have a bushy habit, are disease resistant and produce dual harvests of large, conical, beautiful, coral-colored berries that are sweet and very tasty. Unlike summer-bearing raspberries, Double Gold will produce 2 crops each year: one flush on the previous year’s growth, and later another flush from canes that emerged in the spring.
XF209C DOUBLE GOLD
1 plant $24.95 Shipped late March
TAYBERRY
The best of both raspberries and blackberries, tayberries produce big, elongated, 1 ½ inch, maroon berries with a richly aromatic, succulent, sweet-tart flavor. Delicious fresh or in jams, pies, sorbet and smoothies, they can be substituted for raspberries in any recipe. The berries are ripe when they are tender and ready to fall off the plants, hence, they’re very rare to find in commercial markets, being too delicate to ship. Vigorous canes grow into a natural fan shape. The plants are hardy and less susceptible to pests and disease than raspberries.
XF152C TAYBERRY
NEW BIG DADDY BLACKBERRY
Rubus fruticosus More of a mouthful than your average blackberry! A thornless variety that produces high yields of large, 1 ½ inch, sweet berries rich in flavor and juiciness. Perfect for fresh eating as well as baking and preserving. Hardy in zones 5–9.
XF226C BIG DADDY
1 plant $24.95
Shipped late March
COLUMBIA STAR BLACKBERRY
Rubus hybrid An introduction from the state where blackberries are king: Oregon! Columbia Star is the culmination of the breeding efforts of Oregon State University and the USDA. It counts the esteemed Marionberry in its lineage, and you can taste it in every rich, sweet, juicy morsel. Very vigorous vines yield excellent crops of huge berries and no thorns means a painless harvest! Zones 5‒8.
XF200C COLUMBIA STAR
1 plant
$24.95
Shipped late March
Columbia Star
Double Gold
Crimson Giant Big Daddy
Tayberry
Pineberry (Plants)
NEW FLAMINGO
Stop here for sweetness! This unique pineberry offers the aroma and juiciness of wild strawberries but with a shelf-life that makes them perfect for small-scale growers looking to sell at markets or for the home gardener longing for that delicious fresh strawberry flavor. Produces white flowers in late spring, reducing the likelihood of spring frost damage, followed by a four-week harvest period beginning in June. The light pink berries have dark red seeds and pink inner flesh fading into creamy white centers. Zones 5–9.
XF115C FLAMINGO
Approximately 25 bare root plants
$24.95
June Bearing (Plants)
NEW EARLIGLOW
Can’t wait for strawberry season? That’s why we love Earliglow! This succulently sweet, super flavorful variety produces excellent crops of delicious, glossy red, firm, mediumsized berries that are delightful fresh or frozen. The vigorous plants are easy to grow, produce strong runners and show good disease resistance to red stele and Verticillium wilt.
XF117C EARLIGLOW
Approximately 25 bare root plants
$24.95
NEW HONEOYE
These berries truly come alive when cooked. While they tend to be small and lack sweetness when eaten fresh, they are fantastic for jams and baking. Expect heavy yields from this June-bearing variety. Hardy in zones 3–8.
XF223C HONEOYE
Approximately 25 bare root plants
$24.95
NEW HOOD
Known for its exceptionally high sugar content and deep red color throughout, Hood is one of the most popular Northwest strawberry varieties. The large round fruit are tiny flavor bombs that melt in your mouth. Good for making preserves and jams, but berries should be eaten or processed within hours of being picked. Vigorous and productive plants that can be tricky to grow, but well worth the work! June bearing. Resistant to root rot, mildew, and red stele. Hardy in zones 6–10.
XF224C HOOD
Approximately 25 bare root plants
$24.95
Territorial Seed Company Plant Tags
These white plastic field and bedding plant tags are excellent for inexpensive identi fication. Printed with our Territorial Seed Company logo. Package of 100.
ZSU887 5” seed tags
ZSU889 8” field tags
STRAWBERRY SEED
Fragaria vesca
$9.95
$12.95
PARSLEY
Petroselinum crispum Days to Emergence Soil
Direct Sowing
l Direct seed outside as soon as the soil warms
Transplanting
l Sow indoors 2 months before last frost date
l Strawberry seeds need light to germinate
l Keep moist with a mister
l Up-pot at 3–4 weeks and transplant outside after the danger of frost has passed
STRAWBERRY PLANTS
Fragaria x ananassa
Culture
l Strawberries require fertile, well-drained soil, high in organic matter, with an optimum soil pH of 5.5–6.5
l Prepare beds by deeply digging in a 1 inch layer of compost and 5 pounds of bone meal for 100 square feet
l Plant in raised beds, and cover with plastic or straw mulch to prevent fruit contact with soil, which can cause rot
l Keep beds evenly moist, use drip irrigation if possible, avoid wetting fruit; plants need 1–1 ½ inches of water per week during the growing season
l Plant 12–15 inches apart in all directions
l Pinch off runners to keep plants productive
l June bearing: Produce berries over a 2–3 week period in early summer
l Everbearing: Produce berries consistently from late spring through fall
Planting
l Plant in 4 inch pots and hold for a few weeks if soil is not ready when you receive plants
l Dig in ¼ cup complete fertilizer per plant
l Pinch off blossoms of everbearing varieties until July 1st of the first year
l Pinch off blossoms of June bearing varieties the entire first year
Pests & Diseases
l Common pests: Root weevils, aphids, and slugs
l Pest control: Pyrethrin, and baits or traps for slugs
l Common diseases: Mold, mildew, root rot and Verticilium wilt
l Disease control: Rotate every 3–4 years with new plants, Zonix
Strawberry plants are shipped bare root starting in March. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Not available to US Territories or Canada.
Flamingo
Earliglow
Honeoye
Everbearing (Seed)
SUMMER BREEZE CHERRY BLOSSOM
(F1) What’s better than the sweet taste of summer strawberries? How about picking them from a drop-dead gorgeous plant! Summer Breeze Cherry Blossom is all that and more with its glossy green foliage, big, bright, semi-double flowers and oodles of sumptuous berries. Show off these plants in containers or windowboxes where they’re within easy reach for continuous harvest. The vigorous plants reach 10–12 inches tall and 12–16 inches wide with few runners but lots of fruit and rosy-pink blooms.
SB768C SUMMER BREEZE CHERRY BLOSSOM
10 seeds 30 seeds
$7.95
RAINBOW TREASURE
(F1) F. x ananassa Pretty enough for placement in flowerbeds, containers, and hanging baskets. Rainbow Treasure is a flowering groundcover with multi-hued, white, pink, and deep rose blooms. Its creeping habit lends itself extremely well to fill in around perennial plantings as well as covering spaces between berry bushes and other fruiting plants.
SB769C RAINBOW TREASURE
15 seeds 50 seeds
$7.95 $15.95
ITALIAN ALPINE
(OP) This Italian everbearing strawberry produces aromatic, delightful, miniature berries the size of the tip of your little finger. The plant’s compact growth habit produces few runners, making it an excellent edible ornamental for rock gardens, pots, and footpaths. Like wild strawberries, these deep red berries are more flavorful than their full-sized cousins. Approximately 300–325 seeds per gram, about 8400–9100 seeds per ounce.
SB770C ITALIAN ALPINE
⅛ gram ⅛ oz 1
Everbearing (Plants)
NEW EVIE-2
Fantastic for the market grower and home gardener looking for proli fic plants and delicious fruit. This day-neutral, everbearing variety produces beautiful red berries that maintain good size. Expect three large crops in the spring, summer, and fall. Best in zones 4–8.
XF225C EVIE-2
Approximately 25 bare root plants
$24.95
ALBION
Our go-to everbearing strawberry. Albion produces very large, deep red, conical berries with firm, deliciously sweet flesh. Give these plants a little extra space for largest berries. Good disease resistance.
XF118C ALBION
Approximately 25 bare root plants
$24.95
Combo (Plants)
NEW STRAWBERRY COLLECTION
Harvest delicious berries all season with this collection. Start the season with Flamingo Pineberry and Honeoye Strawberry, then finish out strong with Seascape. Whether you’re looking for the perfect berry to eat straight from the garden or you long for fresh strawberry pie and homemade jam, this collection has what you’re looking for. Comes with 1 bundle (approximately 25 plants) of each variety, approximately 75 plants total.
XF229C STRAWBERRY COLLECTION
Approximately 75 bare root plants
$69.95
Strawberry plants are shipped bare root starting in March. Order early for best availability. Not available to US Territories or Canada.
Zonix
For prevention and control of diseases such as Phytopthora, Downy Mildew and Pythium, Zonix kills on contact. The active ingredient in Zonix is a naturally occurring biosurfactant compound that bursts the cell walls of fungal spores when it contacts them. For use on vegetables, herbs, flowers, cuttings, bulbs, and tubers. Spray directly on plants or apply as a soil soak. Mix ½–4/5 ounces of Zonix in 1 gallon of water. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.Not available to CA. ZIN491 8 oz $51.95
Albion
Flamingo, Honeoye, Seascape
Evie-2
Summer Breeze Cherry Blossom Rainbow Treasure Italian Alpine
NEW FIGNOMENAL
This recently introduced dwarf fig tree is truly phenomenal! Renowned for its robust flavor, the medium-sized brown figs feature sweet, pink-reddish flesh. Ideal for patio and container gardening, it requires minimal upkeep and pruning, typically reaching heights between 20 and 28 inches. Fignomenal begins yielding abundant fruit 2 to 3 years after planting, providing two harvests annually, and can bear fruit throughout the year when brought indoors during winter. While it adapts well to various soil types, it thrives in well-draining, fertile soil with a pH between 5.0 and 6.5. Whether enjoyed fresh or dried, the fruit makes an excellent addition to charcuterie boards, offers a unique dessert option, and will enhance your various other culinary creations.
XF133C FIGNOMENAL
1 plant
$24.95 Ships late March
Fignomenal trees ship late March in 4 inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting instructions are included with each order, and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
GOJI BERRY
KIWI
Actinidia arguta
LINGONBERRY
Goji berry plants are 1 year old and ship mid to late April in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
Our kiwi’s fast-growing, deciduous vines produce sumptuous, nutritious fruit. Less aggressive than other kiwi varieties, Proli fic is easily trained and ideal for trellises or fences. Unlike most kiwis that require a male and female to produce fruit, Proli fic is self-fertile and will independently yield delicious, grape-sized fruit. The plants are extremely durable, hardy, relatively disease and pest free. Planted in full to part sun, the fragrant, inconspicuous flowers will bloom in early summer followed by tempting, sweet, smooth-skinned fruit in fall.
PROLIFIC
The bite-sized, 1 ½ inch green kiwis are just right for snacking. They're sweet, high in vitamin C and fuzzless! Relatively compact vines are well suited for smaller spaces— doubly so, since only one plant is necessary to yield fruit.
XF187C PROLIFIC
Shipped late March
Kiwi plants are 1 year old and ship late March in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
Beloved by Scandinavians, these hardy, low-growing evergreen shrubs are easy to grow and produce bright red berries against the glossy green foliage. Lingonberries are loaded with vitamin C and make the most delicious jams, pies, wines and more! Follow blueberry culture, placing them in well-drained sites amended with peat, bark or old sawdust.
Candy Lingonberry
RED CANDY
An especially attractive, improved variety from Europe. Red Candy has a very strong, compact form and flowers early and heavily. It produces consistent yields of large, tasty fruit that stay on the plants for an extended period.
XF204C RED CANDY 1 plant $24.95 Shipped late March
Lingonberry plants are 1 year old and ship late March in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
GOJI BERRY
These sweet, super nutritious berries have been renowned for centuries in China for a nearly boundless list of health benefits. Enjoyable fresh or dried like raisins, the fruit is high in anti-oxidants, amino acids and contains more beta-carotene than carrots. The plants have a dense, spiny, vining habit, and prefer well-drained soil with full sun exposure. Goji berries bloom in early summer with lavender, trumpet-shaped flowers followed by glossy, red berries. Naturally disease and pest resistant. Plants are approximately ½–1 foot tall when shipped.
XF142C GOJI BERRY 1 plant $24.95 Shipped mid to late April
Red
Prolific Kiwi
Fignomenal
LOGANBERRY
A delectable cross of blackberry and red raspberry. The Loganberry plant is strong, healthy, disease resistant and frost hardy.
LOGANBERRY
The Loganberry hails back to the start of last century and will provide a continuous supply of fresh, astonishingly flavorful berries from mid-summer until fall. Just right for a quick stroll out to the garden to gather a couple of fi stfuls of fresh-off-the-plant berries for your breakfast or a quick, summer cobbler. These big, ruby-red berries also make succulent syrup and preserves.
XF202C LOGANBERRY
1 plant
$24.95 Shipped late March
Loganberries are 1 year old and ship late March in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
Morus nigra
MULBERRY THORNLESS BOYSENBERRY
Rubus uresinus x ideaus ‘Thornless’
ARBEQUINA
An exciting edible ornamental that brings a bold European statement to your yard. Arbequina is a handsome, compact tree with silvery/gray foliage and small fruit suitable for curing and making olive oil. This hardier, Spanish variety produces green fruit that ripen to dark brown/black in early fall. The plants are anxious producers, bearing fruit in the first or second year after planting. Gorgeous when planted in containers, or set directly in the ground in zones 8 and higher. Trees require at least one half day of sun.
Mulberries have been prized for centuries, and we’re happy to offer a variety that even gardeners with very limited space can accommodate. Ripening continuously throughout the season, the multipurpose fruit is good for jam, pies, juice and wine. Wildlife relish the fruit, and the leaves are the sole source of food for silk worms!
NEW MOJO
This self-pollinating mulberry is a fantastic addition to your edible landscape. Delicious berries cover the compact bush for up to five months. Bears fruit on old wood as well as new wood, so you may even have a harvest the first season. Dwarf variety growing up to a manageable 3–5 feet tall. Works nicely as an ornamental, too! Long-lived, hardy in zone 8; may survive in colder climates with proper winter protection.
XF230C MOJO
1 plant
$24.95 Shipped mid to late April
Mulberries are 1 year old and ship mid to late April in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
Olives are 1 year old and ship late March in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
THORNLESS BOYSENBERRY
Big, dark, reddish-black fruit have sweet, tangy flavor for preserves, pies and cobblers. Rarely found in markets since the berries are fragile, but well worth growing at home, the boysenberry counts its heritage from raspberry, blackberry and Loganberry, bringing us the best of all three with its irresistible flavor, nearly seedless fruit and deep color with the added bonus of a painless harvest.
XF160C THORNLESS BOYSENBERRY
1 plant $24.95 Shipped late March
Boysenberries are 1 year old and ship late March in 3 ½ inch pots. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting information and growing instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only in the contiguous US.
NEW SeaCoast Tea™ Compost Tea Bags
Nourish your plants and soil with compost tea. Made from mineral-rich oceanic life and a plethora of botanicals, this compost tea will boost plant growth and increase vigor while helping to protect against disease. Increases necessary nutrients and, with the help of beneficial bacteria, improves the plant’s ability to absorb nutrients. Make a foliar spray or apply as a root drench via direct watering. One tea bag makes approximately five gallons of compost tea.
ZFE157 4 pack
$18.95
Thornless Boysenberry
Mojo
Loganberry
WASABI
Wasabia japonica 'Daruma' (P) Wasabi requires light, well-drained soil rich in organic matter, a shaded spot, and frequent watering. Larger-scale, semi-aquatic cultivation is also possible to match the highest-grade wasabi, traditionally grown in diverted mountain streambeds. Not the easiest crop to grow, but very rewarding for the gardener who loves a challenge or anyone who wants to experience this authentic flavor sensation.
WASABI ‘DARUMA’
A pungent delight seldom available to the home gardener. Even at sushi establishments and specialty grocers, 'wasabi' pastes most often derive their spicy kick from its relatives, horseradish and mustard, and lack the nuanced flavor of true wasabi: an intense, aromatic heat that quickly subsides, giving way to a smooth, sweet finish that lingers. Though chefs use any and all parts of the plant, it is prized for its root, or rhizome, which is grated and served as a ubiquitous condiment for sushi and noodle dishes in its native Japan. Wasabi has now found its way into a broader range of culinary applications, lending zing to traditional sauces, dressings, rubs, cocktails, even ice cream! Roots command up to $100 per pound here in the states, but a few specialty growers and new research from the Pacific Northwest Extension have shown promise for stateside gardens. Our hardy, disease-resistant ‘Daruma’ selection is propagated from disease-free tissue cultures. Attractive plants have heart-shaped to round foliage and will provide harvests of delicious, high quality, thick green roots and multiple plant divisions after 2 years. Complete growing instructions included.
XV600C WASABI ‘DARUMA’
1 bare root plant
$29.95
TRUFFLE TREE
Truffles top the list of gourmet delicacies, and these elusive subterranean fungi are now within reach for the home gardener thanks to centuries of effort to domesticate them. Truffles live exclusively in the soil around the roots of a suitable host tree. In this case, we have the truffle mycorrhizae established on the roots of a common English oak tree. Suitable for growing in zones 6–9, the truffles may take 5–7 years to successfully establish themselves, but the resulting annual winter harvests can last for decades. Note: Bianchetto truffles require a soil pH between 6.0–8.3. If your soil is more acidic, we recommend preparing your planting area with lime to adjust the pH well in advance of receiving your trees.
ENGLISH OAK TREES INOCULATED WITH BIANCHETTO TRUFFLES
The Bianchetto truffle is a highly prized Italian species. Its name indicates its whitish coloration in contrast to blackish truffles. Inside, the flesh is brown with white marbling, and the strong aroma is described as earthy, garlicy and cheesy. The hazelnut to golf ball-sized truffles lend themselves to a vast array of recipes.
XF179C ENGLISH OAK TREES INOCULATED WITH BIANCHETTO TRUFFLES 1 plant shipped in March $65.95 1 plant shipped in December $65.95
Inoculated, 1 year old Truffle Tree seedlings ship in mid-March or in early December. Order early for best availability. Detailed planting instructions are included with each order and may be obtained on our website. Available only within the contiguous US.
HORSERADISH
Armoracia rusticana (P) Horseradish, believed to be a native of east-central Europe, was considered a drug before it became a condiment. This strong pepper root was used to quiet persistent coughs from influenza, stimulate the nervous system, and even cure scurvy. Modern science has identified a multitude of beneficial phytochemical and antioxidant compounds as well as minerals in the rhizomes. Plant this vigorous perennial crop for years of harvests.
Planting
Horseradish prefers well-dug soil rich in organic matter. It also spreads easily, so you may want to isolate it. Apply 1–1 ½ pounds of TSC's Complete fertilizer per 20 square feet. Mix the fertilizer into the top 3–4 inches of soil. Dig a shallow trench and place the roots in the trench horizontally, spacing them 1–2 feet apart and cover with 2 inches of soil. You’ll harvest larger roots if the plants are kept well watered throughout the summer. Pests & Diseases
Contact your county extension agent with specific questions. Harvest & Storage
Dig the roots in the fall after the tops have frosted and replant some of the smaller roots. Harvest the larger roots for use in the kitchen. Store the harvested roots in the refrigerator in a plastic bag. Wash, trim, and grate. Add vinegar or lemon juice to keep the chopped root from turning brown.
HORSERADISH ROOTS
One taste of fresh cocktail sauce, spicy prime rib dressing or zingy Bloody Mary seasoning and you will embrace homegrown horseradish and its tongue-tingling zest into your daily culinary repertoire.
XH441C HORSERADISH ROOTS
5 root divisions $25.95 Shipped in March
Horseradish rhizomes ship in March. Order early for best availability. Complete growing instructions are included with each order. Sorry, not available to Canada.
Wasabi bare root plants ship at time of order and arrive ready to plant year-round! Available only within the contiguous US.
Wasabi
Potting
Peat Pots
Made from 70% sphagnum moss and 30% virgin wool fiber. Peat pots allow plant roots to penetrate the pot walls easily and thus reduce transplant shock. Peel off the rim before setting flush into your garden, or bury the entire container below the soil surface. OMRI listed.
2" Square Peat Pots
Measures 2 ⅛ inches deep.
ZPT675 100 pots
150-2" Square Peat Pots
$17.95
Three trays containing 50 pots each.
ZPT676 3 trays $23.95
3 1/2" Square Peat Pots
Measures 4 inches deep.
ZPT726* 50 pots $21.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
4" Round Peat Pots
Measures 3 ¾ inches deep.
ZPT729* 50 pots
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
5" Round Peat Pots
Measures 4 inches deep.
ZPT732* 50 pots
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
$24.95
Cow Pots
Made from composted cow manure! These pots are planted in the soil with the plant. They’ll grow sturdy, healthy plants by providing nutrients, encouraging root development, and avoiding transplant shock. Derived from renewable resources, Cow Pots promote the recycling of agricultural waste and reduce dependence on plastics. The odorless and non-toxic pots come from cows fed healthy diets that receive no growth hormones.
3" Cow Pots
ZPT685 25 pots $19.95
4" Square Cow Pots
ZPT686 25 pots
5" Round Cow Pots
ZPT684
$27.95
Square Peat & Cow Pot Kits
These kits are a combination of your favorite peat pots or cow pots, and the main components of our Propagation Kit. You have a choice of ordering a kit with 50 2-inch square peat pots or 21 3-inch cow pots. The 50 individual 2-inch peat pots come in a handy holding tray.
3" Cow Pot Kit
Each kit contains the following: 1–Propagation Dome
21–3” Cow Pots
1–Mesh Bottom Flat
1–Utility Flat
ZPT679* 1 kit $26.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
2" Peat Pot Kit
Each kit contains the following: 1–Propagation Dome
Simply soak in water, and the peat pellets expand to form both pot and soil. Pot and all can be planted right into the garden, eliminating root damage and transplant shock. Great for starting tomatoes, peppers, cucumbers, and all your larger vegetables. Diameter is 1 ¾ inches. OMRI listed.
ZPT673 pkg of 50 $17.95
J7 Mini Peat Pellets
Just like the J7 Peat Pellets, only smaller. Perfect for starting smaller plants like lettuce, salad greens, herbs, and flowers. Diameter is 1 ¼ inches. OMRI listed.
ZPT672 pkg of 50 $14.95
6" Round Cow Pots
6-Cell Cow Pots
ZPT688 set of 5 $19.95
Our Flats measure 10 inches wide by 20 inches long, are designed to nest inside one another and hold Inserts.
Planting tray used for starting most vegetables and flowers. Each cell is 2 inches in diameter and 2 ½ inches high.
ZPT703* 5 pack $19.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
7" Dome Propagation Kit
Just add seed starting medium and seeds! It’s a mini greenhouse designed to give your seedlings extra headroom to grow. Fourpiece kit includes one each of the following:
• 7’’ Propagation Dome
• 50 Cell Insert
• Mesh Bottom Flat
• Utility Flat
ZPT711* 1 kit $22.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
2" Propagation Dome (A)
Clear plastic cover for keeping moisture and heat constant during germination and early stages of seedling growth.
ZPT701* 5 pack
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
72 Cell Insert (B)
$39.95
Fits mesh and utility flats. Great for smaller vegetables like lettuce and many flower varieties. Each cell is 1 ½ inches in diameter.
This flat has no holes and is handy for growing transplants indoors without any worry of water damage to carpets, floors, or tables used for seed starting. The mesh bottom flat nestles into this utility flat and is easily removed for watering.
ZPT707* 5 pack $20.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
7" Propagation Dome
A great way to let those seedlings get just a bit bigger! The clear dome with vents fi ts any standard 10 inch x 20 inch flat.
ZPT699* 5 pack $40.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
(A) (B) (C)
(D)
Indoor & Greenhouse Growing
Soil Heating Cables
Now you can start vegetable, flower, and herb seedlings just like the professional bed ding plant growers do. Soil Heating Cables can be used indoors or outdoors in cold frames or greenhouses. Bury the cables in soil or soil-based mixtures so that no portion of the colored heating section is visible. The cables use 3.5 watts per linear foot. Use 4 linear feet of cable to warm each square foot of planting area. The built-in thermostat automatically activates the cable when the soil temperature drops below 74°F. Complete instructions included.
ZGE284 12’
Greenhouses
Propagation Heat Mats
Just warm their feet and new seedlings or cuttings will grow bigger and stronger than their cold-tray cousins. This heat mat provides the even warmth that encourages successful starts. Comes in 3 convenient sizes with lighting and watering instructions printed directly on the mat for easy reference. Extra space may need to be created between the heat mat and your flat if it is used in a warm room.
ZGE292 9” x 20” 17watt $35.95
ZGE293* ........... 20” x 20” 45watt ........ $61.95
ZGE294** 48” x 20” 107watt $99.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
** SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
Electra-Grow Heat Mats
Holds a steady 70°F temperature. The thermostatically controlled rubber mat fi ts inside a wire frame. Plug it in and set your seeding flats on the frame for temperature-controlled germination. More space may be needed between the heat mat and your flats if used in a warm room.
ZGE288* 21” x 14” 90watt $89.95
ZGE289** 37” x 16” 120watt $119.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 7 POUNDS
** SHIPPING WEIGHT 13 POUNDS
designed to fi t your seedling trays. Our SunBlaster lamp is engineered to give seedlings or cuttings the light they need to support foliar growth for a strong start. Providing light without generating wasteful heat, these cool-running lamps offer extra savings by eliminating the need for additional fans or heat sinks that other conventional lighting requires. The self-ballasted lamp is configured with 48 HPF LEDs using only 24 watts for a full-spectrum, 6400K color temperature. Comes with a 6 foot power cord with in-line rocker switch and mounting clips for hanging or flush mounting the fi xture. Or use the SunBlaster Universal Stand (ZGE316) for a free-standing set-up. A link cord is included, as up to 8 units can be linked in series and run from a single power cord.
ZGE315
$99.95
SunBlaster Universal Stand
Securely hold your SunBlaster LED Lamp exactly where you want it with this innovative stand. A 2-part system, the legs attach directly to the lamp fi xture and adjust to position the light at the exact height for optimum growth. Constructed of durable, rust-free, powder-coated aluminum and injection molded plastic. Includes a bonus, heavy-duty plastic tray.
ZGE316*
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
Sunbubbles
A portable plant conservatory to fit your budget. These dome-shaped greenhouses are roomy enough for large and climbing plants. Great for season extending or overwintering tender cultivars. The patented design allows the unique curved surface to always align at 90° to the sun's rays for optimum light penetration regardless of the time of day. The UV-stabilized PVC cover features a rugged, zippered door and adjustable top vents for air circulation. Our easiest greenhouses to set-up and take down, the durable fiberglass rods are pre-set into the cover and make assembling the structure a quick, one-person task. Comes complete with aluminum stakes and a sturdy storage bag.
Sunbubble (A)
Measures 9 feet 2 inches in diameter, 6 feet 7 inches tall at the center.
ZGR337* $299.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 35 POUNDS
Giant Sunbubble (B)
Measures 11 feet 6 inches in diameter, 7 feet 2 ½ inches tall at the center.
ZGR338** $419.95
** SHIPPING WEIGHT 47 POUNDS
$72.95
Heavy Duty Plant Trays
Looking for plant trays for your lighting fi xture? These sturdy trays fi t nicely under our lighting fi xture and are built to last for years. Each tray measures 11 inches wide, 22 inches long, and 2 ½ inches tall.
ZGE305* 1 tray $14.95
ZGE306** 4 trays $49.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
** SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 POUNDS
SunBlaster LED Lamp with Universal Stand (sold separately)
Three Shelf Greenhouse
A greenhouse tailored to fit even the smallest spaces!
Just right for the urban, patio, or small-space gardener, this portable greenhouse combines the sturdiness and security of larger models in a space-saving, lightweight, easy-to-manage unit. Get a jump start on your planting with over 10 square feet of shelf space. Great for early-season seedlings or protecting established potted plants at summer’s end. Extrasimple, tool-free assembly takes minutes. Measures 50 inches high, 27 ½ inches wide, 19 ½ inches deep.
ZGR329*
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 11 POUNDS
$99.95
Composting
Irrigation
Ollas
A simple and effective solution to irrigation. Save time, energy and water with these subterranean irrigation pots. Made of unglazed, low-temperature fired terra cotta and designed to be buried neck deep in the soil with crops planted around them. Fill the olla with water and the moisture is drawn out through the olla’s porous walls as the plants require it. Ollas virtually eliminate wasteful runoff and evaporation that are inherent in surface irrigation, as well as weed growth. Each olla includes a protective lid.
Medium Olla: 1.5 quart/1.6 liter capacity, for 22–24 inch diameter planting area or container.
Large Olla: 2.9 gallon/10.98 liter capacity, for a 36–48 inch diameter planting circle.
ZSU867/1* ............ Medium ...................
$34.95
ZSU867/4** 4-pack Medium $129.95
ZSU869*** Large $59.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
** SHIPPING WEIGHT 12 POUNDS
*** SHIPPING WEIGHT 20 POUNDS
Hose Nozzle
The ultimate multi-purpose Hose Nozzle has a design that would make a firefighter proud! The Hose Nozzle is perfect for chores from garden watering to truck washing, and turns a garden hose into a multi-function spray tool. It features 5 spray patterns ranging from a gentle soaker spray to a forceful powerful stream. Constructed of high-grade stainless steel, fiberglass-reinforced nylon, and non-corroding brass to resist breaks and leaks. Designed without washers that notoriously cause leaking, you’ll never have to deal with water dripping down your arm again. In fact, the Hose Nozzle is so well made that the manufacturer guarantees it for life! Please note: color may vary depending on manufacturer availability.
ZSU873
$35.95
Live Red Worms
Eisenia fetida Worms eat half their weight in organic matter every day and provide plenty of nutrient-rich castings for your plants. They can tolerate a wide range of temperatures but are most active between 60–70°F. Plan on needing a ½ lb of worms for every nonvegetarian in your home and 1 lb of worms for every vegetarian. Red worms need the environment of compost to survive and will not thrive in lawns, flower beds, or gardens. Red Worms are shipped on Mondays and Tuesdays using Priority Mail—this can take one to two weeks after the order is placed. When ordering, please be sure to give us a physical street address where you can receive mail. Someone will need to be there when your package arrives to prevent damage from excessive heat or cold. Available only within the contiguous US.
ZCS195/1 1 pound
ZCS195/2 2 pounds
Soften the flow!
$74.95
$129.95
This micro- fine hose nozzle is the one we use in our greenhouses. It shatters the water flow into an ultra-soft, aerated shower that won’t displace seeds and soil or damage delicate plants. With 1,000 holes in the 2 inch head, the water flow is very gentle but with a volume high enough to irrigate quickly and ef ficiently. Threads onto standard ¾ inch hose fi ttings. Handle not included. Made in the USA with a limited lifetime guarantee.
ZSU907
$26.95
1000 Water Breaker® Nozzle
Containers
Hemp Planter
The root-pruning & drainage qualities of ordinary fabric planters with the added benefi ts of sustainable and biodegradable/ compostable material—all in one exceptional product! Our Hemp Planters are roomy enough to accommodate a planting with a very developed root system and perfect for a one-season crop like potatoes, tomatoes, squash and more! With a 9–12 month lifespan, this 40 liter (over 10 ½ gallon) container is sturdy enough to cultivate the crop and offers easy, no-waste, end-of-the-season cleanup. We especially like it for cultivating potatoes or sweet potatoes; at harvest time, you can just pull apart the planter and throw it in the compost! Measures 14 ½ inches in diameter and 14 ½ inches tall.
ZPT720 1 pot $24.95
20 Gallon Root Pouch With Handles
These roomy, heavy-duty planting bags are big enough for a small garden or larger tree! Constructed from recycled water bottles and natural fiber, the lightweight, 20 gallon pots are durable, reusable and long-lasting. Better yet, the material acts like a root pruner: when a root reaches the Root Pouch, rather than deflect away and encircle the pot as they do in standard nursery containers, the roots split as if they’ve been pruned. The resulting increase in smaller, fibrous roots allows the plant to more ef ficiently take up moisture and nutrients for more vigorous, productive plants. Root Pouch regulates the temperature of the potting medium, where nursery pots can overheat and damage the plants. BPA free and UV resistant. Measures 14 ½ inches tall and 18 inches in diameter with 2 stout handles securely sewn in the top. Please note: color may vary depending on manufacturer availability.
ZPT737 1 pot $14.95
Trellising
C-Bite Stake Clips
Tinker toys for the garden—build custom plant supports with these fun and functional clips. Infinitely versatile, these handy garden clips attach to each other and snap to a range of common garden stakes, canes and plant supports. Build plant supports, tomato cages, trellises and more by slipping the C-BITES together and attaching to stakes. Cleverly designed to securely hold stakes in up to 3 directions with easy hook attachments for netting and holes for threading twine or wire. Made in the USA of UV-resistant, non-virgin plastic for many seasons of use.
Tangerine
Bright orange for easy spotting. Fits 10–11 mm (⅜–7/16 inch) stakes.
ZSU909/A pkg of 26 $12.95
Incognito
Dark Green clips blend with foliage for discrete support. Fits 10–11 mm (⅜–7/16 inch) stakes.
ZSU909/B pkg of 26
50/50 Combo
$12.95
A combo pack of bright lime green and bright orange clips. Lime fi ts 8–9 mm (5/16–⅜ inch) stakes, orange fi ts 10–11 mm (⅜–7/16 inch) stakes. 50 of each color.
ZSU909/C pkg of 100 $36.95
Potato/Tomato Planter Bag
Ideal for the small space or urban gardener! Create your own instant garden anywhere. Use our innovative growing bags to get the maximum harvest possible from your available space. Made from durable polyethylene with brass-reinforced drainage holes. Bags fold up for storage when the season is over. All you need is soil and seeds or plants! Each bag measures 18 inches tall with a 14 inch diameter and holds approximately 1 ½ cubic feet of soil.
ZPT718 pkg of 3
Hemp Twine
For all your trellising needs. Our choice for an all-purpose string is this 2 mm thick hemp twine. Strong enough to support a staked tree or an 8 foot tall tomato plant, this beefy cord is made of renewable, all-natural hemp. At a 48 pound capacity and aesthetically pleasing shade, the generous, 327 foot roll comes in handy for more than just gardening. We’ve been using it for macramé crafts like plant hangers and woven pet toys.
ZSU875 $12.95
Vegetable Trellises
Give your garden a lift!
Adding a whole new concept to vertical gardening, these ladder-like trellises do a remarkable job of keeping your vegetables and flowers off the ground. Unlike conventional plant stakes, these trellises have a wide 4 point stance to support heavy vine crops. Great for any size garden including apartments, decks, raised beds, and greenhouses. When folded flat for storage, they measure 13 ½ inches wide by 1 ½ inches deep. Available in 2 heights; each height sold in sets of 2. Assembly required. Made in the USA from Douglas fir.
ZSU870* 2 trellises $74.95
SHIPPING WEIGHT 9 POUNDS
$19.95
48" Vegetable Trellis
ZSU872* 2 trellises $60.95
SHIPPING WEIGHT 7 POUNDS 58" Vegetable Trellis
Season Extenders & Mulches Seeding
Dial Seed Sower
This handy seed sower has 5 different size seed openings so you can use it for a broad range of seed sizes. The compart ment is easy to load and unload, and the durable design gives you years of trouble-free seed sowing. Just go! Then return unused seed to the package. Reduces the need for thinning, thus conserving precious seed.
ZSE843
$6.95
Sowez
This innovative hand seeder with oscillating disk action provides 4 different seed holes, easily changed without requiring disassembly. Each hole is sized to provide easy seeding of pelleted or non-pelleted seed, from small-seeded brassicas and carrots to a variety of larger sizes. Its UV-resistant body comes apart for easy cleaning, while a clear, windowed hopper cover allows monitoring and one-handed refills of your seed. Designed by market farmers and built in the USA. ZSE841 $25.95
Seed Starting Mix
Get your garden started right! Ideal for strong seedling development. Screened Canadian sphagnum peat moss, plug grade perlite, and vermiculite are blended to provide the optimum environment for seed germination. Each 8 quart bag fills two and a half 50 Cell Insert trays; the 16 quart bag fills five 50 Cell Insert Trays. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
ZPT698/8QT* 8 qt bag $11.95
ZPT698/16QT** 16 qt bag $20.95 * SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 POUNDS
SHIPPING WEIGHT 7 POUNDS
Red Mulch
Agricultural plastics technology has been brought to a new level by the US Department of Agriculture and Clemson University with the development of a reflecting film called Selective Reflecting Mulch or SRM-Red. This material, a thin plastic film, performs like black mulch, warming the soil and retaining moisture, but there is one important difference. When used with tomato crops, SRM-Red has been shown in USDA tests to increase production from 12–20% of first quality early tomatoes when compared to black mulch. This dramatic increase results from the film reflecting far-red light up into the plant. Strawberries also benefit from SRM-Red.
4’ x 20’
4’ x 50’
Black Mulch
$17.95
$22.95
The best basic, all-purpose plastic mulch. Within a week it can warm your soil temperature 7 degrees or more while reducing surface evaporation to conserve water. It blocks light so weeds can’t grow underneath. Just lay it over your prepared beds and hold it in place by burying the edges with dirt or by using fabric staples. When you’re ready to set out your transplants, cut an X in the fabric where you want to plant and fold back the corners to expose the soil. This solid sheet of 1 mil plastic is best used with drip irrigation underneath.
ZRC802 4’ x 20’
ZRC803 4’ x 50’
IRT-76 Green Mulch
$17.95
$22.95
Developed at the University of New Hampshire to significantly increase earlier and heavier yields of watermelons, cantaloupe, and cucumbers. And wow, does it work! It warms the soil like clear mulch and suppresses weed growth like black mulch. Our research farm recorded increased early yields of warm-weather crops when compared to crops grown on standard black mulch. Overall yields were up 20–40%. Also works for peppers, squash, and pumpkins. Designed for commercial growers, but we think it’s great for home gardeners, too.
ZRC793 4’ x 20’
ZRC794 4’ x 50’
Garden Bio-Film
$17.95
$22.95
100% biodegradable and compostable mulching film! Plastic mulches are a simple, labor-saving solution to controlling weeds, irrigation, soil temperature and more, but regular polyethylene-based plastics can take over 100 years to degrade. Our Garden Bio-Film offers all the benefi ts of plastic mulch, but it naturally returns itself to the earth. The film will begin to decompose between 50–60 days and will be 95% biodegraded within 90 days depending on soil composition. Shelf stable, its decomposition properties are activated by usage.
ZRC782 4’ x 20’
ZRC783 4’ x 50’
WeedGuard Plus®
$17.95
$22.95
WeedGuard Plus® is a water permeable, biodegradable, brown paper mulch that suppresses weeds and keeps the vegetable plants off of the soil. Best of all, it is environmentally friendly, breaks down over time, and can be turned into your garden soil. Simply lay it on prepared beds prior to planting. Holes may be cut in the paper to plant individual plants. Hold the paper in place by burying the edges with soil or weighting the edges with stones or boards. The sun will increase the soil temperature because of the dark color of the paper. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
Crop or Floating Row Covers
Many market growers and home gardeners from around the country plant earlier and thus harvest sooner using floating row covers. Row covers are gently placed directly on the transplants or over direct seeded rows, being careful to leave slack to allow for growth expansion as the crop develops. They protect from frosts and give earlier yields. Plants love the added warmth that the fabric provides, resulting in accelerated growth and maturity as compared to uncovered crops. Row covers freely pass air and water, requiring no special ventilation or watering. As an insect screen, floating covers work well on flying insects, however, we suggest using the Insect Barrier or Micromesh for this purpose. Anchor with soil around the edges, or use Fabric Staples (ZRC746, see our website). No hoops or supports needed, it just floats on top of plants. Defeats carrot rust fly, cabbage fly, leaf miners, aphids and flea beetles. Lasts 1–4 seasons depending on its accumulated exposure to the sun.
Summer Insect Barrier
Keep unwanted insects out. This lightweight fabric provides an effective screen to reduce damage from flea beetles, thrips, aphids, whiteflies, striped cucumber beetles, and other insects that are virus vectors. Porous to both air and water. It allows 90–93% light transmission without heat build up and is UV stabilized so it won’t deteriorate quickly. At 0.4 ounce per square yard, it’s lighter, softer, and more flexible than Reemay.
Frost Blanket
Works like a warm winter coat, protecting plants down to 24–26°F. Cover plants before the frost comes, and uncover during the day when temperatures rise above 32°F. This hefty polypropylene fabric is three times the thickness of Reemay and weighs 1.5 ounces per square yard. Allows 50% light transmission. Durable enough for multiple-season use. Porous to air and water and UV stabilized so it won’t deteriorate quickly in sunlight. ZRC830 6’ x 20’
6’ x 50’
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 5 POUNDS
known to home gardeners. Weighing in at a very light 0.6 ounce per square yard, this polyester fabric allows 75% light transmission. Provides frost protection down to 30°F.
ZRC811 67” x 20’ $25.95
ZRC812 67” x 50’ $40.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 6 POUNDS
Micromesh
Ultra fine, 0.6 millimeter, UV-stabilized floating row cover keeps out the smallest of insects. The greenish-yellow tint provides shade and retains moisture, while allowing sunlight, direct watering, and easy access to crops. Can easily be cut to fi t.
67” x 16’
Hoop Support Wires
Grow Guard 20
At 0.6 ounce per square yard, Grow Guard 20 is less abrasive to young plants than Reemay. This polypropylene fabric allows 85% light transmission. A single layer provides frost protection down to 27°F if there is no breeze.
ZRC823 6’ x 20’ $26.95
ZRC824 6’ x 50’ $32.95
ZRC825* 6’
Tomato Greenhouse (A)
Designed to fit over standard tomato cages, they are roomy enough for the most aggressive growers. Constructed as 1 long sleeve, simply cut to the length you want, twist-tie the top (twist ties are included), and slip over the plant. The red, perforated plastic allows air circulation while protecting the plants from cold, rain, pests, and also hastens the ripening of fruit. The color may fade, but the storable sleeves offer seasons of use. Enough for 6–7 plants: 28 inches by 20 feet.
ZGR320 $16.95
Kozy-Coat (B)
Truly effective plant protection!
Made of durable red plastic. Place one KozyCoat around each of your tomato plants, then fill tubes with water and experience the difference! Water stores heat during the day and releases it slowly at night. Protects plants to 22°F and helps produce crops earlier than ever. The red tint increases tomato production and helps ripen the fruit faster. Grow bigger, earlier tomatoes. Stands 18 inches tall.
ZGR322 pkg of 3 $24.95
Kozy-Coat
Repair Sleeves
Restore your system to full capacity. Slide a repair sleeve into the affected tube and fill with water as usual. Good as new!
ZGR323 pkg of 10 $6.95
Victorian Bell Cloches (C)
Victorian Bell Cloches help keep small plants, seedlings, and cuttings safe from frost, wind, storms, birds, rabbits, and other pests. They are terri fic for extending your growing season or overwintering tender perennials. Acting like a miniature cold frame, they capture maximum sunlight from all angles. Vented, too! Unlike glass cloches, these 12 inch diameter and 10 ½ inch tall bells made of high-impact, UV-stabilized plastic are lightweight and won’t easily break. May be secured with 4 Ground Pegs (ZGR314, see our website).
ZGR313 pkg of 3
$35.95
Cover a 10 foot row of crops and protect them from cold and pests. This wire hoop and fleece row cover tunnel utilizes 7 wire hoops sewn directly into the cover. Secure tunnel in seconds by pushing the hoop ends into the soil. Ends of the tunnel are drawstring-close for extra security, or fold back the ends to allow flow-through ventilation. Tunnel is 1 ½ feet wide, 1 foot tall and 10 feet long. No assembly required!
ZRC749*
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
Shade Cloth (G)
Whether protecting your greenhouse, hoop row covers, or shading a patio area, shade cloth is a very useful product. Ours blocks 65% of the light, perfect for greenhouse and general plant protection. The edges are finished securely and fi tted with metal grommets in each corner and every 12 inches. UV stabilized material lasts up to 10 years.
ZRC760* 6’ x 10’ $79.95
ZRC761** 9’ x 12’ $114.95
$24.95
Gro-Therm Perforated Transparent Film (E)
Designed to warm up the growing environment for heat-loving crops like melons, eggplants, peppers, etc. Especially good in northern gardens and for very early plantings. Gardeners can expect daytime temperatures under this film to be almost 10 degrees higher than under Reemay. Gro-Therm is better than floating row covers for crops that need high light intensity and warmth. The 1 mil film has 300 holes per square yard for ventilation, eliminating the need to remove the cover on a hot day.
ZRC799 6’ x 20’
ZRC800 6’ x 50’
Tufflite IV - Cold Frame & Greenhouse Plastic (F)
$17.95
$22.95
Tufflite provides shelter from rain, wind, and frost. It resists cracking and yellowing for up to 4 seasons. Made of tough 6 mil copolymer that withstands high winds or heavy snows. We recommend using Tufflite over a frame. The framing you choose can be wood, plastic, or metal. We use a tunnel frame made from ½ or ¾ inch PVC or black poly pipe. Cut ends of pipe at an angle with a hacksaw for easy soil penetration. Tufflite can be held securely to the frame with the Garden Clip System.
ZRC806* 6’ x 16’
$40.95
ZRC807** 10’ x 16’ $55.95
ZRC808*** 20’ x 16’ $90.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
** SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
The Garden Clip System (H)
These nifty garden clip fasteners attach greenhouse film, row covers, shade cloth, or even bird netting securely to a pipe frame and holds well in high winds. The benefi ts of the Garden Clip System are: start your seedlings earlier, add extra warmth for heatloving plants, provide temporary shade in hot months, extend your harvest well into fall or even garden year-round, and keep birds from your berries.
Build your own Garden Clip greenhouse to fit your needs:
Fit the exact size and shape you want using your own pipe and sheeting.
Garden Clips: The medium size clip fi ts ½ inch pipe and the large size fi ts ¾ inch pipe. You will need approximately 1 Garden Clip for every 2 square feet you wish to cover, or for every 1 square foot in windy conditions.
Hoops: Use ½ or ¾ inch poly pipe cut to 5–12 foot lengths. Slip longer lengths over ½ inch rebar stakes driven into the ground. Complete instructions included.
Medium Garden Clips
ZRC735 20 clips $37.95
ZRC736 50 clips $74.95
Large Garden Clips
ZRC737 20 clips $39.95
ZRC738 50 clips $82.95
Fleece Tunnel (D)
(A)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(B)
(E)
Natural Fertilizers & Soil Amendments
Big Foot Mycorrhizae
Biochar meets Mycorrhizae!
Both biochar and mycorrhizae are enjoying a spotlight in sustainable agriculture. Our Big Foot products bring these two valuable components together along with supportive ingredients to assist your plants' growth and improve the soil. Biochar's structure provides the ideal housing for mycorrhizae, and worm castings, kelp, micronutrients and trace minerals feed your crops while helping the mycorrhizae become established. The mycorrhizae form a symbiotic relationship with the roots of plants, protecting them and encouraging their growth. You'll see improved root growth, reduced transplant shock, reduced stress from drought, and increased yields along with better water retention, soil fertility and beneficial microbe populations in the soil. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
Big Foot Root Boost
A natural microbial alternative to fertilizer!
Root Boost’s active ingredient is a powerful nitrogen-fixing bacterium called Azospirillum brasilense. With that in your soil, your plants will enjoy elevated nitrogen availability for enhanced growth, better root production and reduced stress. Our Root Boost is a super concentrated form of Azospirillum and is easy to apply to cuttings, transplants and established plants. Give your plants what they need, and watch them thrive! Great for indoor and outdoor plants, lawns, gardens, ornamentals, fruits, trees, shrubs and more! Mix 1 teaspoon into a gallon of water and water into established plants. Each 2 ounce package contains approximately 12 teaspoons of product.
ZFE272 2 oz $11.95
Big Foot Granular Mycorrhizae
Spread this easy-to-handle granular formula in the bottom of the planting hole when transplanting for maximum root contact. Inoculate soil mixes by combining 3 tablespoons of granular in one cubic foot of soil. Each 4 ounce package contains approximately 10.75 tablespoons of product.
ZFE273 4 oz $13.50
Big Foot Concentrate Mycorrhizae
Mix a teaspoon of this fine powder formula into a gallon of water for a root drench. Re-apply every 2–3 weeks, and use on established plants that have been treated with the granular formula at transplant. Each 8 ounce package contains approximately 50 teaspoons of product.
ZFE274 8 oz $29.95
Bio-Fish All Purpose
Now apply the same fertilizer that we use at London Spring Farms.
7–7–2 An all-natural fish fertilizer that provides all the nutrients required by plants in the proper ratio while building soil humus. Improves soil quality by loosening clay soils to promote deep root growth and allow better penetration of water and nutrients. In sandy soil, it improves nutrient content and moisture retention by adding humus. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
ZFE235* 5 lbs $19.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 6 POUNDS
ZFE236** 25 lbs $59.95
** SHIPPING WEIGHT 26 POUNDS
ZFE237*** 50 lbs $109.95
*** SHIPPING WEIGHT 51 POUNDS
Age Old Fertilizers
These all-natural, fast-acting formulations are two of our favorite liquid fertilizers. Use the Grow formula for promoting leafy, green growth and overcoming stress. The Bloom formula encourages early bud formation, fruit set and increases germination rates. Both of these well-balanced, odorless concentrates are great complements to our complete fertilizer. One quart makes up to 32 gallons.
A planting mix/soil amendment that's based on proven Biodynamic principles for building your garden ecosystem health from the soil up. With healthy, vital, balanced soil, your crops and the resulting harvests are stronger and have more flavor. We are proud to offer you SeaCoast compost, an incredibly rich mix that’s loaded with micro and macro nutrients. It's alive with the beneficial microbial life that will help re-build the health of your soil and help you produce abundant, tasty and nutritious crops. Crafted here in Oregon with the highest quality, responsibly sourced ingredients and carefully aged for 2 years. Certified Biodynamic by Demeter USA, and tested for pathogens, contaminates and heavy metals.
ZFE271* 1 cubic ft $29.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 38 POUNDS
Based on the wisdom of pre-Columbian people who made biochar over 6000 years ago and established the fertile areas of Terra Preta in the Amazon. Biochar is an exceptional, high-carbon, low ash soil amendment that works in conjunction with water and fertilizers to hold and slowly release moisture and nutrients as the plants demand. Our biochar's enormous surface area makes it an ideal material for hosting beneficial microbial life in the soil. When incorporated into the soil, biochar offsets greenhouse gasses created during the natural decomposition of organic materials, improves the texture and tilth of both clay and sandy soils, reduces the need for irrigation, and tempers pH of acidic soil. This is the highest quality biochar available, made from sustainably managed wood that's thermally decomposed under carefully controlled, oxygen-starved conditions. Requiring only a one-time application, 1 cubic foot bag will cover approximately 12 - 24 square feet for vegetable plantings. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
ZFE275* 1 cubic foot
$34.95
Arber
Give yourself peace of mind while you keep your plants healthy and productive with this system of biological-based products. Made with organic ingredients and no chemicals or synthetics, Arber products provide a holistic approach to plant care with a conscientiousness to the environment. They are safe for people, pets, our precious pollinators and other beneficial insects while nurturing a healthy garden ecosystem. For use on edible, ornamental, indoor, outdoor, and hydroponics. Mix 1 ounce of concentrate in 1 gallon of water. All are Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
Fish & Seaweed Fertilizer
2–3–1 This rich, balanced blend of fi sh and seaweed gives your plants the nutrients they need for strong, healthy growth, abundant blooms, and flavorful harvests. Produced using a unique cold process that protects the vitamins, amino acids and enzymes for a truly vital source of nutrition. We use Fish & Seaweed at our farm and love the results. A highly concentrated blend requiring only 1 ounce per gallon of water. Can be used as a foliar feed, soil drench or compost activator. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
ZFE269* 1 qt $24.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
Arber
Bio
Protectant
Wellness in a bottle! This multi-functional supplement provides nutrition, stimulates root growth, and offers protection from and control of fungal disease. Ideal for regular use on all indoor and outdoor plants, edible crops, transplants, cuttings, and hydroponics.
ZFE200 16 oz
Arber Bio Fungicide
Control gray and white molds, downy mildew, black spot, leaf spot, root rot, botrytis and more. Apply as a foliar spray or soil soak. We recommend using for preventative maintenance and wellness or a major disease outbreak.
ZIN200 16 oz
Territorial's Complete Fertilizer
6–5–3 Increases yields and production in your garden! Our blend is an all-natural product that provides all essential elements for a truly superior plant fertilizer. Great for all your vegetables, herbs, and flowers. Contains fi sh bone meal, blood meal, feather meal, cottonseed meal, langbeinite, soft rock phosphate, and kelp meal.
Arber Plant Food
A real game-changer for hungry houseplants! The results from just one use of this product are remarkable and nearly instantaneous. Plants responded with notably glossier leaves, deeper color, and robust growth. Made from recycled food, this natural plant nutrient surprised us with a pleasant, herby scent (we’re used to pretty stinky, natural fertilizers). Treat your houseplants right with this superior food, and your nose will thank you, too!
ZFE201 16 oz $29.95
Arber Bio Insecticide
A unique formulation of over 20 natural compounds that protect against insect pests both above and below the soil surface. Effective against chewing and sucking insects along with caterpillar pests. Not available for sale in ME.
ZIN201 16 oz $29.95
Insect & Pest Control
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 6 POUNDS
SHIPPING WEIGHT 26 POUNDS
SHIPPING WEIGHT 51 POUNDS
Peppermint Fury
Mother Nature meets science! Peppermint oil is a powerful tool when it comes to killing fungi and insects. Peppermint Fury uses nano technology to deliver peppermint oil to plants and insects where it can do its work most effectively with minimal to no waste. By encapsulating minute droplets of peppermint essential oil with a surfactant, nano technology creates tiny, electro statically charged droplets that repel each other—allowing them to stay in solution without the need to stir the mix. When applied to a plant, the droplets are small enough to penetrate plant and insect tissues, release the oil and do their magic. Safe to use on indoor and outdoor plants, food crops, ornamentals and more.
ZIN502 32 oz $14.95 * SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
Insect & Pest Control
Neem Max
A powerhouse of pest and disease control! Neem Max is a concentrated, 70% coldpressed neem oil solution. Mixed with water, it functions as an insecticide, fungicide, miticide and nemacide, controlling all life stages of insects as well as fungal diseases. Processed without the use of toxic solvents or heat, Neem Max is an unadulterated neem extract that mixes easily with water. It retains its critical biologicals as well as Azadirachtin and other compounds that interfere with insect feeding, reproduction and their overall life cycles. Use as a foliar spray or soil drench. One pint makes up to 20 gallons. Approved for organic gardening by the USDA’s National Organic Program (NOP).
ZIN540 1 pint $34.95
Insecticidal Super Soap
Treating insect infestations on plants with soap applications is an effective and nontoxic solution for both indoor and outdoor plants. Insecticidal soap works mechanically by coating the insects with a layer of fatty acid (soap) and smothering the pest. Our Super Soap takes that one step further with the addition of Spinosad, a natural compound made by a soil bacterium that controls a wide range of insects including caterpillars. Spinosad works on contact and through ingestion and does not persist in the environment, breaking down into harmless elements with exposure to sunlight and microbes. This ready-to-use spray is simple to apply, good for food crops, houseplants and other ornamentals, kills a laundry list of 32 bugs, and also kills powdery mildew. Approved for organic gardening by the USDA’s National Organic Program (NOP).
ZIN545* 1 quart $15.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
Zonix
Protect your crops from fungal disease. For prevention and control of diseases such as Phytopthora, Downy Mildew and Pythium, Zonix kills on contact. The active ingredient in Zonix is a naturally occurring biosurfactant compound that bursts the cell walls of fungal spores when it contacts them. For use on vegetables, herbs, flowers, cuttings, bulbs, and tubers. Spray directly on plants or apply as a soil soak. Mix ½–4/5 ounces of Zonix in 1 gallon of water. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.Not available to CA.
ZIN491 8 oz
$51.95
Fruit Tree Cover
A chemical-free method of protecting fruit trees from insects, birds, and weather. This ultralight, 1mm mesh is large enough to envelop an entire dwarf or semi-dwarf tree. Big but simple to use, you and a friend can cover a tree in just minutes to effectively block fruit flies, moths, wasps, birds and more from damaging your fruit tree crops. Place on trees in early spring, removing when blossoms begin to open to allow pollinators to do their job. Once the flowers drop their petals, the cover can be replaced to protect forming fruit. Durably constructed with reinforced seams, heavy-duty Velcro closing and toggled drawstring base. Soft green color blends with the landscape. Measures 9 feet, 8 inches square.
ZRC768*
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 11 POUNDS
$99.95
Pyrethrin Garden Insect Spray
This formulation of naturally occurring pyrethrin is perfect for home gardeners. Controls most insects on vegetables, herbs, flowers, fruit and trees. Effective against aphids, flea beetles, leafhoppers and whiteflies. May be applied up to one day before harvest. Eight ounces makes approximately 2 ½–5 gallons of finished spray. Not available to CA or DC.
ZIN482 8 oz $22.95
ZIN484 1 pt $35.95
Monterey B.t.
Tomato hornworms attacking your beautiful tomatoes? Fight back with Bacillus thuringiensis! This naturally soil-occurring bacterium paralyzes the digestive tract of insects including caterpillars, loopers, cabbage worms, and leafhoppers. Won’t harm beneficial insects, animals, or humans. One pint makes 24–32 gallons of finished spray. Treats up to 10,660 square feet. Organic Materials Review Institute (OMRI) listed.
ZIN503 1 pt $24.95
Nylon Maggot Barriers
Protect your fruit from pesky insects. Maggot Barriers are a proven alternative to pesticides, traps and paper bags, and will protect fruit from infestations of apple maggot flies and codling moths. Apply barrier when fruitlet is smaller than 1 inch in diameter, and they will expand with the growth of the fruit creating a physical barrier to insect infestations. Maggot Barriers are made from 100% nylon.
Maggot Barriers Heavy
Heavier weave is double the thickness for larger fruit, or for heavy infestations of codling moths. ZIN498
Deer Fence
Tired of marauding deer getting the best of your garden? Now you can sleep peacefully knowing your plants are protected by a fence. The UV-protected plastic is rust, corrosion, and maintenance free. It’s black, so it blends into the surroundings. The mesh is just over 1 inch square so deer can’t poke their snouts through. A 7 by 100 foot roll weighs less than 10 pounds, making it very manageable and easy to install. For added protection, just place a single 9–12 gauge wire 1 foot above the top of the fence.
ZRC755* 7’ x 100’ $114.95
Beneficial Insects
PLEASE READ BEFORE ORDERING:
Beneficial insects will be shipped immediately when ordered unless prior arrangements have been made with our office. Delayed shipments are not always possible. Additional shipping charges may be applied to delayed shipments. Biological controls have been used for thousands of years, and they should be a part of your pest control program. Beneficial insects work by attacking pest insects thus reducing their numbers. It is important to note that total elimination of pests is not required to grow good crops; it is only necessary to reduce pests below the damage threshold for the crop being grown. When using beneficial insects, it is important to avoid disruptive chemicals. Complete instructions included with each order.
All our beneficial insects are available year–round except the Praying Mantis eggs, which are not available August through December. We recommend releasing beneficial insects outdoors from April through September, based on your local weather conditions. They may be released in your greenhouse anytime. Available only within the contiguous US.
BirdBlock Protective Netting
Keep thieving birds out.
Protects fruit trees, berry bushes, and vegetables from hungry birds and other garden pests. The ¾ inch durable polypropylene mesh provides total protection. Available in 3 convenient sizes.
ZRC752 7’ x 20’ $17.95
ZRC753 14’ x 14’ $24.95
ZRC754* 28’ x 28’ $50.95
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 3 POUNDS
Universal Mobile Phone Microscope 60x
This very simple to use tool clips onto your smartphone, aligning with the camera lens, and instantly brings tiny subjects into focus. A 60x magni fication and integrated UV and LED lights allow you to meticulously examine your plants, insects and anything else. Record your observations with your phone’s camera, or remove the clip to use the microscope without the phone. Complete with storage cover and batteries.
ZTO918 $13.95
Ladybugs
Ladybugs feast on aphids!
Hippodamia convergens Ladybugs will eat over 5000 aphids and other soft-bodied pests during their 1 year life span. To keep the ladybugs in your yard or garden, release them when insect pests are present. One package of 1500 will be enough for a small garden or greenhouse. Ladybugs should be released upon arrival or stored in the refrigerator for a short time. Ladybugs are not available during a couple of weeks in May and June. We ship as soon as ordered or as soon as they are available. 18,000 size is shipped express.
ZBG017 1,500
ZBG018 18,000
Spider Mite Predators
$19.95
$129.95
Phytoseiulus persimilis/Neoseiulus californicus/Mesoseiulus longipes Each spider mite predator sucks the juice out of about 5 spider mites a day, or 20 of their eggs. They also breed twice as fast! Used as directed, predators should noticeably begin to gain control within 4 weeks, and then continue until the spider mites are nearly or completely wiped out. Shipped live and ready for use. Comes with complete instructions. Spider Mite Predators are shipped express.
ZBG032
Green Lacewings
Eats both aphids and whiteflies!
Chrysopa rufilabris This is a voracious predator, attacking almost any soft-bodied insect that crosses its path. Best known for eating aphids and whiteflies (up to 60 per hour). Lacewings are shipped to you hatching or close to hatching by the time you receive them. When released they will lay eggs and provide several generations of predators. About 5,000–10,000 lacewings will cover the average yard. Complete instructions are included. Green lacewings are shipped express and should be released upon arrival.
ZBG021 1,000 eggs
Predatory Nematodes
Works on soil-dwelling pests!
Steinernematid/Heterorhabditis Predatory nematodes attack soft-bodied, slow-moving insect pests. They do not affect earthworms or plants. They are the only biological control that works below the soil surface. Apply in a spray tank or fertilizer injection system when soil temperatures are above 55°F. One package of 1 million nematodes treats up to 3000 square feet. You may store the nematodes in a refrigerator for up to 1 month. Information sheet included in each package.
ZBG013
$29.95
Bees & Bee Supplies
Mason Bees
Blue Orchard Mason Bees are gentle, rarely sting and are easy to raise. They are one of the first emerging bees in spring, just in time to coincide with early blooming fruit and nut trees. Mason bees will travel up to 300 feet for food before relocating to a new home, so place their home near their food source: fruit or nut trees, native flowering plants and any open-faced flowers. These energetic little bees do not produce honey and do not swarm; they simply flit from flower to flower, gathering and distributing pollen. Harvest the cocoons in the fall and store them in the refrigerator, adding a cotton ball moistened with sugar water every few weeks to maintain proper humidity. Bees ship approximately late January/early February (while supplies last). Refrigerator storage and humidity is necessary until proper time for hatching in your area. Instructions included. Sorry, not available to HI or Canada.
ZBE012 10 bees $23.95
Soil Testing
NEW Villa Bee House
The Villa, or Large Hex Bee House, can be mounted on any outdoor location to provide nesting space for mason bees. This six-sided structure is crafted in the Paci fic Northwest from Cedar and will last a lifetime. The Villa measures 7.25 inch wide with a 9-inch total dimensions and can hold up to 125 natural reeds.
ZBE025
$46.95
NEW Spring Natural Reeds
Natural reeds cut perfectly to fit in any of our bee houses or in a structure of your choice. These 6 inch reeds are the preferred nesting material for mason and leaf cutter bees. Their slight variations ensure female bees can easily find the perfect nesting spot. Reeds are durable and provide a welcoming sanctuary for a variety of pollinators.
Guard Tubes and Inserts
These innovative cardboard guard tubes are made from 100% recyclable paper and feature a paper-closed end with a view hole that assists in sorting empty inserts. Inside diameter is 5/16 inch. The inserts are made from glassine and are 6 ⅛ inches long. This extra length assists in pulling the inserts from the guard tubes at harvesting time. Contains 36 guard tubes with inserts.
ZBE022 pkg of 36
$19.95
pkg of 50 $10.95
Wood Trays
Made of solid Northwest alder, these trays have the ideal diameter and depth for female mason bees to lay eggs. The 2-part tunnel design allows for easy harvesting and cleaning without tube liners. A side-locking feature keeps predators out, while the textured block face helps bees identify their tunnels. Each set includes 7 trays with 48 holes and two heavy-duty rubber bands for stability. Dimensions: 5 ½ inches x 3 ½ inches x 6 ¼ inches.
ZBE024 $47.95
Digital 3-Way Analyzer
Combines the most important soil tests. This digital analyzer provides quick and easy-to-read soil testing for pH, temperature and fertility. The fertility function reads the combined levels of nitrogen, phosphorus and potash to determine the nutrient health of the soil. Batteries, guides and instructions included.
$39.95
Electronic 4-Way Analyzer
Just 1 tool accurately measures 4 critical tests!
All plants prefer certain growing conditions. With this multi-purpose meter, you can easily measure soil pH and moisture, light intensity, and combined nitrogen, phosphorus and potash levels. You can then monitor and adjust the conditions to meet the needs of the plant. Included is a handy guide with recommendations on how to adjust conditions to meet the ideal plant preference.
ZHG398
$39.95
ZBE027
ZHG396
Tools
Bypass Pruner
A durable pair of bypass pruners is a must for every gardener. We love this tool with its smooth operation and easy, squeezeto-unlock action. Constructed for years of service, the SK5 steel holds an edge and handles anything from pruning branches and harvesting squash to cutting delicate flower stems. Ergonomic, non-slip grips and an included spare spring round out this indispensable tool.
ZTO851
$29.95
and transplanting. Also good for loosening soil around plants and for weeding. Overall length is 12 inches, plow blade is 7 inches long. Well balanced and comfortable. Sorry, right handed only.
Garden Ninja
The weed eraser!
The thin, high tensile stainless steel blade slices effortlessly through packed soil, cutting weed roots off underground. Great for any garden bed, it is especially handy for weeding tight spaces like planters, window boxes, raised beds, and between rows. The large opening leaves soil in place. The ef ficient design allows you to cultivate near existing plants without damaging their roots.
Total length is 12 inches.
Stainless Steel Nejiri Gama Hoe
No mercy for weeds!
This sharp, lightweight tool is designed for effortlessly slicing through soil and weeds. Built of sturdy stainless steel with a comfortable hardwood handle. Overall length is 10 ½ inches with a 5 inch blade. Sorry, right handed only.
ZTO852
$24.95
thickness (up to about ¾"), and a shape optimized to reduce the effort of cutting, this hand pruner is quite the versatile addition to your garden tool collection. Blades are made of stainless steel and the handle is made of varnished beech and polyamide. Equipped with safeguards to increase comfort and safety.
ZTO156
DeWit Dibber
Your best friend when planting. Whether you’re sowing seeds, planting garlic, or setting flower bulbs in the ground, this wooden dibber makes the work quick and precise. Constructed of solid ash with a sharp, brass tip, the dibber opens holes in the soil with a quick, pressand-spin motion.
At Territorial, we believe proper soil temperature is a critical element of a gardener’s success. Almost every culture block, at the beginning of each seed category, includes soil temperature specifications. Our Soil Thermometer is constructed of durable stainless steel, and the 6 ½ inch stem will provide you with an accurate reading every time. The zoned dial displays a range of 30–90°F. Guidelines for seed germination included.
ZTO947
$12.95
Kana Hoe
Nimble and durable, this Japanese-designed hoe maneuvers around delicate plants, loosens the soil, and cuts away tenacious weeds with a super sharp blade. Constructed of a single piece of hardened, solid steel with a hardwood handle. The Kana Hoe’s blade is 4 inches long, and the tool is 10 ½ inches long. Available only in right-handed.
of durable, rust-resistant stainless steel with a sharp, serrated edge and handy inch increments for depth and spacing measurements. Topped with a comfy and stylish rosewood handle and stows in its own leather sheath. We even include a handy carbide and ceramic sharpener to keep the knife in prime working order. Overall length: 12 ½ inches.
ZTO850
$39.95
$64.95
The tapered body makes proportionally wider holes with deeper depths, and engraved inch markings assure accurate planting. Overall length: 12 inches.
ZTO945
$39.95
Long Reach Fruit Harvester
Like an extension of your arm!
You can leave your rickety step ladder in the garage as our Long Reach Fruit Harvester reaches into even the uppermost branches and tenderly picks fruit. Without disturbing the rest of the tree, its 3 cushioned fingers gently grip and twist the fruit off the stem. No more bruised fruit from shaking the crops to the ground during harvest! Features a 3-position telescopic pole which extends from 44 inches, 56 inches, and 72 inches fully extended. Its moveable comfort grip and large, ergonomic trigger mechanism reduce hand fatigue. Handles fruit from 2 ¼ inches to 5 inches in diameter.
ZTO973*
* SHIPPING WEIGHT 4 POUNDS
$89.95
Kitchen Counter Collection
Gardening isn’t restricted to people with enough land for planting. Recently we’re seeing a huge push for breeding development in foodproducing plants that will flourish in containers with minimal care. We’ve hand-selected this assortment based on flavor, yield, ease of cultivation and appearance, so our gardeners with windowsill or patio space can enjoy the rewards of growing their own food at home. Each of these varieties produces attractive plants with lots of tasty fruit. Tomato plants are determinate. Staking is recommended.
Peppers
POT-A-PEÑO
(F1) 65 days. So early, compact and prolific it earned an esteemed AAS award! Enjoy the spicy kick of homegrown jalapenos from a container or tight garden space. Reaching only 12–15 inches tall and 18–20 inches wide, Pot-a-Peño produces spicy, dark green fruit that ripens to a rich red and 2 ¾ inches long and ¾ inch wide. Situate in an 8 inch pot or hanging basket with at least 6 hours of full sun for best results.
PP732C
PP732T
Cucumbers
QUICK SNACK
(F1) 40 days. We are pleased to offer this brand-new mini cuke for your indoor vegetable garden! Right at home in a 6 or 8 inch container, Quick Snack is fast to produce handfuls of cocktail-sized, 2–2 ½ snackers on compact plants. For the best countertop or patio experience, support Quick Snack with a trellis or stake and pinch when plant reaches the top. Be sure to place in an area with good light and keep moist for loads of fruit. PAT.
FRESH BITES YELLOW
(F1) 85 days. How about a sweet, yellow snacking pepper straight off the plant that’s on your kitchen counter? Fresh Bites Yellow is the cutest crop that’s comfortable in a 6 inch pot and doesn’t require more than a sunny windowsill to produce its crunchy, tasty peppers. The plants will reach about 18 inches tall, put on lots of 2 ¼ inch long, wedgeshaped fruit, and look good the whole time!
PP737C FRESH BITES
Tomatoes
RED VELVET (F1) 45 days. Red Velvet’s super tight habit and exquisitely sweet, bite-sized fruit make it a must-have for the windowsill and patio gardener. Quite at home in a 4–6 inch pot, this little jewel grows only 6–8 inches tall and wide and sports dark green foliage with clusters of bright red cherry tomatoes.
TM825C
FRESH BITES ORANGE
(F1) 85 days. How about a sweet, orange snacking pepper straight off the plant that’s on your kitchen counter? Fresh Bites Orange is the cutest crop that’s comfortable in a 6 inch pot and doesn’t require more than a sunny windowsill to produce its crunchy, tasty peppers. The plants will reach about 18 inches tall, put on lots of 2 ¼ inch long, wedge-shaped fruit, and look good the whole time!
HEARTBREAKERS™ DORA RED (F1) 55 days. Adorable and prolific, Dora will win you over with sturdy, upright, very compact plants that are draped with heavy trusses of tasty tomatoes. The heart-shaped fruit line up on long bunches and turn from light green to bright red. Right at home in a 6 inch pot on your patio, balcony or best yet, for an outdoor dining table centerpiece!
Fresh Bites Orange
Fresh Bites Yellow
Quick Snack
Heartbreakers™ Dora Red
Red Velvet
Pot-a-Peño
Standard Order Form
SHIPPING INFORMATION:
I
Territorial does not rent its mailing list. However, we do on occasion exchange names with other responsible gardening companies. If you do not want to receive other gardening catalogs, check box below. Please do not exchange my name.
We may substitute a variety of equal or greater value if your choice is not available.
SHIPPING
INFORMATION
Orders are shipped by US Mail, FedEx, and UPS.
• Guaranteed Ground, add $4.75
• 3-day Express for seed packages less than ½ lb. only, add $12.25
• 3-day Express for seed packages larger than ½ lb, or other items, please call for a quote.
• Standard Overnight and 2-day, please call for a quote.
Extra Shipping Charges For Heavy Gardening Accessories
Due to the weight or size of some products we have established a heavy weight shipping chart and weight symbol ( ) to help you calculate the extra shipping charges. Extrashippingchargesapplytogarden accessories that are oversized orweighmorethan3pounds. The items affected will be noted with an asterisk and a heavy weight symbol, and will have the actual shipping weight listed below the catalog number.
Alaska, Hawaii, US Territories & Canada Customers
Items with a heavy weight symbol ( ) or seed over 10 lbs are not available to these locations.
Sales Tax Information If you have a resellers certificate, or other agriculture exemption, please provide it with your order, as you are not subject to the sales tax. Exemptions must be submitted prior to placing an order on our website.
Transplant Order Form
Plants available only within the contiguous US.
Choose Ship Code
• For each plant you select, use the convenient chart below to determine the Ship Code.
• Ordering plants to arrive at different times? Extra shipping charges apply.
Ship Code: A
Ships: First Half of April Order by: March 23, 2025
Ship Code: B
Ships: Last Half of April Order by: April 6, 2025
• We may slightly alter shipping dates if inclement weather threatens.
• Remember, plants are living things and don't always follow schedules!
Ship Code: C
Ships: First Half of May Order by: April 20, 2025
Please note: Broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, kale and lettuce transplants are
Choose Varieties
Ship Code: D
Ships: Last Half of May Order by: May 25, 2025
Ship Codes A & B.
2025 NEW PRODUCTS
Flamingo Pineberry - see page 134
Aztec Sunset Mix Zinnia - see page 129
Big Daddy Blackberry - see page 133
Goliath Cucumber - see page 33 Rajah Pepper - see page 74
